I-240G-U Manual

Alcatel-Lucent 7342
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE USER

ONT R04.05.06
ONT PRODUCT INFORMATION MANUAL
3FE 51892 AAAA TCZZA Edition 01
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel-Lucent and is not to be disclosed
or used except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Copyright 2008 © Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is
subject to change without notice.
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All
other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Copyright 2008 Alcatel-Lucent.

All rights reserved.
Disclaimers
Alcatel-Lucent products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design
engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous
environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft
navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life-support machines, or weapons
systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical
or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, license or other distribution
of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel-Lucent, shall be at
the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel-Lucent harmless from
any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the
use, sale, license or other distribution of the products in such applications.
This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel-Lucent
products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel-Lucent
tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer
to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel-Lucent product and contact the supplier for
confirmation. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete
information provided about non-Alcatel-Lucent products.
However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for
Alcatel-Lucent products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by
Alcatel-Lucent and its customers.
This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the
English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.
When printed by Alcatel-Lucent, this document is printed on recycled paper.

Preface
This preface provides general information about the documentation set for the
7342 ISAM Fiber to the User (7342 ISAM FTTU) optical network terminals
(ONTs).
Scope
This documentation set provides information about safety, features and
functionality, ordering, hardware installation and maintenance, and software
installation procedures for the current release.
Audience
This documentation set is intended for planners, administrators, operators, and
maintenance personnel involved in installing, upgrading, or maintaining the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONTs.
Required knowledge
The reader must be familiar with general telecommunications principles.
Acronyms and initialisms

The expansions and optional descriptions of most acronyms and initialisms appear
in the glossary.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 iii

3FE 51892 AAAA TCZZA Edition 01 ONT Product Information Manual
Preface
Assistance and ordering phone numbers

Alcatel-Lucent provides global technical support through regional call centers.
Phone numbers for the regional call centers are available at the following URL:
www1.alcatel-lucent.com/comps/pages/carrier_support.jhtml.
For technical assistance within North America, call 1-888-252-2832. If calling from
outside North America, call 1-613-784-6100.
For ordering information, contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
Alcatel-Lucent quality processes

Alcatel-Lucent’s 7342 ISAM Fiber to the User (7342 ISAM FTTU) optical network
terminals (ONTs) manufacturing, testing, and inspecting practices are in compliance
with GR-1252-CORE and TL 9000 requirements. These requirements are
documented in the Operations Quality Plan 8BD000234204QRZZA and the
Alcatel-Lucent North American Quality Manual 8BD000010000QRZZA.
The quality plans and practices adequately ensure that technical requirements and
customer end-point requirements are met. The customer or its representatives may
be allowed to perform on-site quality surveillance audits, as agreed upon during
contract negotiations.
Safety information
For ETSI and ANSI safety information, see the appropriate safety guidelines
chapters.
Special information
The following are examples of how special information is presented in this
document.
Danger — Danger indicates that the described activity or situation

may result in serious personal injury or death; for example, high
voltage or electric shock hazards.
Warning — Warning indicates that the described activity or situation

may, or will, cause equipment damage or serious performance
problems.
Caution — Caution indicates that the described activity or situation

may, or will, cause service interruption.
iv July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

ONT Product Information Manual Edition 01 3FE 51892 AAAA TCZZA
Preface
Note — A note provides information that is, or may be, of special

interest.
Procedures with options or substeps

When there are options in a procedure, they are identified by letters. When there are
required substeps in a procedure, they are identified by roman numerals.
Procedure 1 Example of options in a procedure
At step 1, you can choose option a or b. At step 2, you must do what the step indicates.
1 This step offers two options. You must choose one of the following:
a This is one option.
b This is another option.
2 You must perform this step.
Procedure 2 Example of required substeps in a procedure
At step 1, you must perform a series of substeps within a step. At step 2, you must do
what the step indicates.
1 This step has a series of substeps that you must perform to complete the step. You
must perform the following substeps:
i This is the first substep.
ii This is the second substep.
iii This is the third substep.
2 You must perform this step.
Multiple PDF document search

You can use Adobe Reader Release 6.0 and later to search multiple PDF files for a
common term. Adobe Reader displays the results in a single display panel. The
results are grouped by PDF file, and you can expand the entry for each file.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 v

Preface
Note — The PDF files in which you search must be in the same
folder.
Procedure 3 To search multiple PDF files for a common term

1 Open Adobe Acrobat Reader.
2 Choose Edit→Search from the Acrobat Reader main menu. The Search PDF panel
appears.
3 Enter the search criteria.
4 Click on the All PDF Documents In radio button.
5 Select the folder in which to search using the drop-down menu.
6 Click on the Search button.
Acrobat Reader displays the search results. You can expand the entries for each
document by clicking on the + symbol.
vi July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

ANSI ONT safety guidelines
This chapter provides information about the mandatory regulations that govern the
installation and operation of the 7342 ISAM FTTU optical network terminals
(ONTs).
Safety instructions
This section describes the safety instructions that are provided in the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT customer documentation and on the equipment.
Safety instruction boxes

The safety instruction boxes are provided in the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT customer
documentation. Observe the instructions to meet safety requirements.
The following is an example of the Danger box.
Danger — Possibility of personal injury.
The Danger box indicates that the described activity or situation may pose a threat to
personal safety. It calls attention to a situation or procedure which, if not correctly
performed or adhered to, may result in death or serious physical harm.
Do not proceed beyond a Danger box until the indicated conditions are fully
understood and met.
The following is an example of the Warning box.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 vii

Warning 1 — Possibility of equipment damage.
Warning 2 — Possibility of data loss.
The Warning box indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause
equipment damage, loss of data, or serious performance problems. It identifies a
possible equipment-damaging situation or provides essential information to avoid
the degradation of system operations or data.
Do not proceed beyond a warning until the indicated conditions are fully understood
and met.
The following is an example of the Caution box.
Caution 1 — Possibility of service interruption.
Caution 2 — Service interruption.
The Caution box indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause
service interruption.
Do not proceed beyond a caution until the indicated conditions are fully understood
and met.
The following is an example of the Note box.
Note — Information of special interest.
The Note box provides information that assists the personnel working with
7342 ISAM FTTU ONTs. It does not provide safety-related instructions.
Safety-related labels
The ONT equipment is labeled with specific safety compliance information and
instructions that are related to a variant of the ONT. Observe the instructions on the
safety labels.
Table 1 provides examples of the text in the various ONT safety labels.
Table 1 Safety labels
Description Label text
UL compliance Communication service equipment US listed. Type 3R enclosure -

Rainproof.
TUV compliance Type 3R enclosure - Rainproof.
ESD warning Caution: This assembly contains electrostatic sensitive device.
(1 of 2)
viii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Laser classification Class 1 laser product
Laser product compliance This laser product conforms to all applicable standards of 21 CFR
1040.10 at date of manufacture.
Laser product compliance Complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 except for deviations
pursuant to laser notice no. 50, dated July 26, 2001.
FCC standards compliance Tested to comply with FCC standards for home or office use.
Operation conditions This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Canadian standard This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
compliance (modular ONT)
Canadian standard This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
compliance (outdoor ONT)
CE marking There are various CE symbols for CE compliance.
(2 of 2)
Figure 1 shows a sample safety label on the ONT equipment.
Figure 1 Safety label on the ONT equipment
Tested to Comply
with FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE

COMMUNICATION SERVICE EQUIPMENT
c ® US LISTED
27FY
Type 3R Enclosure - Rainproof
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil
numerique de la class A est conforme a la norme NMB-003 du Canada
CAUTION
This Assembly Contains Electrostatic Sensitive Devices
18533
Safety standards compliance
This section describes the ONT compliance with North American safety standards.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 ix

EMC, EMI, and ESD standards compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the following requirements:
• Federal Communications Commission (FCC) CFR 47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class
A requirements for OLT equipment
• GR-1089-CORE requirements, including:
• Section 3 Electromagnetic Interference, Emissions Radiated and Conducted
• Section 3 Immunity, Radiated and Conducted
• Section 2 ESD Discharge Immunity: System Level Electrostatic Discharge and EFT
Immunity: Electrically Fast Transients
Equipment safety standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the requirements of UL60950-1, Safety of
Information Technology Equipment.
Environmental standards compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the following standards:
• GR-63-CORE (NEBS): requirements related to operating, storage, humidity,
altitude, earthquake, office vibration, transportation and handling, fire resistance
and spread, airborne contaminants, illumination, and acoustic noise
• GR-487-CORE: requirements related to rain, chemical, sand, and dust
• GR-487 R3-82: requirements related to condensation
• GR-3108: Requirements for Network Equipment in the Outside Plant (OSP)
• TP76200: Common Systems Equipment Interconnections Standards
Laser product standards compliance

The ONT equipment complies with 21 CFR 1040.10/21 CFR 1040.11, 21 CFR
utilizing Laser Notice No. 50 or CDRH Laser Notice 42 of the regulations for lasers
and laser products by the U.S. Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH)
of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
Resistibility requirements compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the requirements of ITU Recommendation K.21
for resistibility of telecommunication equipment installed in customer premises to
overvoltage and overcurrents.
Electrical safety guidelines
This section provides the electrical safety guidelines for the ONT equipment.
x July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Note — The ONTs comply with the U.S. National Electrical Code.
However, local electrical authorities have jurisdiction when there are
differences between the local and U.S. standards.
Power supplies
The use of any non-Alcatel-Lucent approved power supplies or power adaptors is not
supported or endorsed by Alcatel-Lucent. Such use will void any warranty or support
contract with Alcatel-Lucent. Such use greatly increases the danger of damage to
equipment or property.
Cabling
The following are the guidelines regarding cables used for the ONT equipment:
• Use only cables approved by the relevant national electrical code.
• Use cables suitable for outdoor use for outdoor installation of ONTs.
• The ONTs have been evaluated for use with external POTS wiring without
primary protection that may not exceed 140 ft (43 m) in reach. However, the
power cable must not exceed 100 ft (31 m).
Protective earth
Earthing and bonding of the ONTs must comply with the requirements of NEC
article 250 or local electrical codes.
ESD safety guidelines

The ONT equipment is sensitive to ESD. Operations personnel must observe the
following ESD instructions when they handle the ONT equipment.
Caution — This equipment is ESD sensitive. Proper ESD protections
should be used when entering the TELCO Access portion of the ONT.
During installation and maintenance, service personnel must wear wrist straps to
prevent damage caused by ESD.
Alcatel-Lucent recommends that you prepare the site before you install the ONT
equipment. In addition, you must control relative humidity, use static dissipating
material for furniture or flooring, and restrict the use of air conditioning.
Laser safety guidelines
Only qualified service personnel who are extremely familiar with laser radiation
hazards should install or remove the fiber optic cables and units in this system.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xi

Observe the following warnings when you perform installation, operations, and
maintenance tasks on the ONT equipment.
Danger — There may be invisible laser radiation at the fiber optic

cable when the cable is removed from the connector. Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
Observe the following danger for a laser hazard. Eyes can be damaged when they are
exposed to a laser beam. Take necessary precautions before you plug in the optical
modules.
Danger — Possibility of equipment damage. Risk of eye damage by
laser radiation.
Laser warning labels

The following figures show the labels related to laser product, classification and
warning.
Figure 2 shows a laser product label.
Figure 2 Laser product label
18455
Figure 3 shows a laser classification label. Laser classification labels may be

provided in other languages.
Figure 3 Laser classification label
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT '

PRODUCTO LASER CLASE 1
'
CLASE 1 DEL LASER LASER CLASSE 1
18992
xii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Figure 4 shows a laser warning label and an explanatory label for laser products.
Explanatory labels may be provided in other languages. The explanatory label
provides the following information:
• a warning that calls attention to the invisible laser radiation
• an instruction against staring into the beam or viewing directly with optical
instruments
• wavelength
• normal output power
• maximum output power
Figure 4 Laser warning labels
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION

DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Wavelength(s): xxxx nm
Normal output power: xx m W
Max output power: yyy m W
Laser Warning Label Laser Warning Label
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
RAYONNEMENT LASER CLASSE 1

'
RAYONNEMENT LASER INVISIBLE
EVITER TOUTE EXPOSITION AU FAISCEAU
NE PAS DEMONTER. FAIRE APPEL A UN PERSONNELL QUALIFIE
CLASE 1 DEL LASER
RADIACION DE LASER INVISIBLE. EVITAR CUALOUIER EXPOSICION AL
RAYO LASER. NO DESMONTAR. LLAMAR A PERSONAL AUTORIZADO
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION PRESENT AT FIBER OPTIC CABLE

WHEN NOT CONNECTED. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.
Laser Warning Label

18993
Laser classification
The ONT is classified as a Class 1 laser product based on its transmit optical output.
For Class 1 laser products, lasers are safe under reasonably foreseeable conditions of
operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing.
Figure 5 shows a sample laser product safety label on the ONT equipment.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xiii

Figure 5 Laser product safety label on the ONT equipment

THIS LASER PRODUCT CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE
STANDARDS OF 21 CFR 1040.10 AT DATE OF MANUFACTURE.
MANUFACTURED:
MONTH YEAR
18532
Transmit optical output

The maximum transmit optical output of an ONT is +5 dBm.
Normal laser operation

In normal operation, fiber cable laser radiation is always off until it receives signal
from the line terminal card.
Operating personnel must observe the instructions on the laser explanatory label
before plugging in the optical module.
Danger — Risk of eye damage by laser radiation.
Location class
Use cable supports and guides to protect the receptacles from strain.
Environmental requirements
See the ONT technical specification documentation for temperature ranges for
ONTs.
During operation in the supported temperature range, condensation inside the ONT
caused by humidity is not an issue. To avoid condensation caused by rapid changes
in temperature and humidity, Alcatel-Lucent recommends:
• The door of the ONT not be opened until temperature inside and outside the
enclosure has stabilized.
• If the door of the ONT must be opened after a rapid change in temperature or
humidity, use a dry cloth to wipe down the metal interior to prevent the risk of
condensation.
• When high humidity is present, installation of a cover or tent over the ONT helps
prevent condensation when the door is opened.
xiv July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

ETSI ONT safety guidelines
This chapter provides information about the mandatory regulations that govern the
installation and operation of the 7342 ISAM FTTU optical network terminals
(ONTs).
Safety instructions
This section describes the safety instructions that are provided in the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT customer documentation and on the equipment.
Safety instruction boxes

The safety instruction boxes are provided in the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT customer
documentation. Observe the instructions to meet safety requirements.
The following is an example of the Danger box.
Danger — Possibility of personal injury.
The Danger box indicates that the described activity or situation may pose a threat to
personal safety. It calls attention to a situation or procedure which, if not correctly
performed or adhered to, may result in death or serious physical harm.
Do not proceed beyond a Danger box until the indicated conditions are fully
understood and met.
The following is an example of the Warning box.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xv

Warning 1 — Possibility of equipment damage.
Warning 2 — Possibility of data loss.
The Warning box indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause
equipment damage, loss of data, or serious performance problems. It identifies a
possible equipment-damaging situation or provides essential information to avoid
the degradation of system operations or data.
Do not proceed beyond a warning until the indicated conditions are fully understood
and met.
The following is an example of the Caution box.
Caution 1 — Possibility of service interruption.
Caution 2 — Service interruption.
The Caution box indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause
service interruption.
Do not proceed beyond a caution until the indicated conditions are fully understood
and met.
The following is an example of the Note box.
Note — Information of special interest.
The Note box provides information that assists the personnel working with
7342 ISAM FTTU ONTs. It does not provide safety-related instructions.
Safety-related labels
The ONT equipment is labeled with the specific safety instructions and compliance
information that is related to a variant of the ONT. Observe the instructions on the
safety labels.
Table 2 provides sample safety labels on the ONT equipment.
Table 2 Safety labels
ESD warning Caution: This assembly contains an electrostatic sensitive device.
Laser classification Class 1 laser product
CE marking CE declaration of conformity
Figure 6 shows the CE declaration of conformity for the ONT equipment.
xvi July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Figure 6 CE declaration of conformity on the ONT equipment
No1013
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xvii

Safety standards compliance
This section describes the ONT compliance with the European safety standards.
EMC, EMI, and ESD compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the following EMC, EMI, and ESD
requirements:
• EN 300-386 V1.3.2 (2003-05): Electromagnetic Compatibility and Radio
Spectrum Matters (ERM): Telecommunications Network Equipment;
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) requirements; Electrostatic Discharge
(ESD) requirements
• EN 55022 (1998): Class B, Information Technology Equipment, Radio
Disturbance Characteristics, limits and methods of measurement
• EN 55024 (1998): Information Technology Equipment, Immunity
Characteristics, limits and methods of measurement
Equipment safety standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the requirements of EN 60950-1, Safety of
Information Technology Equipment for use in a restricted location (per R-269).
Environmental standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the EN 300 019 European environmental
standards.
Laser product standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with EN 60825-1 and IEC 60825-2 for laser products.
Resistibility requirements compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the requirements of ITU Recommendation K.20
and K.21 for resistibility of telecommunication equipment installed in customer
premises to overvoltage and overcurrents.
Acoustic noise emission standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with EN 300 753 acoustic noise emission limit and
test methods.
Electrical safety guidelines
This section provides the electrical safety guidelines for the ONT equipment.
xviii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Note 1 — The ONTs comply with the U.S. National Electrical Code.
However, local electrical authorities have jurisdiction when there are
differences between the local and U.S. standards.
Note 2 — The ONTs comply with BS EN 61140.
Power supplies
The use of any non-Alcatel-Lucent approved power supplies or power adaptors is not
supported or endorsed by Alcatel-Lucent. Such use will void any warranty or support
contract with Alcatel-Lucent. Such use greatly increases the danger of damage to
equipment or property.
Cabling
The following are the guidelines regarding cables used for the ONT equipment:
• All cables must be approved by the relevant national electrical code.
• The cables for outdoor installation of ONTs must be suitable for outdoor use.
• The ONTs must be evaluated for use with external POTS wiring without primary
protection that may not exceed 140 ft (43 m) in reach. However, the power cable
must not exceed 100 ft (31 m).
Protective earth
Earthing and bonding of the ONTs must comply with the requirements of local
electrical codes.
ESD safety guidelines
The ONT equipment is sensitive to ESD. Operations personnel must observe the
following ESD instructions when they handle the ONT equipment.
Caution — This equipment is ESD sensitive. Proper ESD protections

should be used when you enter the TELCO Access portion of the
ONT.
During installation and maintenance, service personnel must wear wrist straps to
prevent damage caused by ESD.
Laser safety guidelines
Observe the following instructions when you perform installation, operations, and
maintenance tasks on the ONT equipment.
Only qualified service personnel who are extremely familiar with laser radiation
hazards should install or remove the fiber optic cables and units in this system.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xix

Danger — There may be invisible laser radiation at the fiber optic

cable when the cable is removed from the connector. Avoid direct
exposure to the laser beam.
Observe the following danger for laser hazard. Eyes can be damaged when they are
exposed to a laser beam. Take necessary precautions before you plug in the optical
modules.
Danger — Possibility of equipment damage. Risk of eye damage by

laser radiation.
Laser classification
The ONT is classified as a Class 1 laser product based on its transmit optical output.
Laser warning labels
The following figures show the labels related to laser product, classification and
warning.
Figure 7 shows a laser product label.
Figure 7 Laser product label
18455
Figure 8 shows a laser classification label. Laser classification labels may be

provided in other languages.
xx July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Figure 8 Laser classification label
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT '

PRODUCTO LASER CLASE 1
'
CLASE 1 DEL LASER LASER CLASSE 1
18992
Figure 9 shows a laser warning label and an explanatory label for laser products.
Labels and warning may be provided in other languages. The explanatory label
provides the following information:
• a warning that calls attention to the invisible laser radiation
• an instruction against staring into the beam or viewing directly with optical
instruments
• wavelength
• normal output power
• maximum output power
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxi

Figure 9 Laser warning labels
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION

DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Wavelength(s): xxxx nm
Normal output power: xx m W
Max output power: yyy m W
Laser Warning Label Laser Warning Label
RAYONNEMENT LASER CLASSE 1

'
RAYONNEMENT LASER INVISIBLE
EVITER TOUTE EXPOSITION AU FAISCEAU
NE PAS DEMONTER. FAIRE APPEL A UN PERSONNELL QUALIFIE
CLASE 1 DEL LASER
RADIACION DE LASER INVISIBLE. EVITAR CUALOUIER EXPOSICION AL
RAYO LASER. NO DESMONTAR. LLAMAR A PERSONAL AUTORIZADO
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION PRESENT AT FIBER OPTIC CABLE

WHEN NOT CONNECTED. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.
Laser Warning Label

18993
Transmit optical output

The maximum transmit optical output of an ONT is +5 dBm.
Normal laser operation

In normal operation, fiber cable laser radiation is always off until it receives signal
from the line terminal card.
Eyes can be damaged when they exposed to a laser beam. Operating personnel must
observe the instructions on the laser explanatory label before plugging in the optical
module.
Danger — Risk of eye damage by laser radiation.
Location class
Use cable supports and guides to protect the receptacles from strain.
xxii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Environmental requirements
See the ONT technical specification documentation for more information about
temperature ranges.
in temperature and humidity, Alcatel-Lucent recommends:
• The door of the ONT not be opened until temperature inside and outside the
enclosure has stabilized.
condensation.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxiii

xxiv July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

ETSI environmental and CRoHS guidelines
This chapter provides information about the ETSI environmental China Restriction
of Hazardous Substances (CRoHS) regulations that govern the installation and
operation of the 7342 ISAM FTTU packet optical line termination (P-OLT) and
Optical Network Termination (ONT) systems. This chapter also includes
environmental operation parameters of general interest.
Environmental labels
This section describes the environmental instructions that are provided in the
7342 ISAM FTTU customer documentation, equipment, and location where the
equipment resides.
Overview
CRoHS is applicable to Electronic Information Products (EIP) manufactured or sold
and imported in the territory of the mainland of the People’s Republic of China. EIP
refers to products and their accessories manufactured by using electronic information
technology, including electronic communications products and such subcomponents
as batteries and cables.
Environmental related labels

Environmental labels are located on appropriate equipment. The following are
sample labels.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxv

Products below Maximum Concentration Value (MCV) label
Figure 10 shows the label that indicates a product is below the maximum
concentration value, as defined by standard SJ/T11363-2006 (Requirements for
Concentration Limits for Certain Hazardous Substances in Electronic Information
Products). Products with this label are recyclable. The label may be found in this
documentation or on the product.
Figure 10 Products below MCV value label
18986
Products containing hazardous substances above Maximum Concentration

Value (MCV) label
Figure 11 shows the label that indicates a product is above the maximum
concentration value, as defined by standard SJ/T11363-2006 (Requirements for
Concentration Limits for Certain Hazardous Substances in Electronic Information
Products). The number contained inside the label indicates the
Environment-Friendly User Period (EFUP) value. The label may be found in this
documentation or on the product.
xxvi July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Figure 11 Products above MCV value label
18985
Together with major international telecommunications equipment companies,

Alcatel-Lucent has determined it is appropriate to use an EFUP of 50 years for
network infrastructure equipment and EFUP of 20 years for handsets and
accessories. These values are based on manufacturers' extensive practical experience
of the design, manufacturing, maintenance, usage conditions, operating
environments and physical condition of infrastructure and handsets after years of
service. The values reflect minimum values and refer to products operated according
to the intended use conditions. See “Hazardous Substances Table (HST)” for more
information.
Hazardous Substances Table (HST)
This section describes the compliance of the P-OLT and ONT equipment to the
CRoHS standard when the product and subassemblies contain hazardous substances
beyond the MCV value. This information is found in this user documentation where
part numbers for the product and subassemblies are listed. It may be referenced from
ordering information in other P-OLT and ONT documentation.
The HST document for P-OLT and ONT equipment is available from the following
locations.
• http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/cn
• http://www.alcatel.com.cn/product_solution/in4.asp
• http://www.rfsworld.com/userfiles/pdf/china_rohs_hst_rfs_ch_ed3.2.pdf
Other environmental requirements
Observe the following requirements when handling the P-OLT or ONT equipment.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxvii

ONT environmental requirements

See the ONT technical specification documentation for more information about
temperature ranges.
Storage
According to ETS 300-019-1-1 - Class 1.1, storage of P-OLT equipment must be in
Class 1.1, weather-protected, not temperature-controlled storage locations.
Transportation
According to EN 300-019-1-2 - Class 2.3, transportation of the P-OLT equipment
must be packed, public transportation with no rain on packing allowed.
Stationary use
According to EN 300-019-1-3 - Class 3.1/3.2/3.E, stationary use of P-OLT
equipment must be in a temperature-controlled location, with no rain on packaging
allowed, and with no condensation allowed.
Thermal limitations
When the P-OLT is installed in the CO or CEV, install air filters on the P-OLT. The
thermal limitations for P-OLT operation in a CO or CEV are:
• operating temperature: 5°C (41°F) to 40°C (104°F)°
• short-term temperature: –5°C (23°F) to 50°C (122°F)
• operating relative humidity: 5% to 85%
• short-term relative humidity: 5% to 95%, but not to exceed 0.024 kg of water/kg
Material content compliance

European Union (EU) Directive 2002/95/EC, “Restriction of the use of certain
Hazardous Substances” (RoHS), restricts the use of lead, mercury, cadmium,
hexavalent chromium, and certain flame retardants in electrical and electronic
equipment. This Directive applies to electrical and electronic products placed on the
EU market after 1 July 2006, with various exemptions, including an exemption for
lead solder in network infrastructure equipment. Alcatel-Lucent products shipped to
the EU after 1 July 2006 comply with the EU RoHS Directive.
End-of-life collection and treatment

Electronic products bearing or referencing the symbol shown in Figure 12 when put
on the market within the European Union (EU), shall be collected and treated at the
end of their useful life, in compliance with applicable EU and local legislation. They
shall not be disposed of as part of unsorted municipal waste. Due to materials that
may be contained in the product, such as heavy metals or batteries, the environment
and human health may be negatively impacted as a result of inappropriate displosal.
xxviii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Note — In the European Union, a solid bar under the crossed-out

wheeled bin indicates that the product was put on the market after 13
August 2005.
Figure 12 Recycling/take back/disposal of product symbol
At the end of life, the P-OLT products are subject to the applicable local legislations
that implement the European Directive 2002/96EC on waste electrical and electronic
equipment (WEEE).
There can be different requirements for collection and treatment in different member
states of the European Union.
Moreover, in compliance with legal requirements and contractual agreements, where
applicable, Alcatel-Lucent will offer to provide for the collection and treatment of
Alcatel-Lucent products bearing the logo at the end of their useful life, or products
displaced by Alcatel-Lucent equipment offers. For information regarding take-back
of equipment by Alcatel-Lucent, or for more information regarding the requirements
for recycling/disposal of product, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent account
manager or Alcatel-Lucent takeback support at takeback@alcatel-lucent.com.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxix

xxx July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
Preface iii
Scope ............................................................................................... iii
Audience ............................................................................................... iii
Required knowledge ................................................................................... iii
Acronyms and initialisms ............................................................................. iii
Assistance and ordering phone numbers ........................................................... iv
Alcatel-Lucent quality processes .................................................................... iv
Safety information ..................................................................................... iv
Special information.................................................................................... iv
Procedures with options or substeps ................................................. v
Procedure 1 Example of options in a procedure................................... v
Procedure 2 Example of required substeps in a procedure ...................... v
Multiple PDF document search........................................................................ v
Procedure 3 To search multiple PDF files for a common term ................. vi
ANSI ONT safety guidelines vii

Safety instructions .................................................................................... vii
Safety instruction boxes ............................................................. vii
Safety-related labels .................................................................viii
Safety standards compliance......................................................................... ix
EMC, EMI, and ESD standards compliance ........................................... x
Equipment safety standard compliance ............................................. x
Environmental standards compliance ................................................ x
Laser product standards compliance ................................................. x
Resistibility requirements compliance ............................................... x
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxxi

Contents
Electrical safety guidelines............................................................................ x

Power supplies.......................................................................... xi
Cabling ................................................................................... xi
Protective earth ........................................................................ xi
ESD safety guidelines.................................................................................. xi
Laser safety guidelines................................................................................ xi
Laser warning labels .................................................................. xii
Laser classification................................................................... xiii
Transmit optical output ..............................................................xiv
Normal laser operation ...............................................................xiv
Location class ..........................................................................xiv
Environmental requirements ........................................................................xiv
ETSI ONT safety guidelines xv

Safety instructions .................................................................................... xv
Safety instruction boxes ............................................................. xv
Safety-related labels .................................................................xvi
Safety standards compliance...................................................................... xviii
EMC, EMI, and ESD compliance.................................................... xviii
Equipment safety standard compliance ......................................... xviii
Environmental standard compliance ............................................. xviii
Laser product standard compliance .............................................. xviii
Resistibility requirements compliance ........................................... xviii
Acoustic noise emission standard compliance .................................. xviii
Electrical safety guidelines........................................................................ xviii
Power supplies.........................................................................xix
Cabling ..................................................................................xix
Protective earth .......................................................................xix
ESD safety guidelines.................................................................................xix
Laser safety guidelines...............................................................................xix
Laser classification.................................................................... xx
Transmit optical output ............................................................. xxii
Normal laser operation .............................................................. xxii
Location class ......................................................................... xxii
Environmental requirements ...................................................................... xxiii
ETSI environmental and CRoHS guidelines xxv

Environmental labels ................................................................................ xxv
Overview .............................................................................. xxv
Environmental related labels....................................................... xxv
Hazardous Substances Table (HST)...............................................................xxvii
Other environmental requirements ..............................................................xxvii
ONT environmental requirements ............................................... xxviii
Storage............................................................................... xxviii
Transportation ...................................................................... xxviii
Stationary use ...................................................................... xxviii
Thermal limitations ................................................................ xxviii
xxxii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
Material content compliance ..................................................... xxviii

End-of-life collection and treatment ........................................... xxviii
General system description
1— ONT overview 1-1

1.1 About this document ................................................................... 1-2
1.2 ONT general description ............................................................... 1-2
P-OLTs and V-OLTs ................................................................... 1-3
ONTs.................................................................................... 1-3
EMS ..................................................................................... 1-9
1.3 ONT product identification ........................................................... 1-10
2— Feature descriptions 2-1

2.1 Overview ................................................................................. 2-2
2.2 ONT Release 04.05.06 features ....................................................... 2-2
2.9 ONT Release 4.3.5 features .......................................................... 2-10
2.10 ONT Release 3.0 features ............................................................. 2-11
2.13 ONT initial release features .......................................................... 2-13
3— Application notes 3-1

3.1 Overview ................................................................................. 3-2
3.2 ONT Release 04.04.xx application notes ............................................ 3-2
3.3 ONT Release 4.3.5 application notes ................................................ 3-2
3.4 ONT Release 2.0 application notes ................................................... 3-3
4— ONT software and security features 4-1

4.1 Overview ................................................................................. 4-2
Software architecture levels ....................................................... 4-2
4.2 GPON transmission support ............................................................ 4-3
FEC ..................................................................................... 4-3
Fragmentation ........................................................................ 4-4
AES ..................................................................................... 4-4
4.3 ONT activation methods ............................................................... 4-4
SLID entry via craft terminal ....................................................... 4-4
SLID entry via Ethernet port........................................................ 4-5
SLID entry via first POTS port ...................................................... 4-5
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxxiii

Contents
4.4 NTP server authentication ............................................................. 4-5

4.5 Physical ONT security .................................................................. 4-5
4.6 Rogue ONT defence..................................................................... 4-5
Laser stuck on ........................................................................ 4-6
Duplicate serial numbers............................................................ 4-7
Receive and transmit errors ........................................................ 4-7
4.7 802.1x authentication .................................................................. 4-7
Port-based authentication .......................................................... 4-8
802.1x support assumptions ........................................................ 4-8
User session disconnection by system............................................. 4-9
Re-authentication .................................................................... 4-9
4.8 Anti-spoofing mechanism ............................................................. 4-10
Gratuitous ARP discard ............................................................. 4-10
Source address anti-spoofing ...................................................... 4-10
5— SoC based ONT functional blocks 5-1

5.1 Overview ................................................................................. 5-2
5.2 System on a Chip (SoC) technology................................................... 5-2
5.3 SoC functional blocks................................................................... 5-3
SoC functionality and service connections ....................................... 5-3
Voice subsystem ...................................................................... 5-4
Data and IP video subsystems over Ethernet interface ........................ 5-4
Time calibration...................................................................... 5-5
5.4 SoC ONTs with RF video subsystem................................................... 5-5
5.5 SoC ONTs with MoCA subsystem ...................................................... 5-6
5.6 SoC ONTs with four 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports .......................... 5-9
5.7 SoC ONTs with eight POTS ports ...................................................... 5-9
5.8 SoC ONTs with CES DS1/E1 interfaces .............................................. 5-10
Clocking, network synchronization, and time calibration for CES........... 5-10
6— LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT hardware functional

blocks 6-1
6.1 Overview ................................................................................. 6-2
6.2 LP MDU ONT functional blocks ........................................................ 6-2
Optical functional block............................................................. 6-4
GPON MAC FPGA...................................................................... 6-4
Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch................................................ 6-5
On-board controller.................................................................. 6-5
Test and diagnostic functions ...................................................... 6-6
Complex programmable logic device ............................................. 6-7
Network synchronization............................................................ 6-7
Time calibration...................................................................... 6-7
Alexandria FPGA...................................................................... 6-7
VDSL2 subsystem ..................................................................... 6-7
Voice subsystem ...................................................................... 6-8
Ethernet subsystem .................................................................. 6-9
RF video amplifier ................................................................... 6-9
SWRD .................................................................................. 6-10
xxxiv July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
6.3 O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional blocks ............................................ 6-10

GPON MAC FPGA..................................................................... 6-11
Ethernet switch...................................................................... 6-12
On-board controller................................................................. 6-12
Complex programmable logic device ............................................ 6-13
6.4 Modular ONT and plug-in unit functional blocks .................................. 6-13
Local switching ...................................................................... 6-14
Control and management .......................................................... 6-15
Plug-in service units ................................................................ 6-16
Network synchronization........................................................... 6-17
Connections .......................................................................... 6-18
Time calibration..................................................................... 6-18
7— ONT equipment layout 7-1

7.1 Overview ................................................................................. 7-2
7.2 Equipment options ...................................................................... 7-2
7.3 Connections .............................................................................. 7-2
7.4 Indoor ONT connections and physical components ................................ 7-4
I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G connections and
components ..................................................................... 7-4
I-221E-A and I-220E-A connections and components ........................... 7-5
I-241G-A and I-240G-A connections and components........................... 7-8
I-040G-A connections and components ........................................... 7-8
I-211M-E connections and components ........................................... 7-9
I-211M-D connections and components .......................................... 7-11
I-211M-G connections and components .......................................... 7-13
7.5 Outdoor ONT connections and components ........................................ 7-14
7.6 LP MDU outdoor ONT connections and components .............................. 7-24
O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A connections and components .................. 7-24
O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A connections and components .................. 7-26
SWRD mounted with an LP MDU connections and components .............. 7-27
7.7 O-00240V-A MDU ONT connections and components ............................. 7-28
O-00240V-A ONT connections and components................................. 7-28
7.8 Modular ONT and plug-in unit connections and components .................... 7-29
7.9 Business and SOHO ONT connections and components........................... 7-34
B-8112-A and B-8102-A connections.............................................. 7-36
O-821G-D and O-820G-D connections ............................................ 7-38
7.10 Cable storage compartments......................................................... 7-40
3EM 17661 AB compartment ....................................................... 7-40
3EM 17661 AC compartment....................................................... 7-41
3EM 20293 AA compartment....................................................... 7-42
7.11 Location options........................................................................ 7-44
8— UPS LEDs 8-1

8.1 Overview ................................................................................. 8-2
8.2 UPS LEDs.................................................................................. 8-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxxv

Contents
9— ONT LEDs 9-1

9.1 Overview ................................................................................. 9-2
9.2 Outdoor ONT LEDs ...................................................................... 9-3
9.3 Indoor (I-series) ONT LEDs ............................................................ 9-11
9.4 Modular ONT and service unit LEDs ................................................. 9-18
9.5 Business ONT LEDs ..................................................................... 9-21
10 — ONT technical specifications 10-1

10.1 Overview ................................................................................ 10-2
10.2 Physical specifications ................................................................ 10-2
LP MDU ONT .......................................................................... 10-2
O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT .................................................... 10-3
Outdoor ONT ......................................................................... 10-4
Indoor ONT (I-221E-A and I-220E-A) .............................................. 10-4
Indoor ONT (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H) .................... 10-4
Indoor ONT (I-040G-A) .............................................................. 10-5
Indoor ONT (I-241G-A and I-240G-A) ............................................. 10-5
Indoor ONT (I-211M-E) .............................................................. 10-5
Indoor ONT (I-211M-D).............................................................. 10-6
Indoor ONT (I-211M-G) ............................................................. 10-6
Modular ONTs ........................................................................ 10-7
Business and SOHO ONTs ........................................................... 10-7
10.3 Environmental requirements ......................................................... 10-8
Temperature and humidity range ................................................ 10-8
Environmental considerations for rack installed ONTs ...................... 10-11
10.4 Ethernet interface specifications.................................................. 10-11
10.5 POTS interface specifications ...................................................... 10-12
10.6 VDSL2 interface specifications ..................................................... 10-12
10.7 DS1/E1 interface specifications.................................................... 10-13
10.8 RF video interface specifications .................................................. 10-14
Coaxial connectivity in the home and design guidelines.................... 10-14
Configuration recommendations ................................................ 10-16
14 dBmV RF video receivers ..................................................... 10-17
10.9 SWRD interface specifications ..................................................... 10-20
10.10 Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter interface
specifications .................................................................. 10-21
10.11 ONT optical budget .................................................................. 10-22
10.12 Power consumption .................................................................. 10-23
Outdoor ONTs ...................................................................... 10-23
Outdoor ONT (O-420E-B) ......................................................... 10-24
Outdoor ONT (O-210E-B) ......................................................... 10-25
Indoor ONT (I-020E-B and I-020E-H) ............................................ 10-25
Indoor ONT ......................................................................... 10-25
Indoor ONT (I-020G-F and I-020G-G) ........................................... 10-25
Indoor ONT (I-040G-A) ............................................................ 10-26
Indoor ONT (I-240G-A and I-241G-A) ........................................... 10-26
Indoor ONT (I-220E-A and I-221E-A) ............................................ 10-26
Indoor ONT (in-wall MoCA)....................................................... 10-27
Indoor ONT (I-211M-D)............................................................ 10-27
xxxvi July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
Indoor ONT (I-211M-G) ........................................................... 10-28

SOHO outdoor ONT................................................................ 10-28
Business ONT ....................................................................... 10-30
LP MDU ONT ........................................................................ 10-30
O-00240V-A MDU .................................................................. 10-31
Modular ONT and plug in unit ................................................... 10-32
11 — ONT statistics and performance monitoring 11-1

11.1 Overview ................................................................................ 11-2
11.2 ONT performance monitoring ........................................................ 11-2
11.3 ONT performance monitoring functions ............................................ 11-2
11.4 ONT performance monitoring data .................................................. 11-3
Counters .............................................................................. 11-3
Supported ONT counters ........................................................... 11-4
11.5 ONT performance reporting .......................................................... 11-9
ONT statistical viewing ............................................................. 11-9
TCA counters and alarms......................................................... 11-10
Status reporting ................................................................... 11-11
Diagnostic data capturing........................................................ 11-12
ONT unit data sheets
12 — Index of ONT unit data sheets 12-1

12.1 Overview ................................................................................ 12-2
12.2 Unit data sheet overview ............................................................. 12-2
13 — B-8102-A and B-8112-A unit data sheet 13-1

13.1 Identification ........................................................................... 13-2
13.2 General description.................................................................... 13-2
13.3 Hardware and software features .................................................... 13-2
13.4 Special considerations................................................................. 13-4
14 — I-020E-B and I-020E-H unit data sheet 14-1

14.1 Identification ........................................................................... 14-2
14.3 ONT hardware and software features............................................... 14-2
15 — I-020G-F unit data sheet 15-1

15.1 Identification ........................................................................... 15-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxxvii

Contents
16 — I-020G-G unit data sheet 16-1

16.1 Identification ........................................................................... 16-2
17 — I-040G-A unit data sheet 17-1

17.1 Identification ........................................................................... 17-2
VLAN tagging behavior ............................................................. 17-5
18 — I-211M-D unit data sheet 18-1

18.1 Identification ........................................................................... 18-2
19 — I-211M-E unit data sheet 19-1

19.1 Identification ........................................................................... 19-2
20 — I-211M-G unit data sheet 20-1

20.1 Identification ........................................................................... 20-2
21 — I-221E-A and I-220E-A unit data sheet 21-1

21.1 Identification ........................................................................... 21-2
22 — I-241G-A and I-240G-A unit data sheet 22-1

22.1 Identification ........................................................................... 22-2
VLAN tagging behavior ............................................................. 22-5
xxxviii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
23 — M-300-A and S-840V-A unit data sheet 23-1

23.1 Identification ........................................................................... 23-2
24 — O-210E-B and O-211E-B unit data sheet 24-1

24.1 Identification ........................................................................... 24-2
24.3 ONT hardware and software feature................................................ 24-3
25 — O-211M-C, O-211M-E, and O-211M-G unit data sheet 25-1

25.1 Identification ........................................................................... 25-2
26 — O-211M-R unit data sheet 26-1

26.1 Identification ........................................................................... 26-2
27 — O-420E-B and O-421E-B unit data sheet 27-1

27.1 Identification ........................................................................... 27-2
28 — O-820G-D and O-821G-D unit data sheet 28-1

28.1 Identification ........................................................................... 28-2
29 — O-821M-E unit data sheet 29-1

29.1 Identification ........................................................................... 29-2
30 — O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A unit data sheet 30-1

30.1 Identification ........................................................................... 30-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xxxix

Contents
30.3 Features and application notes ...................................................... 30-5

31 — O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A unit data sheet 31-1

31.1 Identification ........................................................................... 31-2
32 — O-00240V-A unit data sheet 32-1

32.1 Identification ........................................................................... 32-2
UPS unit data sheets
33 — Index of unit data sheets for UPSs 33-1

33.1 Overview ................................................................................ 33-2
33.2 Unit data sheet overview ............................................................. 33-2
33.3 UPS functional comparison ........................................................... 33-2
34 — APC 24 W 12 V dc UPS unit data sheet 34-1

34.1 Identification ........................................................................... 34-2
34.4 Operating modes and LEDs ........................................................... 34-3
Current UPS model (ANSI).......................................................... 34-3
UPS model prior to FGH 1.0.5 (ANSI)............................................. 34-4
34.5 Alarms.................................................................................... 34-5
34.6 Connectors .............................................................................. 34-5
34.7 Environmental requirements ......................................................... 34-6
34.8 Physical measurements ............................................................... 34-6
35 — APC 150 W 48 V dc UPS unit data sheet 35-1

35.1 Identification ........................................................................... 35-2
35.4 Operating modes ....................................................................... 35-3
35.5 Status LEDs .............................................................................. 35-3
35.6 Alarms.................................................................................... 35-4
35.7 Connections ............................................................................. 35-4
xl July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
35.8 Specifications ........................................................................... 35-5

Physical description................................................................. 35-5
Power ................................................................................. 35-5
Environmental ....................................................................... 35-6
36 — APC UPS cable assembly with beeper unit data sheet 36-1
36.1 Identification ........................................................................... 36-2
36.4 Output connections on the PowerShield............................................ 36-3
36.5 Alarm descriptions ..................................................................... 36-3
36.6 Interface details........................................................................ 36-4
37 — CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS unit data sheet 37-1

37.1 Identification ........................................................................... 37-2
37.4 Status LEDs .............................................................................. 37-3
37.5 Alarms.................................................................................... 37-3
37.6 Connections ............................................................................. 37-4
37.7 Specifications ........................................................................... 37-5
Power ................................................................................. 37-5
Environmental ....................................................................... 37-5
38 — CyberPower CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU unit data

sheet 38-1
38.1 Identification ........................................................................... 38-2
38.4 Status LEDs and user controls ........................................................ 38-3
38.5 Alarms.................................................................................... 38-4
38.6 Connections ............................................................................. 38-5
38.7 Specifications ........................................................................... 38-6
Power ................................................................................. 38-6
Environmental ....................................................................... 38-7
39 — CyberPower CyberShield CS 50 UPS unit data sheet 39-1

39.1 Identification ........................................................................... 39-2
39.4 Status LEDs .............................................................................. 39-2
39.5 Alarms.................................................................................... 39-3
39.6 Connections ............................................................................. 39-4
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xli

Contents
39.7 Specifications ........................................................................... 39-4

Power ................................................................................. 39-5
Environmental ....................................................................... 39-5
40 — Delta OPSU/BBU unit data sheet 40-1

40.1 Identification ........................................................................... 40-2
40.4 Operating modes ....................................................................... 40-3
40.6 Alarms.................................................................................... 40-5
40.7 Connections ............................................................................. 40-6
40.8 Specifications ........................................................................... 40-7
Power ................................................................................. 40-8
Environmental ....................................................................... 40-9
41 — Delta DUPS-1232A UPS unit data sheet 41-1

41.1 Identification ........................................................................... 41-2
41.4 Operating modes ....................................................................... 41-3
41.6 Alarms.................................................................................... 41-5
41.7 Connections ............................................................................. 41-5
41.8 Specifications ........................................................................... 41-6
Power ................................................................................. 41-7
Environmental ....................................................................... 41-7
42 — FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data sheet 42-1

42.1 Identification ........................................................................... 42-2
42.4 Operating modes ....................................................................... 42-3
42.5 Status LEDs .............................................................................. 42-3
42.6 Alarms.................................................................................... 42-4
42.7 Connections ............................................................................. 42-5
42.8 Specifications ........................................................................... 42-6
Power ................................................................................. 42-6
Environmental ....................................................................... 42-6
43 — PowerShield CP50B48 UPS unit data sheet 43-1

43.1 Identification ........................................................................... 43-2
xlii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
43.4 Operating modes ....................................................................... 43-3

43.5 Status LEDs .............................................................................. 43-3
43.6 Alarms.................................................................................... 43-4
43.7 Connections ............................................................................. 43-4
43.8 Specifications ........................................................................... 43-5
Power ................................................................................. 43-6
Environmental ....................................................................... 43-6
Glossary
Index
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xliii

Contents
List of figures
Figure 1 Safety label on the ONT equipment ..................................................... ix
Figure 2 Laser product label ....................................................................... xii
Figure 3 Laser classification label ................................................................. xii
Figure 4 Laser warning labels ..................................................................... xiii
Figure 5 Laser product safety label on the ONT equipment...................................xiv
Figure 6 CE declaration of conformity on the ONT equipment .............................. xvii
Figure 7 Laser product label ....................................................................... xx
Figure 8 Laser classification label .................................................................xxi
Figure 9 Laser warning labels ..................................................................... xxii
Figure 10 Products below MCV value label..................................................... xxvi
Figure 11 Products above MCV value label .....................................................xxvii
Figure 12 Recycling/take back/disposal of product symbol................................. xxix
Figure 1-1 7342 ISAM FTTU network.............................................................. 1-3
Figure 4-1 Software architecture levels ......................................................... 4-2
Figure 4-2 Rogue ONT failure conditions ........................................................ 4-6
Figure 4-3 ONT packet authorization ........................................................... 4-10
Figure 5-1 SoC hardware block.................................................................... 5-2
Figure 5-2 ONT with a diplexer ................................................................... 5-4
Figure 5-3 ONT with a triplexer................................................................... 5-6
Figure 5-4 ONT with one Ethernet port and MoCA adapter................................... 5-7
Figure 5-5 SOHO ONT with two Ethernet ports and one MoCA adapter..................... 5-7
Figure 5-6 ONT with one Ethernet port, one MoCA adapter, and one RF-optical
return adapter .................................................................... 5-8
Figure 5-7 Four 10/100/100 Base-T Ethernet port ONTs...................................... 5-9
Figure 5-8 SoC with external DSP for SOHO and BONT ONTs ................................. 5-9
Figure 5-9 Business ONT functional block diagram ........................................... 5-10
Figure 6-1 VDSL2 LP MDU ONT functional blocks............................................... 6-3
Figure 6-2 GE LP MDU ONT functional blocks ................................................... 6-4
Figure 6-3 SWRD functional blocks .............................................................. 6-10
Figure 6-4 O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional blocks........................................... 6-11
Figure 6-5 Modular ONT functional blocks ..................................................... 6-14
Figure 6-6 Service unit functional blocks....................................................... 6-16
Figure 7-1 I-020E-B and I-020E-H connections .................................................. 7-5
Figure 7-2 I-221E-A indoor ONT connections.................................................... 7-6
Figure 7-3 Fiber storage tray and internal SP/APC connector ............................... 7-7
Figure 7-4 I-241G-A indoor ONT connections ................................................... 7-8
Figure 7-5 I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections......................................... 7-9
Figure 7-6 I-211M-E with inner cover closed ................................................... 7-10
Figure 7-7 I-211M-E indoor ONT connections .................................................. 7-11
Figure 7-8 Connectors on an I-211M-D .......................................................... 7-12
Figure 7-9 Connectors on an I-211M-G .......................................................... 7-13
Figure 7-10 O-421E with inner cover closed ................................................... 7-15
Figure 7-11 Connectors on an O-421E........................................................... 7-16
Figure 7-12 Gemtek dongle....................................................................... 7-17
Figure 7-13 Connectors on a O-211E ............................................................ 7-18
Figure 7-14 Connectors on an O-211M-G (AE variant) ........................................ 7-20
Figure 7-15 Connectors on an O-211M-G (BE variant) ........................................ 7-21
Figure 7-16 Connectors on an O-211M-R outdoor ONT ....................................... 7-23
Figure 7-17 Connectors on an O-24121V-A ..................................................... 7-24
xliv July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
Figure 7-18 O-24121V-A or O-24120V-A outdoor ONT installed in an outdoor

enclosure ......................................................................... 7-25
Figure 7-19 Connectors on an O-24121G-A outdoor ONT .................................... 7-26
Figure 7-20 SWRD LP MDU ONT connections ................................................... 7-28
Figure 7-21 Physical connections on an O-00240V-A MDU ONT ............................. 7-29
Figure 7-22 M-300-A interfaces, connections, and LEDs ..................................... 7-30
Figure 7-23 Modular ONT enclosure (external view).......................................... 7-32
Figure 7-24 Modular ONT enclosure (internal view) .......................................... 7-33
Figure 7-25 S-840V-A .............................................................................. 7-34
Figure 7-26 Closed SOHO or business ONT ..................................................... 7-35
Figure 7-27 Soho or business ONT showing inner covers ..................................... 7-36
Figure 7-28 Connectors on a B-8211-A .......................................................... 7-37
Figure 7-29 Connectors on an O-821G-D SOHO outdoor ONT................................ 7-38
Figure 7-30 Connectors on an O-820G-D SOHO outdoor ONT................................ 7-39
Figure 7-31 Cable storage compartment (3EM 17661 AB).................................... 7-41
Figure 7-32 Cable storage compartment (3EM 17661 AC).................................... 7-42
Figure 7-33 Cable storage compartment (3EM 20293 AA).................................... 7-43
Figure 7-34 Cable storage compartment with storage box mounting bracket............ 7-44
Figure 8-1 APC UPS LED icons for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business
ONT ................................................................................. 8-3
Figure 8-2 FlexNet UPS icons for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only ...................... 8-4
Figure 8-3 Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons ..................................................... 8-5
Figure 8-4 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs.................................................... 8-6
Figure 9-1 Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-421E-B, O-420E-B, O-210E-B, and O-211E-B) ........... 9-4
Figure 9-2 SOHO outdoor ONT LEDs (O-821M-E)................................................ 9-5
Figure 9-3 LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs ............................................................ 9-6
Figure 9-4 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT LEDs ................................................ 9-7
Figure 9-5 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-221E-A and I-220E-A) ......................................... 9-12
Figure 9-6 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G)................ 9-12
Figure 9-7 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-240G-A and I-241G-A)......................................... 9-13
Figure 9-8 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A) ......................................................... 9-13
Figure 9-9 Modular ONT LEDs..................................................................... 9-19
Figure 9-10 Service plug-in unit LEDs ........................................................... 9-19
Figure 9-11 Business ONT LEDs................................................................... 9-21
Figure 10-1 RF video overlay design and deployment example with a + 14 dBmV
receiver ......................................................................... 10-15
Figure 10-2 Class 1 laser product warning label............................................. 10-22
Figure 17-1 Ethernet switch ...................................................................... 17-4
Figure 22-1 Ethernet switch ...................................................................... 22-4
Figure 27-1 Mapping of dongle VLANs........................................................... 27-5
Figure 34-1 UPS icons and description .......................................................... 34-4
Figure 35-1 UPS icons and meanings ............................................................ 35-3
Figure 35-2 APC UPS connector .................................................................. 35-5
Figure 36-1 APC cable assembly with beeper.................................................. 36-2
Figure 36-2 Alarm disable push button for cable beeper .................................... 36-3
Figure 36-3 Schematic for typical PowerShield alarm signal ................................ 36-4
Figure 38-1 PSU/BBU LEDs and user control buttons ......................................... 38-3
Figure 40-1 OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons .......................................................... 40-4
Figure 40-2 BBU power and alarm connections................................................ 40-5
Figure 40-3 BBU output power and alarm connector ......................................... 40-7
Figure 41-1 Delta DUPS-1232A LEDs and user control button ............................... 41-4
Figure 41-2 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS output power and alarm connector .................. 41-6
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xlv

Contents
Figure 41-3 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS auxiliary power connector ............................. 41-6
Figure 42-2 FlexNet FMPS-150 W UPS alarm IDC connector and power terminals ....... 42-5
Figure 43-2 APC UPS connector .................................................................. 43-5
List of tables
Table 1 Safety labels ................................................................................viii
Table 2 Safety labels ................................................................................xvi
Table 1-1 ONT product identification ........................................................... 1-10
Table 1-2 Designation for indoor ONT, outdoor ONT, and service plug-in unit ........... 1-10
Table 1-3 Designation for the modular ONTs ................................................... 1-11
Table 1-4 Designation for business ONTs ........................................................ 1-11
Table 2-1 Features for ONT 04.05.06 ............................................................. 2-2
Table 2-8 Features for ONT 4.3.5 ................................................................ 2-10
Table 2-9 Features for ONT 3.0................................................................... 2-11
Table 2-10 Features for ONT 2.0 ................................................................. 2-12
Table 2-11 Features for ONT 1.0 ................................................................. 2-13
Table 2-12 Features for initial ONT release .................................................... 2-13
Table 3-1 Application notes for ONT 04.04.xx .................................................. 3-2
Table 3-2 Application notes for ONT 4.3.5....................................................... 3-3
Table 3-3 Application notes for ONT 2.0 ......................................................... 3-3
Table 4-1 Anti-spoofing control types and traffic exemptions............................... 4-11
Table 5-1 SoC based ONT interfaces .............................................................. 5-2
Table 6-1 ONT system architecture and supported interfaces................................ 6-2
Table 6-2 Optical functions of the LP MDU ONT motherboard................................ 6-4
Table 6-3 GPON MAC FPGA features .............................................................. 6-5
Table 6-4 Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch features ........................................ 6-5
Table 6-5 OBC interfaces ........................................................................... 6-6
Table 6-6 OBC functions ............................................................................ 6-6
Table 6-7 Test and diagnostic functions ......................................................... 6-6
Table 6-8 VDSL2 subsystem functions ............................................................ 6-8
Table 6-9 GPON MAC FPGA features ............................................................. 6-11
Table 6-10 Ethernet switch features............................................................. 6-12
Table 6-11 OBC interfaces......................................................................... 6-12
Table 6-12 OBC functions.......................................................................... 6-13
Table 6-13 Optical functions ...................................................................... 6-14
Table 6-14 Modular ONT MAC FPGA and standards ............................................ 6-15
Table 6-15 GE multilayer switch features....................................................... 6-15
Table 6-16 OBC functions.......................................................................... 6-16
Table 6-17 OBC interfaces......................................................................... 6-18
Table 7-1 ONT connection capacity............................................................... 7-2
xlvi July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
Table 7-2 Maximum ONT connections per PON.................................................. 7-4

Table 7-3 Indoor ONT connections ................................................................ 7-5
Table 7-6 I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections .......................................... 7-9
Table 7-7 In-wall MoCA indoor ONT connectors................................................ 7-11
Table 7-8 I-211M-D ONT connectors ............................................................. 7-12
Table 7-9 I-211M-G ONT connectors ............................................................. 7-14
Table 7-10 Outdoor ONT connections............................................................ 7-18
Table 7-11 Outdoor ONT O-211M-G (AE) connections ......................................... 7-20
Table 7-12 Outdoor ONT O-211M-G (BE) connections ......................................... 7-22
Table 7-13 O-211M-R outdoor ONT connections ............................................... 7-23
Table 7-14 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A outdoor ONT physical connectors ............... 7-25
Table 7-15 O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONT physical connectors ............... 7-27
Table 7-16 SWRD interfaces ....................................................................... 7-28
Table 7-17 O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical connections ...................................... 7-29
Table 7-18 Modular ONT connections ............................................................ 7-31
Table 7-19 Business ONT connections ........................................................... 7-37
Table 7-20 SOHO ONT connections............................................................... 7-39
Table 8-1 Figure list for LEDs ...................................................................... 8-2
Table 8-2 Table list for LEDs ....................................................................... 8-2
Table 8-3 APC UPS LEDs for indoor, Version D SOHO outdoor, business, and
modular ONTs ..................................................................... 8-3
Table 8-4 APC UPS LEDs for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT ....... 8-3
Table 8-5 FlexNet UPS LEDs for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only ........................ 8-4
Table 8-6 CyberShield CS 24 UPS LEDs for indoor and outdoor ONTs ........................ 8-4
Table 8-7 Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and audible alarms ........................................... 8-5
Table 8-8 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LEDs ................................................... 8-6
Table 8-9 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs for ONTS.......................................... 8-6
Table 8-10 CyberShield CS 50 UPS LEDs for ONTs............................................... 8-7
Table 9-1 Figure list ................................................................................. 9-2
Table 9-2 Table list .................................................................................. 9-2
Table 9-3 Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, O-421E-B,
O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and O-211M-R) ......................................... 9-7
Table 9-4 Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter LED (O-211M-R)............... 9-8
Table 9-5 Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, and
O-421E-B) .......................................................................... 9-8
Table 9-6 Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-211M-E, O-211M-G, O-211M-R, O-820G-D
and O-821G-D) .................................................................... 9-8
Table 9-7 LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs ............................................................. 9-8
Table 9-8 SWRD LEDs ................................................................................ 9-9
Table 9-9 LP MDU outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs ...................................................... 9-9
Table 9-10 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT LEDs................................................ 9-10
Table 9-11 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs ........................................ 9-10
Table 9-12 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-220A, and I-221-A) ............................................ 9-13
Table 9-13 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H)................ 9-14
Table 9-14 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-C, I-211M-D, I-211M-G, and I-211M-E)............... 9-14
Table 9-15 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-241G-A and I-240G-A)......................................... 9-15
Table 9-16 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A) ......................................................... 9-16
Table 9-17 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-221E-A, I-220E-A, I-020G-F, I-020G-G,
I-211M-D, I-211M-E, I-241G-A, I-240G-A, and I-040G-A) ................... 9-16
Table 9-18 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-020E-B and I-020E-H) .................................. 9-17
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xlvii

Contents
Table 9-19 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-211M-C).................................................. 9-17

Table 9-20 Power supply LEDs and audible alarms (I-211M-D)............................... 9-17
Table 9-21 User control buttons (I-211M-D) .................................................... 9-18
Table 9-22 Modular ONT LEDs..................................................................... 9-20
Table 9-23 Service plug-in unit LEDs............................................................. 9-20
Table 9-24 Business ONT LEDs .................................................................... 9-21
Table 10-1 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU ONT physical specifications ................ 10-2
Table 10-2 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONT physical specifications...... 10-3
Table 10-3 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT physical specifications .......................... 10-3
Table 10-4 Outdoor ONT physical specifications excluding SOHO........................... 10-4
Table 10-5 Indoor ONT physical specifications ................................................. 10-4
Table 10-6 Physical specifications for the I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and
I-020E-H........................................................................... 10-5
Table 10-7 Physical specification for the I-040G-A ONT ...................................... 10-5
Table 10-8 Physical specification for the I-241G-A and I-240G-A ONT ..................... 10-5
Table 10-9 I-211M-E MoCA indoor ONT physical specifications .............................. 10-6
Table 10-10 Physical specifications for the I-211M-D ONT with OPSU, skirt, and
cable storage tray ............................................................... 10-6
Table 10-11 Physical specifications for the I-211M-D ONT without OPSU, skirt,
and cable storage tray.......................................................... 10-6
Table 10-12 Physical specifications for the I-211M-G ONT with OPSU, skirt, and
cable storage tray ............................................................... 10-7
Table 10-13 Physical specifications for the I-211M-G ONT without OPSU, skirt,
and cable storage tray.......................................................... 10-7
Table 10-14 Modular ONT physical specifications.............................................. 10-7
Table 10-15 Business and SOHO ONT physical specifications ................................ 10-8
Table 10-16 ONT environmental requirements................................................. 10-8
Table 10-17 Voice service specifications...................................................... 10-12
Table 10-18 ITU-T standards supported ....................................................... 10-13
Table 10-19 DS1/E1 interface specifications ................................................. 10-13
Table 10-20 Cable attenuation loss value based on frequency ............................ 10-15
Table 10-21 RF video service specifications for ONTs with 14 dBmV receivers ......... 10-17
Table 10-24 SWRD electrical specifications................................................... 10-20
Table 10-25 ONT optical budget................................................................ 10-22
Table 10-26 Typical outdoor ONT power consumption, excluding SOHO................. 10-24
Table 10-27 MoCA outdoor ONT transmit output power variance ......................... 10-24
Table 10-28 Power consumption specifications (O-420E-B) ................................ 10-25
Table 10-29 Power consumption specifications (O-210E-B) ................................ 10-25
Table 10-30 Power consumption specifications (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)................. 10-25
Table 10-31 Power consumption specifications (I-020G-F and I-020G-G) ................ 10-26
Table 10-32 Power consumption specifications (I-040G-A)................................. 10-26
Table 10-33 Power consumption specifications (I-240G-A and I-241G-A) ................ 10-26
Table 10-34 Power consumption specifications (I-220E-A and I-221E-A) ................. 10-27
Table 10-35 Power consumption specifications (in-wall MoCA indoor ONT) ............. 10-27
Table 10-36 Power consumption specifications (I-211M-D)................................. 10-28
Table 10-37 Power consumption specifications (I-211M-G) ................................ 10-28
Table 10-38 O-821G-D and O-820G-D measured power consumption..................... 10-29
Table 10-39 O-821M-E measured power consumption....................................... 10-29
Table 10-40 MoCA SOHO outdoor ONT transmit output power variance ................. 10-30
Table 10-41 Business ONT power consumption............................................... 10-30
xlviii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
Table 10-42 VDSL LP MDU ONT power consumption ......................................... 10-31

Table 10-43 GE LP MDU ONT power consumption............................................ 10-31
Table 10-44 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT power consumption .......................... 10-32
Table 11-1 Performance monitoring statistics supported for the indoor, outdoor,
and business ONTs............................................................... 11-4
Table 11-2 Performance monitoring statistics for the business, modular, VDSL2 LP
MDU, and GE LP MDU ONTs .................................................... 11-6
Table 11-3 15-min ONT counters ................................................................. 11-9
Table 11-4 Rolling counters ..................................................................... 11-10
Table 12-1 Overview of unit data sheets for the 7342 ISAM FTTU .......................... 12-2
Table 13-1 Identification of business ONT ...................................................... 13-2
Table 13-2 ONT hardware features (B-8102-A and B-8112-A)................................ 13-3
Table 13-3 ONT management and security features (B-8102-A and B-8112-A)............ 13-4
Table 14-1 Identification of the indoor ONT.................................................... 14-2
Table 14-2 ONT hardware features (I-020E-B and I-020E-H) ................................. 14-3
Table 14-3 ONT management and security features (I-020E-B and I-020E-H) ............. 14-4
Table 15-1 Identification of indoor ONT ........................................................ 15-2
Table 15-2 ONT hardware features (I-020G-F) ................................................. 15-3
Table 15-3 ONT management and security features (I-020G-F) ............................. 15-4
Table 16-1 Identification of indoor ONT ........................................................ 16-2
Table 16-2 ONT hardware features (I-020G-G) ................................................. 16-3
Table 16-3 ONT management and security features (I-020G-G) ............................. 16-4
Table 17-1 Identification of the I-040G-A indoor ONT ........................................ 17-2
Table 17-2 Hardware features .................................................................... 17-2
Table 17-3 ONT management and security features .......................................... 17-3
Table 17-4 Default DSCP to P-bit mapping...................................................... 17-5
Table 17-5 Upstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior............................... 17-6
Table 17-6 Downstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior ........................... 17-6
Table 17-7 Upstream VLAN translation mode .................................................. 17-7
Table 17-8 DownstreamVLAN translation behavior ............................................ 17-7
Table 18-1 Identification information about I-211M-D ONT .................................. 18-2
Table 18-2 Hardware features (I-211M-D)....................................................... 18-3
Table 18-3 ONT management and security features (I-211M-D) ............................. 18-4
Table 19-1 Identification of indoor ONTs ....................................................... 19-2
Table 22-4 Default DSCP to P-bit mapping...................................................... 22-6
Table 22-5 Upstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior............................... 22-6
Table 22-6 Downstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior ........................... 22-7
Table 22-7 Upstream VLAN translation mode .................................................. 22-7
Table 22-8 DownstreamVLAN translation behavior ............................................ 22-8
Table 23-1 Identification of modular ONTs ..................................................... 23-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xlix

Contents

Table 24-1 Identification of outdoor ONTs...................................................... 24-2
Table 24-2 ONT hardware features .............................................................. 24-3
Table 25-1 Identification of outdoor ONT....................................................... 25-2
Table 26-1 Identification of outdoor ONT....................................................... 26-2
Table 27-1 Identification of outdoor ONTs...................................................... 27-2
Table 28-1 Identification of SOHO outdoor ONTs .............................................. 28-2
Table 29-1 Identification of SOHO outdoor ONT ............................................... 29-2
Table 30-1 Identification of O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONT ............. 30-2
Table 31-1 Identification of O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONTs ............ 31-2
Table 32-1 Identification of the 7352 ISAM FTTB ONT ........................................ 32-2
Table 32-4 Line status summary .................................................................. 32-4
Table 33-1 Overview of unit data sheets for the UPS ......................................... 33-2
Table 33-2 24 and 38 W UPS specifications ..................................................... 33-2
Table 33-3 50 and 150 W UPS specifications ................................................... 33-3
Table 34-1 Identification of the APC UPS ....................................................... 34-2
Table 34-2 UPS LEDs for current UPS model .................................................... 34-3
Table 34-3 UPS LEDs for model prior to FGH 1.0.5 ............................................ 34-4
Table 34-4 UPS output pinouts.................................................................... 34-5
Table 34-5 UPS physical measurements ......................................................... 34-6
Table 35-1 Identification of the APC UPS for the modular ONT ............................. 35-2
Table 35-2 LEDs ..................................................................................... 35-3
Table 36-1 Identification of cable beeper assembly .......................................... 36-2
Table 36-2 Audible alarms for cable beeper.................................................... 36-3
Table 36-3 Alarm connector pinouts ............................................................. 36-3
Table 36-4 Alarm descriptions .................................................................... 36-4
Table 37-1 Identification of the UPS............................................................. 37-2
Table 37-2 CyberShield CS 24 UPS LEDs for ONTs.............................................. 37-3
Table 37-3 Alarm signal and output levels ...................................................... 37-3
Table 37-4 Buzzer On/Off switch................................................................. 37-4
Table 37-5 CyberShield CS 24 power wiring chart ............................................. 37-4
Table 37-6 CyberShield CS 24 UPS environmental conditions................................ 37-6
Table 38-1 Identification of the OPSU/BBU..................................................... 38-2
Table 38-2 LEDs and audible alarms ............................................................. 38-3
l July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Contents
Table 38-3 BBU user controls ..................................................................... 38-4

Table 38-5 PSU output pinouts.................................................................... 38-5
Table 38-6 BBU output pinouts ................................................................... 38-5
Table 38-7 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU environmental conditions ......................... 38-7
Table 39-1 Identification of the UPS............................................................. 39-2
Table 39-2 CyberShield CS 50 UPS LEDs for ONTs.............................................. 39-3
Table 39-4 Buzzer On/Off switch................................................................. 39-4
Table 39-5 CyberShield CS 50 power wiring chart ............................................. 39-4
Table 39-6 CyberShield CS 50 UPS environmental conditions................................ 39-5
Table 40-1 Identification of the OPSU/BBU..................................................... 40-2
Table 40-2 LEDs and audible alarms ............................................................. 40-4
Table 40-3 BBU user controls ..................................................................... 40-5
Table 40-5 OPSU output pinouts.................................................................. 40-6
Table 40-6 BBU output pinouts ................................................................... 40-7
Table 40-7 Constant power runtime ............................................................. 40-9
Table 41-1 Identification of the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS ...................................... 41-2
Table 41-2 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LED indicators ..................................... 41-4
Table 41-3 User control button ................................................................... 41-4
Table 41-4 Battery backup audio alarm and condition........................................ 41-5
Table 42-1 Identification of the FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS .................................... 42-2
Table 42-2 LEDs ..................................................................................... 42-4
Table 42-3 UPS alarm connector pin assignments ............................................. 42-5
Table 43-1 Identification of the APC UPS ....................................................... 43-2
Table 43-2 LEDs ..................................................................................... 43-4
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 li

Contents
lii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

General system description
1 — ONT overview
2 — Feature descriptions
3 — Application notes
4 — ONT software and security features
5 — SoC based ONT functional blocks
6 — LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT hardware functional blocks
7 — ONT equipment layout
8 — UPS LEDs
9 — ONT LEDs
10 — ONT technical specifications
11 — ONT statistics and performance monitoring
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008

July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06
1— ONT overview
1.1 About this document 1-2
1.2 ONT general description 1-2
1.3 ONT product identification 1-10
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 1-1

1 — ONT overview
1.1 About this document
This document provides information about the 7342 ISAM FTTU optical network
terminals (ONTs), including unit data sheets, optical budgets, planning and ordering,
and hardware installation and maintenance procedures.
1.2 ONT general description
The ONT is part of the 7342 ISAM FTTU family of products that provide a “last
mile” broadband access solution. The 7342 ISAM FTTU products work seamlessly
together to form a fiber access network capable of delivering high quality voice,
video, and data services to both single-family and multi-dwelling residential
subscribers.
The 7342 ISAM FTTU product family consists of the following key members:
• Optical Line Terminations (OLTs), including: Packet Optical Line Terminations
(P-OLTs) and Video Optical Line Terminations (V-OLTs)
• ONTs, including:
• indoor (I-series) ONT
• outdoor (O-series) ONT
• LP MDU outdoor ONT
• modular ONT and service plug-in units
• business ONT
• Element Management System (EMS), including: a simple web-based
management system and a sophisticated network management system
Figure 1-1 shows the network topology of the 7342 ISAM FTTU.
1-2 July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

1 — ONT overview
Figure 1-1 7342 ISAM FTTU network
Network Central office or Fiber Passive ONTs End user

remote terminal distribution outside
plan
Optical link length 2
1 Optional RF
overlay
1,550 nm
EDFA
Ethernet IPTV
MDU
1,490 nm
WDM 1,550 nm 2.4 Gb/s
Internet 1,310 nm 1.2 Gb/s

Edge switch
router P-OLT
PSTN
Voice V-OLT 1
gateway
EMS/NMS
Class 5 Softswitch
switch
1 Network can contain EDFA or V-OLT, not both

2 The maximum optical link length depends on the specific equipment and deployment conditions
19684
P-OLTs and V-OLTs

The P-OLT and V-OLT reside in the central office (CO) or controlled environment
vault (CEV) and provide interfaces between the network and the gigabit passive
optical network (GPON).
ONTs
The Alcatel-Lucent ONT products are edge devices that use GPON technology to
extend a fiber optic cable from a P-OLT shelf at a CO to a subscriber residence,
including single-family residences, multi-dwelling residences such as an apartment
building, and small office home office applications.

1 — ONT overview
The Alcatel-Lucent ONT products provide the following functions and services:
• network demarcation for all services
• voice interworking function from the analog POTS lines to the VoIP/Ethernet
layers
• interworking functions between the GEM and Ethernet layers
• interworking functions between the GEM and MoCA layers
• interworking functions between the PON optical overlay and the RF video
interface
• CES encapsulation of DS1/E1 using the MEF-8 packetization format for
transport across the layer 2 Ethernet PON
• mux and demux functions to the PON
• optical to electrical conversion
All Alcatel-Lucent ONTs were developed using the following GPON ITU-T
standards:
• G.984.1 (GPON Service requirements)
• G.984.2 (GPON PDM layer)
• G.984.2 (GPON PDM layer) amendment 1
• G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer)
• G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer) amendment 1 and 2
• G.984.4 (GPON OMCI)
• G.984.4 (GPON OMCI) amendments 1 and 2
Indoor ONT
The indoor ONT terminates services at the subscriber’s premises and is used for
subscribers living in single-family residences. The indoor ONT is suitable for
installation on a desktop or for attaching to an interior wall.

1 — ONT overview
The indoor ONTs support the following main GPON features:

• GEM mode support for efficient IP/Ethernet service traffic transport
• 2.488 Gb/s line rate downstream and 1.244 Gb/s line rate upstream
• Class B+ optics with 28 dB optical link loss
• integrated diplexer for ONTs supporting POTS and data
• integrated triplexer for ONTs supporting POTS, data, and the optional RF video
and/or MoCA service
• 1490 nm wavelength downstream, 1310 nm wavelength upstream, and optional
1550 nm downstream for RF video overlay
• single mode fiber and use 2x5 SFF SC/APC optical port
• optical budget of 28 dB (without FEC) and an Rx optical sensitivity of -27 dB
• PON reach capacity of 18.6 miles (30 km)
• G.984.3-compliant Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation (DBA)
• G.984.3-compliant Advanced Encryption System (AES) with operator
enable/disable per port-ID level
• G.984.3-compliant Forward Error Correction (FEC) for longer reach upstream
and downstream
• G984.4, G.983.2 revised compliant OMCI interface for ONT management and
provisioning
Outdoor ONT
The outdoor ONT terminates services at the subscriber’s premises and is suitable for
single residences and small office home office (SOHO) applications. The single
residence and SOHO outdoor ONTs have environmentally hardened enclosures that
you can install outside the subscriber’s premises.

1 — ONT overview
Single-residence and SOHO outdoor ONT variants support the following:

• one GPON interface capable of 1.244 Gb/s upstream and 2.488 GB/s downstream
line rates as per G.984.3 using an SC/APC or OptiTap connector
and/or MoCA service
• up to two 10/100BASE-T or 10/100/1000BASE-T GPON MAC interfaces
supporting GMII/RGMII for IPTV, data, or VoIP services
• up to eight POTS lines for connecting phones to VoIP services
• one optional RF video coaxial port with optional MoCA support for CATV,
VOD, or interactive video services (not supported on the SOHO)
• one RF-optical return coaxial port for return path RF services (support on the
O-211M-R ONT only)
• serial RS-232 craft interface (not supported on all units)
• external power and alarms
• full 100BASE-T throughput upstream and downstream simultaneously
• packet fragmentation support for packet sizes above 1500 MTU
and downstream
provisioning
LP MDU outdoor ONT
The LP MDU outdoor ONT terminates services at the subscriber’s premises and is
suitable for multi dwelling unit (MDU) applications. The LP MDU outdoor ONT
must be installed in a cabinet, closet, CO, outdoor enclosure, or other
environmentally-protected area. The LP MDU ONT can also be configured in a
small Alcatel-Lucent enclosure for outdoor or indoor deployment. There are two
types of LP MDU outdoor ONT: the VDSL LP MDU ONT (O-24121V-A and
O-24120V-A) and the GE LP MDU ONT (O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A).

1 — ONT overview
LP MDU ONTs support the following features:

• an FSAN compliant 12 living unit GPON ONT
• 12 GE ports and 24 POTS ports (GE LP MDU ONT only)
• 12 VDSL2 (30 MHz) ports and 24 POTS ports (VDSL LP MDU only)
• two GMII ports are supported by the MAC
• one RF video coaxial port
• one PON interface capable of 1.244 Gb/s upstream and 2.488 Gb/s downstream
line rates as per G.984.3
• 1000 ft (305 m) target loop length
• locally powered (-48V) with battery backup
• Class 1 power wiring support
• Class 2 alarm wiring support
• each VDSL port uses up to 4 Alloc-IDs and 8 GEM Port-IDs
• a PON interface that supports a sustained link-layer throughput of 1.2 Gb/s
downstream and upstream simultaneously
• customer demarcation interfaces are external to the MDU enclosure
• an advanced encryption system (AES) as per G.984.3 for secured
communications over the GPON
• deployment scenarios are wall mounting, 19”/23”data rack mounting, and cabinet
mounting
• button on the front panel (but also accessible from a network manager) that
activates a script for collecting relevant data and transferring it into a reserved
area of flash memory
• maximum of 8 Cos per GE port (per 802.1 p mapping)
• Lifetime POTS service using single Alloc-ID and two Port-IDs per Service
Provider (one GEM port-ID for bearer traffic and another for Signaling/Control)
O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT
The O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT terminates GPON layer services and is
suitable for multi dwelling unit (MDU) applications. The MDU ONT supports
VDSL2 interfaces that are terminated at the customer’s premises using a VDSL2
modem.

1 — ONT overview
The O-00240V-A MDU ONT supports the following features:

• an FSAN compliant 24 living unit GPON ONU
• 24 VDSL2 (30MHz) ports
• 2.4 Gb/s downstream and 1.2 Gb/s upstream GPON line rate
• one PON interface capable of a sustained link-layered throughput of 2.4 Gb/s
downstream and 1.2 Gb/s upstream simultaneously
• 1640 ft. (500 m) target loop length
• VDSL service using up to 2 Alloc-IDs and 5 Port-IDs per VDSL port (assuming
equal distribution across all 24 VDSL ports)
• deployment scenarios are 19” data rack mounting, and cabinet mounting
• button on the front panel (but also accessible from a network manager) that
activates a script for collecting relevant data and transferring it into a reserved
area of flash memory
• maximum of 8 Cos per VDSL2 port (per 802.1 p mapping)
Modular ONT and service plug-in units
The modular ONT is used for subscribers living in multi-dwelling residences, such
as an apartment building. The modular ONT contains service plug-in units, which
provide combinations of voice, data, and video services to subscribers and also
integrate VDSL and POTS interfaces. The modular ONT enclosure is
environmentally hardened and installs outside the multi-dwelling residence.
The modular ONT:
line rates as per G.984.3 using an SC/APC or OptiTap connector
• operates on the same PON with up to eight other modular ONT units.
• offers voice and data carried over the PON between the LT and the modular ONT
on a 1490 nm downstream and 1310 nm upstream link
• provides asymmetric optical traffic (2.4 Gb/s downstream and
1.2 Gb/s upstream)
• is externally hardened for mounting the unit outdoors
• is locally powered with battery backup UPS
• supports optional removable fiber splice tray for splicing SC connectors onto the
fiber optic cable or OptiTap type preterminated SC connectors
The service plug-in unit provides:

• customer interfaces for voice and data services
layers
• interworking function from the VDSL layer and the Ethernet layer
• temperature hardened service plug-in unit
Currently, the modular ONT is only available for the ANSI market.

1 — ONT overview
Business ONT
The business ONT is suitable for small business applications and provides voice,
data and IP video, and optional RF video services to subscribers and supports CES
DS1 or E1 connections at the business premises. The business ONT enclosure is
environmentally hardened for exterior installations. An external –48 V dc 50 W UPS
with backup battery is offered for use with the business ONT.
The business ONTs provide a single entry point for voice, data, and video services
at the subscriber’s premises and multiplexes DS1 and E1 traffic with Ethernet data
using MEF-8 for transport across the GPON. Each business ONT supports the
following:
line rates as per G.984.3 using an SC/APC connector
and/or MoCA service
• one 10/100/1000BASE-T MACs with GMII/RGMII interface providing Ethernet
services for IPTV, data, and VoIP
• eight POTS lines for connecting phones to VoIP services
• one RF video coaxial interface (not supported on all units)
• two DS1 or E1 interfaces supporting structured, unstructured, or fractional
services
• serial RS-232 craft interface
• external power and alarms
• full 100BASE-T throughput upstream and downstream simultaneously
• packet fragmentation support for packet sizes above 1500 MTU
• loop start
and downstream
provisioning
EMS
The EMS software system use GUI interfaces to provide element management
functions for the OLTs and ONTs.

1 — ONT overview
1.3 ONT product identification
Table 1-1 provides the identification information for the ONT product series.
Table 1-1 ONT product identification
Series Description
I-series Indoor ONTs
O-series Outdoor ONTs
M-series Modular ONTs
S-series Service plug-in units for modular ONTs
B-series Business ONTs
In a product series, each ONT model can be further identified by a designation that
defines the characteristics of the particular model, such as the number of voice, data,
and video interfaces.
Table 1-2 provides the designation for the different models of indoor ONT, outdoor
ONTs, and the service plug-in unit.
Table 1-2 Designation for indoor ONT, outdoor ONT, and service plug-in unit
Position in mnemonic Description
Beginning character Indicates the series the product belongs to

First digit after the dash Refers to the number of POTS interfaces
Second digit after the dash Refers to the number of data interfaces
Third digit after the dash Refers to the number of video/MoCA interfaces
Character after the third Refers to the type of data service supported. The codes for the
digit supported types are:
• E for 10/100BASE-T Ethernet
• G for 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet (Gigabit Ethernet)
• V for VDSL
• M for MoCA and 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet (Gigabit Ethernet)
Ending character Refers to the variant
For example, O-210E-B identifies the following characteristics:

• O – an outdoor ONT
• 2 – two POTS interfaces
• 1 – one data interface
• 0 – no RF video interface
• E – 10/100 Ethernet
• B – the variant
Table 1-3 provides the designation for the modular ONTs.

1 — ONT overview
Table 1-3 Designation for the modular ONTs
First digit after the dash Refers to the number of service plug-in unit slots available on the
modular ONT
Second and third digits Indicates whether the video functionality is supported:
after the dash • 00 represents a modular ONT with no video
• 01 represents a modular ONT with RF video
For example, M-300-A identifies the following characteristics:

• M – a modular ONT
• 3 – three service plug-in unit slots
• A – the variant
Table 1-4 provides the designation for the business ONTs.
Table 1-4 Designation for business ONTs

First digit after the dash Refers to the number of POTS interfaces
Second digit after the dash Refers to the number of data interfaces
Third digit after the dash Refers to the number of video/MoCA interfaces
Fourth digit after the Refers to the number of DS1/E1 interfaces

dash (1)
Note
(1) The B-8102-A supports the 10/100/1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet) data service despite not
featuring an uppercase G following the fourth digit in the mnemonic.
For example, B-8102-A identifies the following characteristics:

• B – a business ONT
• 8 – eight POTS interfaces
• 1 – one data interface
• 2 – two DS1/E1 interfaces
• A – the variant

1 — ONT overview

2— Feature descriptions
2.1 Overview 2-2
2.2 ONT Release 04.05.06 features 2-2
2.10 ONT Release 3.0 features 2-11
2.13 ONT initial release features 2-13

2.1 Overview
This chapter provides a brief description of the features for 7342 ISAM FTTU
ONTs.
2.2 ONT Release 04.05.06 features
Table 2-1 describes the features for ONT Release 04.05.06.
Table 2-1 Features for ONT 04.05.06
Feature Description
ONT support The following indoor ONTs are supported in this release:
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-211M-D
• I-211M-E
• I-211M-G
• I-020E-B
• I-020G-F
• I-020E-H
• I-040G-A
• I-241G-A (new to this release)
The following outdoor ONTs are supported in this release:

• O-211E-B
• O-211M-E
• O-211M-G
• O-210E-B
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
• O-820G-D (SOHO)
• O-821G-D (SOHO)
• O-821M-E (SOHO)
The following MDUs are supported in this release:

• O-00240V-A
• O-24121V-A
• O-24120V-A
• O-24121G-A
• O-24120G-A
The following business ONTs are supported in this release:

• B-8102-A
• B-8112-A
SLID The P-OLT can also communicate with the ONT if the ONT is installed and the P-OLT
knows the SLID of the ONT. Configuration of the ONT and its services can be done at
the P-OLT before or after the ONT is installed. After the P-OLT polls the PON for new
ONTS and the ONT sends its SLID, range, and registration information, the P-OLT
searches the P-OLT database for the same SLID. If a match is found, the P-OLT registers
the serial number of the ONT, and downloads ONT and service configuration data to the
ONT.

Feature Description
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-211M-D
• I-211M-E
• I-211M-G
• I-020E-B
• I-020G-F
• I-020E-H
• I-040G-A (new to this release)

• O-211E-B
• O-211M-E
• O-211M-G
• O-210E-B
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
• O-820G-D (SOHO)
• O-821G-D (SOHO)
• O-821M-E (SOHO)

• O-00240V-A (new to this release)
• O-24121V-A
• O-24120V-A
• O-24121G-A
• O-24120G-A

• B-8102-A
• B-8112-A
Rate-limiting of DHCP, IGMP, SOC-based ONTs rate-limit the number of control packets for protocols IGMP, DHCP,
and ARP control packets at an and ARP to 10 control packets per second by ONT UNI port. IGMP is not rate-limited at
ONT UNI port an ONT UNI port if an IGMP channel is provisioned for the port.
Gratuitous ARP discard The ability to enable gratuitous ARP discard on an ONT UNI port basis is provided. The
7342 ISAM FTTU supports a discard mechanism that filters incoming traffic for
gratuitous ARP requests. When gratuitous ARP discard is enabled, incoming gratuitous
ARP requests are discarded.
Dynamic source address Where the IP or MAC source addresses are not known, dynamic source address
anti-spoofing with DHCP anti-spoofing is available.When dynamic anti-spoofing is enabled, an IP address is
dynamically added to the anti-spoofing table of authorized source addresses when a
host sends a DHCP ACK message, and is deleted when the DHCP lease expires.
Power over Ethernet (PoE) The LP MDU and GE LP MDU support the SWRD (Single Wire Return Device). The SWRD
support for LP MDU and GE LP unit functions as a data conversion device, and an Ethernet connection is used as a
MDU video return channel in the upstream direction. The video return channel is carried
over an HSI service, and returned to the video service provider.
(1 of 2)

Feature Description
New power supply Introduction of the CyberPower CyberShield CS 36 UPS for use with the O-211M-G
outdoor ONT.
New power supply Introduction of the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS for use with the O-421E-B, O-420E-B,
O-210E-B, and O-211E-B ONTs.
(2 of 2)
Feature Description
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-211M-D
• I-211M-E
• I-211M-G (new to this release)
• I-020E-B
• I-020G-F
• I-020E-H

• O-211E-B
• O-211M-E
• O-211M-G (new to this release)
• O-210E-B
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
• O-820G-D (SOHO)
• O-821G-D (SOHO)
• O-821M-E (SOHO)

• O-24121V-A
• O-24120V-A
• O-24121G-A
• O-24120G-A

• B-8102-A
• B-8112-A
SIP and H.248 voice software See the ONT Customer Release Notes for more information about softswitch
interoperability interoperability.

Feature Description
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-211M-D
• I-211M-E
• I-020E-B
• I-020G-F
• I-020E-H

• O-211E-A
• O-211E-B
• O-211M-E
• O-210E-B
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
• O-820G-D (SOHO)
• O-821G-D (SOHO)
• O-821M-E (SOHO)

• O-24121V-A
• O-24120V-A
• O-24121G-A
• O-24120G-A

• B-8102-A
• B-8112-A
Analog values for ONT self-test Analog values are reported for the ONT self-test results, not just pass/fail.
Data transport and services OLT support for VLAN stacking.
requirement
Programmable GR-909 Analog values for metallic loop tests (MLT) is supported.
thresholds
DSRL control Provisionable Down stream rate limiting (DSRL) functionality on a per PON basis.
(1 of 2)

Feature Description
Improved ONT software Software can be downloaded to an ONT using two methods:
download and activation • the SET-ONTSWDL TL1 command
The SET-ONTSWDL command provides the ability to download a new software
package from the OLT to the ONT at any time without risk of activation due to
unexpected ONT restart. The software remains in the passive state (SWVERPSV) and
never becomes the active software (SWVERACT) until the planned software
(SWVERPLND) is changed to match the passive software.
• the ENT-ONT or ED-ONT TL1 commands
The ENT-ONT and ED-ONT commands can be used to download and activate ONT
software by changing the planned software (SWVERPLND) parameter. If the passive
software (SWVERPSV) does not match the planned software, the ONT downloads
the required software from the OLT and activates the software.
A new alarm (SWDLFILE) is also supported that is raised when there is no software file
found on the OLT that matches the requested ONT Software download version. This
alarm can occur after using either software download methods described above. The
SWDLFILE alarm replaces SWDLFAIL alarm in this case.
SIP and H.248 voice software See the ONT Customer Release Notes for more information about softswitch
interoperability interoperability.
Perform line test even if busy Test commands provide option to “Force” a test even in the presence of a real or
suspected subscriber busy condition
(2 of 2)

Feature Description
• I-010E-C
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-211M-D
• I-211M-E
• I-020E-B
• I-020G-F
• I-020E-H

• O-211E-A
• O-211E-B
• O-410E-A
• O-211M-E
• O-210E-B
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
• O-820G-D (SOHO)
• O-821G-D (SOHO)

• O-24121V-A
• O-24120V-A
• O-24121G-A
• O-24120G-A

• B-8102-A
• B-8112-A
ONT alarm bounce Prevent alarm bounces due to power supply fluctuations.
Overlapping MAC addresses Allow users to program overlapping MAC-based multicast addresses with unique IP
multicast addresses.

Feature Description
• I-010E-C
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-211M-E
• I-020E-B
• I-020G-F
• I-020E-H

• O-211E-A
• O-211E-B
• O-410E-A
• O-211M-E
• O-210E-B
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
• O-820G-D (SOHO)
• O-821G-D (SOHO)

• O-24121V-A
• O-24120V-A
• O-24121G-A
• O-24120G-A

• B-8102-A
• B-8112-A
Retrievable FLASH ONT repair Repair and return information that is stored in volatile RAM at the ONT can be retrieved
and return information from FLASH memory using a network management session with the P-OLT. A push
button on the ONT can also be used to collect the latest information. Once initiated,
the information that is stored in RAM is saved to FLASH memory, from which the
information can be retrieved for viewing.
Rogue ONT defence Provides the ability to deactivate or disable ONTs that exhibit behaviors which disrupt
the PON for other ONTs. The behaviors include:
• laser stuck on
• serial number duplication
• misrepresentation of the bandwidth map
ONT power shedding profile The power shedding profile establishes, based on class type, the length of time that a
class of service is to remain operational when the power source for the ONT transitions
to battery power during an outage.
Data storage on ONT Using an element management system (EMS) interface, the operator can issue a request
to the ONT to store diagnostic data in non volatile memory, which the ONT can make
available to a diagnosis technician in a remote centre for debugging and repair
purposes.
New alarms and TCA This release implements nine new alarms and three new TCAs with configurable
thresholds for SIP-related voice services.
New and enhanced SIP call New and enhanced features include bridged lines, call pick-up with barge-in, 6-way
features conference calling, and suppressed ringing. This includes the introduction of additional
SIP parameters required to provision these call features.
(1 of 2)

Feature Description
E911 call protection with SIP This feature ensures that no E911 calls are dropped during a software upgrade. If an
E911 call is in progress, software activation fails and a software activation alarm is
raised.
New alarm filter commands This feature introduces alarm filter commands, both temporal and spatial, that allow
for the customizing of alarm reporting in alarm lists and logs.
New power supply This feature introduces the CyberPower CyberShield CS UPS for use with indoor and
outdoor ONTs.
(2 of 2)
Feature Description
• I-010E-C
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-020E-B
• I-020E-H

• O-211E-B
• O-210E-B
• O-211M-E
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
• O-820G-D (SOHO)
• O-821G-D (SOHO)
• O-24121V-A
• O-24120V-A

• B-8102-A
• B-8112-A
RFC2833 transmission of DTMF This feature provides another way to transmit DTMF digits. With RFC 2833, the digits
are encoded in the RFC 2833 packets so that the server does not have to decode RTP
packets in order to process DTMF tones. This feature can be turned on or turned off by
setting the RFC 2833 parameter to enabled or disabled in the configuration profile file
(iConfig/FTP). When disabled, the ONT does not attempt to initiate the SDP
Offer/Answer negotiations. When enabled, the ONT knows to initiate offers between
the two endpoints using this transmission process for DTMF tones. This functionality is
implemented for both Broadworks Broadsoft and Nortel CS2000 softswitches.
(1 of 2)

Feature Description
New and enhanced SIP call New and enhanced call features can be provisioned through profiles and through file
features download mechanisms (iConfig/FTP). These features include support for three 3-way
calls on the GSFU or modular ONT, home intercom, call forwarding status indications,
additional call transfer functions (call park and unattended), and explicit
subscription-based message waiting-visual MWI and reminder ring.
SIP Pull/Break Test This feature provides a specialized SIP Pull-Break Dial Tone test for testing any POTS
line. The primary purpose of the test is to allow the customer to use either TL1 or SNMP
to test the ability of an ONT operating in a SIP environment to make a phone call and
receive bearer traffic without a truck roll to the subscriber's premises. The test also
verifies the ONT’s ability to generate dial tone and measures how long it takes to set
up bearer traffic.
(2 of 2)
Feature Description
CES encapsulation of The business ONT provides two RJ-48C ports that support structured, unstructured, and
structured, unstructured, and fractional DS1 (100 Ω) or E1 (120 Ω or 75 Ω) connections. The MEF-8 packetization is
fractional DS1 or E1 applied to TDM traffic for transport over the GPON as Ethernet layer 2.
Loopback support on DS1/E1 Local, remote, and packet loopback testing is supported on business ONT DS1/E1 ports.
ports
Microspan equipment for Microspan equipment resides in the central office (CO). Microspan equipment works
business ONTs with the business ONT to provide an extension for LAN traffic, implementing
functionality such as VLAN swapping. The physical Microspan equipment is installed in
the CO at a location remote to the 7342 ISAM FTTU rack and P-OLT.
• I-010E-C
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-020E-B
• I-020E-H

• O-211E-B
• O-210E-B
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
• O-820G-D (SOHO)
• O-821G-D (SOHO)
• O-24121V-A
• O-24120V-A

• B-8102-A
• B-8112-A
Expanded 911 911/E911 (or equivalent in different countries) is supported when a primary line service
is provided. Includes forced hold support.
(1 of 2)

Feature Description
Call features New call features include call waiting splash and visual ring indications, as well as
additional caller ID support for NT interoperability.
PM and call statistics New PM statistics have been added to collect and report RTCP-XP call statistics,
additional SIP and Megaco call statistics, and call statistics for up to 32 previous calls.
SIP and MEGACO support for SIP and MEGACO support is provided for GSFU-B, brick MDU, SoHo, business, and MoCA
ONTs ONTs.
SLID entry via POTS port The SLID parameter can be programmed into an ONT without a craft port by using a
butt set connected to the first POTS port on an indoor and outdoor ONT.
(2 of 2)
2.10 ONT Release 3.0 features
Table 2-9 describes the features for ONT Release 3.0.
Table 2-9 Features for ONT 3.0
Feature Description
FEC error correction FEC error correction can be applied to the 1310 nm upstream and 1490 nm downstream
GPON links between the P-OLT and ONTs to improve performance on links that are
framing properly and have a recovery clock but are experiencing BER.
NTP time calibration for ONTs ONTs derive accurate time calibration from network time protocol (NTP) servers using
the NTP protocol. The NTP servers are provisionable via OMCI and are authenticated by
ONTs using a security key.
• I-010E-C
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-020E-B

• O-211E-B
• O-210E-B
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
• O-820G-D (SOHO)
• O-821G-D (SOHO)
Optical power measurement Retrieval of the optical power level of the 1490 nm and 1550 nm downstream signals
for each ONT can be performed using a TL1 or an EMS management session with the
P-OLT. Thresholds for the high and low optical power levels can be configured using a
TL1 management session with the P-OLT, such that an alarm is raised if the set
threshold is crossed.
Traffic restoration time There is a reduction in the amount of time needed for an out-of-service ONT to
improvements reestablish communication with all ONTs after it is restarted.
ONT software download The ONT software download speed has been increased
improvement
ONT software activation A software activation option (ONTSWACT) has been added to the TL1 command
SET-NE-ALL that allows automatic or manual activation of the ONT software following
a successful download.

Feature Description
DHCP Option 90 DHCP Option 90 provides authentication for servers and ONTs to prevent fraudulent
clients and servers, eavesdropping, and replay attacks.
HTTP Digest HTTP Digest provides ONT authentication for the voice, configuration, and profile
servers.
MoCA configuration support MoCA configuration is supported at the P-OLT. MoCA enables an ONT to carry Ethernet
data and RF video channels over a coaxial cable at subscriber premises.
• I-010E-C
• I-220E-A
• I-221E-A
• I-020E-B

• O-410E-A
• O-411E-A
• O-211E-B
• O-210E-B
• O-420E-B
• O-421E-B
Performance monitoring Enhancements to the 15-min statistics counters allow for the retrieval of the
enhancements in-progress count for the current 15-min interval.
Additional internal 15-min and rolling counters for the collection of statistics are
provided for the following:
• layer 2 Ethernet at the ONT
• MoCA interface of the ONT
• GPON TC-layer for the ONT
TCA notification support is provided for selected 15-minute statistics counters.

Ping From a TL1 management session with the P-OLT, you can initiate a ping from the ONT
to any host device or server on the GPON. You can also disable the ONT from responding
to ping requests. The ONT responds to ping requests by default.
POTS power A new ONTPOTS parameter (POTSPWR) can be used to specify a period of time in
seconds, that an ONT port remains in a powered state after loss of ranging.
TLS Transport Layer Security (TLS) provides server authentication and privacy for Session
Initiation Protocol (SIP) signaling and profile downloads.
Upstream FEC Forward Error Correction (FEC) is used by the GEM transport layer between the ONTs
and an P-OLT, and is based on transmitting the data in an encoded format. The
encoding introduces redundancy, which allows the decoder to detect and correct the
transmission errors.
VoIP call statistics VoIP call statistics are gathered for the last incoming or outgoing call on each POTS port
that is configured for VoIP on the ONT. You can view these statistics from a
management session on the P-OLT.

Feature Description
Voice The following features are supported:

• interoperability between systems using H.248/Megaco and SIP protocols
• interoperability between G6 gateway and IP
• MLT test
• forward error correction (FEC) coder decoder (CODEC)
ONTs The ONTs are compatible with legacy optical network units (ONUs). The following ONTs
are supported:
Outdoor ONTs supported:
• O-210E-A
• O-211E-A
Modular ONTs supported:

• M-300-A
• S-840V-A
2.13 ONT initial release features
Table 2-12 lists and describes the features for the initial ONT release.
Table 2-12 Features for initial ONT release
Feature Description
Outdoor ONTs for single-family The outdoor ONT provides services to subscribers living in single family residences. The
residences ONT supports two interfaces to POTS and one Ethernet interface with the configurable
auto-negotiation function. The Ethernet port supports both data and IPTV traffic with
an average line rate of 50 Mb/s downstream and 20 Mb/s upstream for a customer with
an average computer and normal traffic.
Modular ONTs for multidwelling The modular ONT provides services to North American subscribers living in
residences multi-dwelling residences. The modular ONT supports a maximum of three plug-in
service units. Each service unit supports a maximum of eight POTS interfaces when
VDSL interface is not required, and four VDSL interfaces. The modular ONT supports a
link layer sustained throughput of 1 Gb/s downstream and 600 Mb/s upstream
simultaneously in all packet sizes.
Service units of ONT for Each service unit provides a maximum of eight POTS interfaces when the VDSL interface
multidwelling residences is not used, and four VDSL interfaces. The service unit supports an average line rate of
50 Mb/s downstream and 20 Mb/s upstream for a customer with an average computer
and normal traffic. It also has a maximum of 1000 ft (304.8 m) loop lengths.
Derived VoIP service The 7342 ISAM FTTU provides VoIP that supports G.711 Vocoder. The VoIP supports
DSCP and p-bit marking for layer 2 and 3 QoS. The VoIP quality meets MOS of 4 and
above. The VoIP service supports DHCP and DHCP options 60 and 43 for user
authentication.
(1 of 2)

Feature Description
GPON optics The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports a 28 dB optical budget between the P-OLT and the ONTs.
The 7342 ISAM FTTU provides an optical leveling mechanism during the operation of the
P-OLT and ONTs.
HSI and 802.1P on ONTs The ONTs support PPP- or DHCP-based data service. The ONTs support the ITU-T 802.1P
QoS requirements, such as priority classification and priority queues.
IPTV service The IPTV service is provided through the Ethernet connection on the ONTs. The ONTs
support a configurable IGMP snooping function. The ONT can be configured with the
maximum age for a multicast stream. The ONT UNI port can be configured with the
maximum number of multicast streams, maximum number of hosts, and maximum
number of IGMP messages allowed in a 1-s interval. Both IGMP v1 and v2 are supported.
The system response time for a zap is 100 ms. The IGMP control packets take
precedence over data packets.
(2 of 2)

3— Application notes
3.1 Overview 3-2
3.2 ONT Release 04.04.xx application notes 3-2
3.3 ONT Release 4.3.5 application notes 3-2
3.4 ONT Release 2.0 application notes 3-3

3.1 Overview
This chapter provides application notes of interest to ONT users. These application
notes were first reported in the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Customer Release Notes for
the ONT release. See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual for
application notes of interest for the P-OLT.
3.2 ONT Release 04.04.xx application notes
Table 3-1 describes the application notes for ONT Release 04.04.xx
Table 3-1 Application notes for ONT 04.04.xx
Application note Details Reference
Provisioning
CPE limitations for packet size During interoperability testing with several MOCA CPEs, it —
was discovered that some CPEs do not support Ethernet
packet lengths greater than 1518 bytes. This is due to
driver limitations on those CPEs.
Loss of connectivity due to fiber After a loss of network connectivity caused by pulling out —
pull Ethernet cables, LT card resets, or pulling out PON fiber,
it may take a few minutes for the G6 voice gateway and
the ONT VoIP client to re-establish connections and
recover dial tones.
LP MDU
O-24121G-A The aggregate throughput for the four Ethernet ports and —
the VoIP ports cannot exceed 1 Gb wire speed per
integrated ONT card.
MoCA SOHO
O-821M-E The O-821M-E is factory default configured with 2 POTS, See the ONT Customer
1 GigE, and 1 MoCA interface. When switching between Release Notes for the
HSI service delivery over both GigE ports to one GigE port applicable release.
or vice versa, you must configure the interfaces via TL1
or the network manager according to the CRN.
3.3 ONT Release 4.3.5 application notes
Table 3-2 describes the application notes for ONT Release 4.3.5

Table 3-2 Application notes for ONT 4.3.5
Provisioning
If a traffic load above 72 Mbps Before the ONT startup completes, remove the traffic —
with a 64-byte packet size is source or reduce the data rate in the upstream direction
present in the upstream to below 72 Mbps.
direction before ONT startup
completes, the ONT may not
start properly.
NTP packets received at the The ONT does not replicate NTP packets downstream to —
ONT are terminated. CPE devices.
The M-300-A does not support Ensure NTP is not enabled on the M-300-A. —
NTP
The PM_ONTENET_SQE — —
performance monitor counter is
not supported.
The VLAN translation feature Consider the following: See the QoS chapter in the
has an impact on how P-bits are • P-bits are maintained in the upstream direction. 7342 ISAM FTTU Product
handled by the ONT. Information Manual
• In the downstream direction, P-bits are maintained
from the OLT to the ONT; however, the P-bit sent to
the user from the ONT is always the higher P-bit value
associated with that service.
3.4 ONT Release 2.0 application notes
Table 3-3 describes the application notes for ONT Release 2.0.
Table 3-3 Application notes for ONT 2.0
Hardware considerations
CES encapsulation of The business ONT provides two RJ-48C ports supporting
structured, unstructured, and structured, unstructured, and fractional CES
fractional DS1 or E1 encapsulation of DS1 (100 Ω) or E1 (120 Ω or 75 Ω)
subscriber connections for transport across the GPON.
Initialization
No support of concurrent SFTP The P-OLT supports a single SFTP transfer at a time. Do —
transfers not perform concurrent transfers.
Provisioning
Alarm application notes • the SWVER and SWDLIP alarms are raised when an See the alarms chapter in
ONT is provisioned with a SWVERPLND that differs the 7340 FTTU ONT
from the SWVERACT and SWVERPSV Troubleshooting Guide
• to avoid excessive P-OLT loading, clear all
extraneous ONT alarms by setting inactive ONTs
out-of-service
(1 of 2)

Actions when maximum number When the MAXMACNUM value is reached, the LT receives See the appropriate
of unicast MAC addresses messages indicating that the maximum number of unicast service provisioning DLP in
reached MAC addresses has been exceeded for the ONT. the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT
This causes anti-spoofing mechanisms to disable the port. Software Installation
The port recovers automatically when the P-OLT detects Procedures guide
no further messages from the additional MAC address.
Other
Statistics application notes • The ONT inactive condition due to removal of power —
(dying gasp) is only reported from ICS-02 ONT -B
variants
• IMTE and IMCE Ethernet performance statistics are
not supported for ONTs
(2 of 2)

4— ONT software and security features
4.1 Overview 4-2
4.2 GPON transmission support 4-3
4.3 ONT activation methods 4-4
4.4 NTP server authentication 4-5
4.5 Physical ONT security 4-5
4.6 Rogue ONT defence 4-5
4.7 802.1x authentication 4-7
4.8 Anti-spoofing mechanism 4-10

4.1 Overview
This chapter provides a functional description of ONT software and security features
with reference to ONT hardware functional blocks.
Software and security features are developed for each Alcatel-Lucent ONT. The
software comes preinstalled in the ONT system memory when the ONT is first
delivered. Software updates and upgrades can also be installed via EMS or TL1. For
more information on installing and upgrading ONT software, see the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Software Installation Procedures.
Software architecture levels

Figure 4-1 provides a depiction of each level of software used to support the ONT
hardware.
Figure 4-1 Software architecture levels
Service Management Applications
File storage Protocols

Database
Embedded Linux Operating System
Low Level Device Drivers
Hardware Functional Blocks
19422
The following list provides a description of the hardware and software functions
supported for all ONTs.
1 The hardware functional blocks are described in chapter 5 and chapter 6.
2 Low level device drivers control elements of each functional block on an ONT.
3 The embedded Linux kernel provides the operating system for the ONT.
4 Each ONT supports the following protocols:
• TCP/IP
• ICMP
• IGMP version 2 and 3
• FTP
• DHCP
• ARP
• VoIP (including SIP mode 1 and 2, H.248 (Megaco), etc...)
• PPPoE
• UDP

5 SOC-based ONTs rate-limit the number of control packets for protocols IGMP,
DHCP, and ARP to 10 control packets per second by ONT UNI port. IGMP is
not rate-limited for an ONT UNI port if an IGMP channel is provisioned for the
port.
6 ONTs provide a file storage database (flash or SDRAM).
7 ONTs provide service management applications including the following:
• ONT management control interface (OMCI) manager
• VoIP manager
• VDSL2 manager
• 802.1x manager
• DS1/E1 manager
• MoCA manager
• Ethernet manager
• Craft manager
• Filter manager (DOS, rate limiting, OAM, MAC, DHCP, anti-spoofing etc...)
• DHCP client
• IGMP video manager
• GPON/Port-ID, QoS, and VLAN tagging manager
• GPON manager
• Equipment manager
• Software download manager
• MLT/Diagnostics manager
Note 1 — Not all software management applications are present on

every ONT since not all ONTs have the same functional hardware
blocks.
Note 2 — For more information on the service management
applications, see the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual.
This hardware and software architecture supports all the ONT based features
described in this chapter and in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual.
4.2 GPON transmission support
The GPON transmission layer supports GEM based packets as well as the following
features also described in G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer) ITU specification.
FEC
Forward Error Correction (FEC) is used by the GEM transport layer between the
ONTs and an P-OLT, and is based on transmitting the data in an encoded format. The
encoding introduces redundancy, which allows the decoder to detect and correct the

Fragmentation
Fragmentation occurs when a packet received at the ONT is larger than the maximum
transmission grant size. The ONT segments the packet and sends the segments in
multiple GEM frames over the GPON to the LT card at the P-OLT. The packets are
then reassembled at the LT card. Fragmentation occurs between the ONT and the
P-OLT in the upstream direction.
AES
The SSH transport layer provides authentication, encryption, and integrity.
Encryption is provided by a public-private key exchange to negotiate a shared
session secret between the ONT and the P-OLT: the symmetric key for AES. The
connection layer provides multiplexing of different streams over the transport layer.
AES is enabled on a per-service level during service configuration using TL1. See
the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1
and CLI for more information.
4.3 ONT activation methods
For the P-OLT to communicate with an ONT, the ONT must be connected to the
PON and the P-OLT must know either the serial number of the ONT, or the
subscriber location ID (SLID) of the ONT.
• A serial number is hard coded into ONTs. The ONT serial number can be entered
into the P-OLT using the ENT-ONT TL1 command before or after the ONT is
installed at the customer site. The installer must install the ONT with the
corresponding serial number at the customer site.
• The SLID is a decimal number, a hexadecimal number, or an alphanumeric string
that uniquely identifies an ONT on a PON. For the P-OLT to know an ONT by a
SLID, the SLID must be entered in two places:
• at the P-OLT using the TL1 command ENT-ONT before or after the ONT is
connected to the PON
• at the ONT before the ONT is connected to the PON, using one of the SLID entry
methods described in the following sections. The installer can use any ONT for a
customer, but the same SLID must be used. When the ONT is polled, the P-OLT and
the ONT SLIDs are compared. If the SLIDs match, the serial number is retrieved
from the installed ONT and registered at the P-OLT.
The following sections describe SLID entry methods supported by some

Alcatel-Lucent ONTs. The procedures for entering the SLID using these methods are
described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide
using TL1 and CLI.
SLID entry via craft terminal

The SLID can be entered with a laptop connected to the craft port on the ONT. This
method is only supported on ONTs that have a craft port.

SLID entry via Ethernet port

The SLID can be entered with a laptop connected to an Ethernet port on the ONT.
This method is only supported on ONTs that have Ethernet connections.
SLID entry via first POTS port

The SLID can be entered with a buttset connected to the first POTS port on an ONT
supporting this SLID entry method.
4.4 NTP server authentication
ONTs authenticate NTP servers using a provisionable security key before

communicating with NTP servers to derive accurate time settings. If the P-OLT is
used to derive time settings, communication is secured using SSHv2. See the
7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and
CLI for more information.
4.5 Physical ONT security
Physical ONT security is provided to limit unauthorized access to remote or outdoor

units.
Tamper-resistant seals and bolts are used to secure the TELCO access cover to the
ONT and to prevent easy access to the enclosure. Specialized security wrenches are
required to open the pin-in Allen-type tamper-resistant screws.
Certain models of indoor ONTs cannot be opened.
4.6 Rogue ONT defence
Fault or error conditions on a single ONT may disrupt the PON for other ONTs on
the same PON. Figure 4-2 shows some possible failure conditions.

Figure 4-2 Rogue ONT failure conditions
2)
ONT
serial # 123abc
X
serial # 123abc
LT PON ONT
X
2) If 2 ONTS report
identical serial #s,
7342 both ONTS are disabled 1) Watching timer
to ensure laser is
not stuck on or
no laser until
ONT deactivates ONT s/w is ready
X
ONT
Increasing X
becdown
counters?
3) Bandwidth map
CRC failure
18997
The following conditions on a single ONT may have effects on other ONTs using the
same PON:
• an ONT continuously sends light up the fiber because a laser is stuck on, which
may render the PON unusable
• two ONTs with the same serial number prevents correct ranging of both ONTs
• an ONT misinterprets the bandwidth map, causing the ONT to transmit for the
wrong time slot allocation, disrupting the PON for another ONT that is trying to
use its correctly allocated time slot
• an ONT signal is outside its timing window, affecting the start of another ONT
time slot
• an ONT signal is too low or too high, causing bit rate errors or a ranging failure
The system is designed to automatically identify these ONT fault or error conditions
using alarms, statistics, or automatic action. This tells operators of a problem or
disables the ONT so a single rogue ONT cannot affect the entire PON. See the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Troubleshooting Guide for more information.
Laser stuck on
ONTs use watchdog timers to stop errors that cause light to be continuously sent up
the fiber. These watchdog timers are maintained by the software. When a watchdog
timer fails, the hardware triggers a reset. When a reset is triggered, the laser is
disabled. Before the laser retransmits, the ONT software must pass power on and self
tests.

Duplicate serial numbers

An ONT is automatically disabled when:
• A ranged ONT sends a broadcast PONID within a serial number PLOAM
message. This indicates the ONT may not be aware of its ranged state or that a
second ONT using the same serial number is on the PON.
• An ONT sends a serial number PLOAM message that does not match its assigned
ID.
• An ONT sends a serial number PLOAM message but the ONT has not been
assigned a PONID.
• A deactivate PLOAM message has been sent to the ONT three times and the ONT
has not deactivated. The ONT is then sent a disable PLOAM message.
Receive and transmit errors

There are two ways to identify marginal receive problems:
1 Self correcting CRC check for the time slot; if the time slot allocation fails a CRC
check, the ONU does not transmit in that time slot.
2 Increasing rate of becdown (Bit Error Rate Count Downstream) statistics.
There is one way to identify marginal transmission timing and level problems. If a
marginally transmitting (due to timing or optical signal levels) ONT does range,
upstream data from that ONT and possibly other ONTs on the PON will be
corrupted. Increasing rates of becup (Bit Error Count Upstream) statistics are seen.
The becup counters of the marginally transmitting ONT increase the fastest. Other
ONTs may see smaller increases.
4.7 802.1x authentication
The P-OLT maintains the 802.1x authentication state by terminating the 802.1x
protocol and authenticates end users using the RADIUS server. The ONT provides
the filters for blocking and unblocking a local area network (LAN) port on the ONT.
After the system authenticates a port using 802.1x, the user can use DHCP or PPP.
Note — The 802.1x protocol is only applicable to iBridge mode. In

iBridge mode, VLAN-tagged frames are not supported for 802.1x.
The 802.1x protocol can be enabled or disabled for each 7342 ISAM FTTU system
or for each ONT user-network interface (LAN port).

Port-based authentication
There are two MAC configuration scenarios for authentication:
• When MAXMAC is 1, the first MAC address to be authenticated is learned on the
bridge port for the duration of session timeout (not the FDB aging timeout). The
MAC address is learned on all VLANs configured on the bridge port. No other
MAC addresses are learned.
• When MAXMAC is greater than 1, MAC learning occurs after authentication is
successful. All MAC addresses are learned dynamically and age out using the
FDB aging timer. The system responds with EAP-Success message if other users
on the port try to authenticate after the port is authorized for traffic.
When the authenticated user logs out, the system performs the following actions:
• closes the port for traffic
• stops accounting for the port
• sends an identity request as multicast over the port to invite any potential users of
the port for authentication
• opens the port for traffic again only after a successful authentication
• sends new identity requests only after the held period expires if the authentication
fails
• sends periodic identity request messages until the port is authenticated
• does not require re-authentication
• flushes the FDB entries that correspond to the port
When the maximum MAC value on a bridge port is changed by the operator to a
lower value, the system performs the following actions:
• flushes all the forward database (FDB) entries on the port
• closes the associated ONT UNI for data traffic
• sends identity request as multicast over the port in order to invite any potential
users of the port for authentication
• opens the port for traffic after successful authentication
802.1x support assumptions

The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports 802.1x authentication based on the following
assumptions:
• Authentication is supported only on LAN ports at the ONT and not for the plain
old telephone system (POTS) lines.
• Authentication is performed on an ONT UNI basis. The highest priority GPON
encapsulation module (GEM) port ID that is configured on the user network
interface (UNI) is used for authentication.
• There is no local authentication for 802.1x when the RADIUS server fails.

User session disconnection by system

The following three types of user disconnections are supported:
• When the RADIUS requests disconnection, the system does not send an
accounting stop message. The system sends a failure message to the first
authenticated user on the port and initiates the authentication of other users on the
port.
• When the maximum session duration is expired. The system sends a failure
message to the first authenticated user on the port and initiates other users on the
port to start authentication.
• When there is a request to disable or delete a user port, the system gracefully
terminates the user sessions on the port before the port is disabled or deleted. User
session accounting data is sent to the RADIUS accounting servers when the
session is terminated.
Re-authentication
To ensure that there is no service interruption during re-authentication, it is required
re-authentication of the supplicant must occur before the session expires. The
supplicant does not cause any service interruption during re-authentication. New
accounting-stop or accounting-start messages are not sent due to re-authentication.
The P-OLT supports the re-authentication state. The configuration of the
re-authentication function is made on a port basis and includes enabling or disabling
re-authentication and setting the re-authentication period.
The RADIUS Termination Action attribute is supported. If a Termination Action is
received, re-authentication is performed only at the request of the RADIUS server.
The RADIUS server overrides local configuration of re-authentication in the P-OLT.
If re-authentication is enabled on a port, the Session Timeout value returned by
RADIUS service is used as the re-authentication period. If the RADIUS server does
not return a Session Timeout value, the re-authentication timer for the port that is
configured by the management system is used.
If there is no response from an RADIUS server for re-authentication due to an NT
card switchover, the P-OLT treats the re-authentication as a successful one for 30
min.
If re-authentication is disabled for a port, the Session Timeout value returned by
RADIUS server is used to terminate the sessions. Re-authentication initiated by the
management system is not required.
During re-authentication, traffic to and from the user is not interrupted. The port
forwards bidirectional traffic until re-authentication is completed. If
re-authentication fails, the port is changed to unauthorized state.
An EAP Request Identity message is sent to the port when the re-authentication timer
expires.

4.8 Anti-spoofing mechanism
The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports two features to protect against spoofing:
• gratuitous ARP discard
• source address anti-spoofing
Gratuitous ARP discard

A gratuitous ARP request is an ARP packet where the sender IP address and the
target IP address are the same. Attackers can use gratuitous ARP requests to corrupt
the ARP cache of a router by sending out a gratuitous ARP request that claims to be
the default router.
The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports a discard mechanism that filters incoming traffic for
gratuitous ARP requests. When gratuitous ARP discard is enabled, incoming
gratuitous ARP requests are discarded.
Gratuitous ARP discard is implemented on a per ONT UNI port basis. See
7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and
CLI for configuration information.
Note — Gratuitous ARP discard only applies for residential bridge

VLANs; in VLAN cross-connect mode, gratuitous ARP requests are
always forwarded.
Source address anti-spoofing

Source address spoofing is an attempt to gain entry to a system by posing as a trusted
source. Although the packet cannot be routed back to the initial source, source
address spoofing can lead to unnecessary network congestion and to possible denial
of service.
To block unauthorized traffic, the 7342 ISAM FTTU supports an anti-spoofing
mechanism that limits source address spoofing. Upstream traffic arriving at the ONT
is validated for source address. Authorized packets are forwarded and non-validated
packets are discarded, as illustrated in Figure 4-3.
Figure 4-3 ONT packet authorization
ONT
Forward authorized packets Upstream packets

Authorize
packets
Discard Authorized
unauthorized source addresses
packets
19075

Source address anti-spoofing is implemented in either static or dynamic mode.

• Static mode enables the table of authorized source addresses to be provisioned
statically by an operator for one of the following anti-spoofing control types:
• MAC only
• IP-only
• MAC and IP
• Dynamic mode enables the table of authorized source addresses to be provisioned
both statically by an operator and dynamically through DHCP, and supports the
anti-spoofing control type IP-only.
Source address anti-spoofing filters are applied as follows:

• For IP-only anti-spoofing, packets that match a configured source address are
forwarded, and non matching packets are dropped.
• For MAC and IP anti-spoofing, packets that match a configured pair of MAC
source address and IP source address are forwarded, and non-matching packets
are dropped.
• MAC-only anti-spoofing can be implemented in one of two modes:
• Inclusive mode forwards packets that match a configured MAC source address, and
drops non matching packets.
• Exclusive mode forwards packets that do not match a configured MAC source
address, and drops matching packets.
Exclusive mode is used when you want to protect the 7342 ISAM FTTU against
virus-infected computers that send traffic using the MAC address of the default
router, which is in the computer’s ARP cache table.
Not all anti-spoofing control types apply to all traffic. Table 4-1 identifies the
anti-spoofing control types and any traffic exemptions by source address
anti-spoofing mode.
Table 4-1 Anti-spoofing control types and traffic exemptions
Source address Anti-spoofing control type Traffic exemptions

anti-spoofing mode
Static MAC-only anti-spoofing Is applied to all data traffic
IP-only anti-spoofing Is not applied to non-IP traffic,

such as:
MAC and IP anti-spoofing
• PPPoE
Dynamic IP-only anti-spoofing • ARP
• EAPOL, EAP
Is not applied to DHCP packets to

allow a subscriber to obtain a
DHCP lease.
The anti-spoofing control type limits the number of authorized source address
entries.

When static or dynamic source address anti-spoofing is enabled, the LT card

downloads the static entries provisioned for an ONT UNI port to the ONT by way of
OMCI. When a static entry is removed or anti-spoofing is disabled, the LT card
notifies the ONT to remove the corresponding anti-spoofing filter(s).
When dynamic anti-spoofing is enabled, the LT card forwards the currently leased
IP addresses to the ONT by way of OMCI after an IP address is leased, or a DHCP
lease expires or is released. When a UNI port has reached its maximum allowed
number of IP source addresses, the LT card drops any subsequent DHCP ACKs with
a leased IP address that is not in the lease table. IP source addresses that are added
dynamically through DHCP survive ONT restarts, LT restarts, and NT switchovers.
See 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1
and CLI for configuration information.

5— SoC based ONT functional blocks
5.1 Overview 5-2
5.2 System on a Chip (SoC) technology 5-2
5.3 SoC functional blocks 5-3
5.4 SoC ONTs with RF video subsystem 5-5
5.5 SoC ONTs with MoCA subsystem 5-6
5.6 SoC ONTs with four 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports 5-9
5.7 SoC ONTs with eight POTS ports 5-9
5.8 SoC ONTs with CES DS1/E1 interfaces 5-10

5.1 Overview
This chapter provides a functional description of SoC based ONTs used with the
7342 ISAM FTTU.
Table 5-1 describes the supported interfaces for SoC based ONTs.
Table 5-1 SoC based ONT interfaces
ONT category description Maximum interface capacity
POTS ports Ethernet RF video / POTS/ VDSL2 / DS1/E1

ports MoCA 10/100/1000B
connectors ASE-T
Ethernet
connectors
Single-residence ONTs (indoor 4 2 1/1 0 0

or outdoor)
Small office home office 8 2 1/0 0 2
(SOHO) or business ONT
The following sections in this chapter describe the functional blocks for ONTs based
on system architecture and supported interfaces.
5.2 System on a Chip (SoC) technology
The SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for all SoC based ONTs; see
Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-1 SoC hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
SoC Bridge
Ethernet GPON
MACs MAC
Ethernet ports GPON

19421

The SoC consists of five key elements:

• GPON MAC
The GPON MAC element on the SoC provides the GPON interface to the TC
layer via the optical diplexer or triplexer (if using RF video). This interface
supports the FSAN standards compliant GEM mode transport and provides AES,
FEC, and data fragmentation functionality over the GPON as described in
G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer) ITU specification.
• Ethernet MAC
The SoC provides an Ethernet PHY device (either 10/100BaseT or
10/100/1000BaseT) between the GMII interface and the RJ-45 port.
• Digital Signal Processor (DSP) interface
The DSP provides voice processing and has a TDM interface to the
CODEC/SLIC devices.
• control processor
The control processor manages functions related to OMCI, IGMP, VoIP, and
Ethernet services.
• SoC bridge
The SoC bridge provides an integrated data channel between the Ethernet MAC,
the GPON MAC, the DSP, the control processor, and the other integrated
elements such as flash memory, SDRAM, the local bus controller, and the
DUART interface to the craft port if used.
SoC based ONTs can also interact with additional hardware components to support
functionality not provided by the SoC. For example, MoCA and CES functionality
require additional hardware support. These, and other additional elements are
described in the following sections along with the SoC based ONT functions.
5.3 SoC functional blocks
SoC based ONTs have the following functional blocks:
• GPON and service connections • voice subsystem

• data and IP video subsystem • time calibration
SoC functionality and service connections

The SoC is an integrated system that provides the GPON, voice, and data (including
IP video) subsystems. The SoC provides two key connection functions: connecting
the ONT to the GPON and the connecting the ONT to subscriber equipment. The
voice subsystem supports RJ-11 ports, and the data and IP video subsystems support
RJ-45 ports. The ONT connects to the GPON using a optical connector.
The GPON connection performs a GPON transmission convergence (TC) layer
function. The GPON signal from the P-OLT terminates at a diplexer. The diplexer is
an optical module that performs optical and electrical conversion. The diplexer
interfaces with the GPON MAC on the SoC. Figure 5-2 shows an ONT with a
diplexer, four POTS, and two Ethernet ports.

Figure 5-2 ONT with a diplexer
Power
Converter
POTS (4) RJ-11

GPON Diplexer SOC
Ethernet (2) RJ-45
18783
Voice subsystem
SoC based ONTs provide a maximum of four POTS lines for voice services and can
support either H.248 (Megaco) or session initiation protocol (SIP) signaling
protocols. All POTS ports on an ONT must be configured to use the same signaling
protocol. Signaling protocols can not be mixed.
SoC based ONTs support the following:
• for ONTs with four POTS lines, two lines can have both 3-way and 2-way call
support, but the remaining two lines can support only 2-way calls
• support for G.711, G.726, and G.729 CODEC; the support for G.729 requires
reduced channel number with software upgrade
• fax per T.38 on POTS lines
The SoC based ONTs are compatible with all existing subscriber voice equipment
including analog phones with tone or rotary dial capabilities, cordless phones,
modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and Type III).
Data and IP video subsystems over Ethernet interface

Data and IP video services are delivered through the Ethernet cable interface. The
Ethernet interface connects the subscriber premises equipment to the GPON.
A set-top box is required for the IP video service. The requirement for the television
set associated with the set-top box is that it must be able to receive and display analog
broadcasts on channel 3 or 4.

The Ethernet port can be set to the following:

• 10/100/1000BASE-T auto negotiation
• 10/100/1000BASE-T half duplex
• 10/100/1000BASE-T full duplex
• 10BASE-T auto-sensing
• 10BASE-T half duplex
• 10BASE-T full duplex
The ONTs supports IP video service using the Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP). The IGMP snooping function supports:
• the ability to enable and disable IGMP per Ethernet and MoCA port
• the ability to age out multicast MAC addresses in the IGMP table
• G.984.3 compliant multicast using a single GEM port-ID for all video traffic (as
mandated by G.984.3)
• up to of 64 video multicast streams per ONT
Note 1 — For ONTs that have SoC technology on-board, only one
Ethernet UNI port at a time can be configured for IPTV and multicast
streams.
Note 2 — For ONTs that have a MoCA connection and an Ethernet
port, the Ethernet port or the MoCA connector can be used for data
and IP video, but both cannot be used at the same time.
Time calibration
The outdoor ONT derives accurate time calibration from a series of NTP servers. The
ONT communicates with the NTP servers using the NTP protocol and authenticates
NTP servers with a provisionable security key.
If NTP is not used, the ONT receives time calibration from the OLT.
5.4 SoC ONTs with RF video subsystem
For SoC based ONTs that support RF video, the diplexer is replaced with a triplexer.
The triplexer is an optical module that performs optical and electrical conversion and
interfaces with the GPON MAC on the SoC. The triplexer also forwards video
overlay signals to an RF video amplifier that is enabled or disabled by the SoC
control processor. The RF video service is connected to the subscriber equipment
using an F-type coaxial connector.

The video overlay function operates in the 1550 nm optical band. Signals sent over
the overlay network are presented to the subscriber as RF signals from a video F
connector in the ONT.The RF video service supports most available cable television
(CATV) services, including video-on-demand (VOD), interactive video (games),
and standard and premium analog and digital channels.
Figure 5-3 shows an ONT with a triplexer, four POTS, two Ethernet ports, and one
optional RF video port.
Figure 5-3 ONT with a triplexer
Power
Converter
POTS (4) RJ-11

GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet (2) RJ-45
Video amplifier F
18781
The video amplifier produces the required RF output for the subscriber video
equipment. The RF subsystem monitors the levels of optical and RF signals in
support of the performance management functions.
5.5 SoC ONTs with MoCA subsystem
The SoC functional block can also work in conjunction with a MoCA adapter that
converts Ethernet packets into MoCA packets capable transmission over a coaxial
cable.
Data packets are forwarded through the SoC to the Ethernet MAC described in
section 5.3. The data packets are sent over the GMII to a multimedia over coaxial
(MoCA) adapter. The MoCA adapter converts the data packets into MoCA packets
and forwards them over the same coaxial interface used for RF video. The MoCA
adapter is enabled or disabled by the SoC control processor.
Figure 5-4 shows an ONT with one Ethernet port and one MoCA adapter.

Figure 5-4 ONT with one Ethernet port and MoCA adapter
Power
Converter
POTS (4) RJ-11

GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet (1) RJ-45
Video amplifier MoCA Adapter F
18782
SoC based ONTs that provide one Ethernet connection and one shared RF video and
MoCA coaxial connection support data on the Ethernet connection and the MoCA
connection simultaneously. IP video traffic cannot run on both the coaxial and
Ethernet connections at the same time.
Figure 5-5 shows a SOHO ONT with two Ethernet ports and one MoCA adapter.
Figure 5-5 SOHO ONT with two Ethernet ports and one MoCA adapter
Power
Converter
External POTS (8) RJ-11

DSP
GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet (2) RJ-45
Video amplifier MOCA Adapter F-type

coaxial
19444
SoC based ONTs that provide two Ethernet connections and one shared RF video and
MoCA coaxial connection support data on the first Ethernet connection and the
second Ethernet connection or MoCA connection simultaneously. The MoCA
connection and the second Ethernet connection may not be used at the same time. IP
video traffic can only run on one connection at a time.
Figure 5-6 shows an ONT with one Ethernet port, as well as one MoCA and
RF-optical return adapter.

Figure 5-6 ONT with one Ethernet port, one MoCA adapter, and one RF-optical return
adapter
Power
Converter
POTS (2) RJ-11

GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet (1) RJ-45
Video amplifier F
MoCA Adapter
RF-optical
RF return RF return
adapter
19812
SoC based ONT that provides one Ethernet connection, one shared RF video and
MoCA coaxial connection, and one RF-optical return coaxial connection. IP video
traffic cannot run on both the coaxial and Ethernet connections at the same time. The
RF-optical return connection supports data on the Ethernet connection and MoCA
connection simultaneously as well as on a return path over a passive fiber optic
distribution network.
The MoCA data channel shares the coaxial cable medium with the RF video signals.
The MoCA data channel is 50 MHz wide in the frequency range of 800 to 1500 MHz,
while the RF video channel is 6 MHz wide carrying downstream video signals in the
frequency range of 54 MHz to 860 MHz.
A set-top box is required for the video and MoCA services. The box is a device that
uses a television set as a user interface to the Internet and also provides RJ-45 ports
for data service. The requirement for the television set associated with the set-top box
is that it must be able to receive and display analog broadcasts on channel 3 or 4.
Picture quality and options can be enhanced if the television set supports digital
broadcasts.
The outdoor ONT supports IP video service using the Internet group management
protocol (IGMP). The IGMP snooping function supports:
• the ability to enable and disable IGMP per Ethernet or MoCA port
• the ability to age out multicast MAC addresses in the IGMP table
• G.984.3 compliant multicast using a single GEM port-ID for all video traffic (as
mandated by G.984.3)
• up to of 64 video multicast streams per ONT
• IPoE and PPPoE packets

5.6 SoC ONTs with four 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports
In order to support four 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet ports, an Ethernet switch is

connected to the two GMII from the Ethernet MACs on the SoC. The Ethernet switch
provides IGMP packet replication and internal VLAN tagging to direct traffic to the
proper Ethernet port; see Figure 5-7.
Figure 5-7 Four 10/100/100 Base-T Ethernet port ONTs
Power
Converter
POTS RJ-11
GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet
switch RJ-45
Video amplifier F
19394
Note — The RF video amplifier is integrated with the triplexer. It is

shown split-out in Figure 5-7 to illustrate the functionality.
5.7 SoC ONTs with eight POTS ports
Both the SOHO and business ONTs provide up to 8 POTS connections. To support
these additional POTS interfaces, the DSP within the SoC is disabled, and all VoIP
traffic goes to an external DSP; see Figure 5-8.
Figure 5-8 SoC with external DSP for SOHO and BONT ONTs
Power
Converter
External RJ-11
DSP POTS (8)
GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet (2) RJ-45
Video amplifier F-type

coaxial
19420

5.8 SoC ONTs with CES DS1/E1 interfaces
Micro span is a product on the Litespan system, used to provide wideband services
over an Ethernet link. These services are carried across the Ethernet network. The
network aggregates the traffic, both Ethernet and PON. The CES traffic is
transmitted across a CES VLAN that is created between the 7342 ISAM FTTU and
the 7450 ESS.
The BONT supports connections for DS1 or E1 services. The CES IWF interface
provides MEF-8 packetization of DS1 or E1 traffic from the DS1/ E1 interface,
which provides two RJ-48C ports. Figure 5-9 shows the business ONT functional
block diagram.
Figure 5-9 Business ONT functional block diagram
Power
Converter
External RJ-11
DSP POTS (8)
GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet (1) RJ-45
CES RJ-48C
IWF DS1/E1 (2)
Video amplifier F-type

coaxial
18883
The business ONT can terminate up to two DS1 or E1 links at the subscriber’s
premises, and performs layer 2 Ethernet packetization and de-packetization using
MEF-8 and pseudo-wire PWE3 technology. TDM traffic is encapsulated using
MEF-8 packetization before being transported across the GPON as layer 2 Ethernet.
Structured, unstructured, and fractional DS1 or E1 are supported.
The CES IWF packetizes DS1 or E1 traffic received at the RJ-48C port before it is
multiplexed with other Ethernet layer 2 data packets for transport upstream on the
GPON. MEF-8 is the packet payload format used. The packetization is removed
before downstream DS1 or E1 traffic from the GPON is sent to the DS1 or E1 lines
at the subscriber side.
Clocking, network synchronization, and time calibration for CES

The business ONT can use one of two clocking sources for CES: a derived GPON
clock or a local oscillator. When the system clock for CES is derived from the
GPON, the upstream P-OLT locks to the BIT clock and supplies the ONT with an
Ethernet clock that is traceable to a network timing reference. The supplied Ethernet
clock is used for differential clock recovery and for timing the upstream pseudo-wire
MEF-8 packet streams in the absence of a valid TDM recovery clock. The local
oscillator is only used if adaptive mode is selected.

The downstream TDM streams may be timed from one of two clocking sources: an
adaptive clock received from the MEF-8 packet stream, or a differential clock
recovered from the MEF-8 packet stream.
The business ONT calibrates its time of day from a series of network time protocol
(NTP) servers. The ONT communicates with the NTP servers using the NTP
protocol and authenticate NTP servers with a provisionable security key. During a
loss of service (LOS) state on the GPON interface, a minimum 32 ppm clock is
maintained.


6— LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT
hardware functional blocks
6.1 Overview 6-2
6.2 LP MDU ONT functional blocks 6-2
6.3 O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional blocks 6-10
6.4 Modular ONT and plug-in unit functional blocks 6-13

6.1 Overview
This chapter provides a description of LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT functional
hardware blocks.
Table 6-1 describes the system architecture and supported interfaces on the LP
MDU, MDU, and the modular ONTs.
Table 6-1 ONT system architecture and supported interfaces
ONT category description System Maximum interface capacity

architecture
POTS ports Ethernet RF video / VDSL2 DS1/E1
ports MoCA
connectors
Modular ONT (M-300-A) GPON FPGA / 24 0 0 12 0

switch
LP VDSL MDU ONT GPON FPGA / 24 0 1 or 0 12 0
(O-24120V-A and switch/ SWRD
O-24121V-A)
LP GE MDU ONT GPON FPGA / 24 12 1 or 0 0 0

(O-24120G-A and switch/ SWRD
O-24121G-A)
7352 ISAM FTTB ONT GPON FPGA / 0 0 0 24 0

(O-00240V-A MDU) switch
The following sections in this chapter describe the functional blocks for ONTs based
on system architecture and supported interfaces.
6.2 LP MDU ONT functional blocks
The LP MDU ONT is based on a hybrid architecture consisting of a motherboard and

a service board. The motherboard contains all optical, power, and common circuitry
required to support the service board. The service board provides the connections to
the customer interfaces. For the VDSL2 LP MDU ONT, communication between the
motherboard and service board is performed using a DB connector while, for the GE
LP MDU ONT, a SU connector is used. The motherboard and the service board are
integrated into the LP MDU ONT and cannot be removed.
There are two variants of the LP MDU ONT motherboard, one for the VSDL LP
MDU ONT (O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A) and the GE LP MDU ONT
(O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A). For the GE LP MDU ONT, the VDSL2 circuits
along with the associated splitter design of the VDSL LP MDU ONT has been
removed. The FPGAs move from the motherboard to the service board and are
updated to support 12 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet interfaces.

The LP MDU ONT motherboard and service board contain the following functional
blocks:
• optical functional block
• GPON MAC FPGA
• gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch
• on-board controller
• test and diagnostic functions
• complex programmable logic device
• network synchronization
• time calibration
• voice subsystem
• RF video amplifier
The VDSL2 LP MDU ONT motherboard contains the following functional blocks
that are contained on the service board of the GE LP MDU ONT:
• VoIP DSP devices
• Alexandria FPGA
• gigabit Ethernet physical layer interface (PHY)
Figure 6-1 illustrates the motherboard and service board functional blocks for the
VDSL2 LP MDU ONT.
Figure 6-1 VDSL2 LP MDU ONT functional blocks
TDM
-48 V power DSP 8
Converter OBC CODEC/SLIC
channel 8
CODEC/SLIC
Control Control POTS
CODEC/SLIC Ports
Bus PCI Bus CODEC/SLIC
Optical MII
functional block Bus
Triplexer
LVDS GE SERDES
CDR/BMLD GPON
FPGA GMII multilayer Alexandria
RF video Clock switch FPGA
POTS NTR
Type F SS SMII
connector Alexandria FPGA
configuration
LD 2
CH 4
VDSL VDSL VDSL VDSL
BME AFE IFE LD 2 Ports
CH
18964
Figure 6-2 illustrates the motherboard and service board functional blocks for the GE
LP MDU ONT.

Figure 6-2 GE LP MDU ONT functional blocks
TDM
-48 V power DSP 8
Converter OBC CODEC/SLIC
channel Up to 24
CODEC/SLIC
Control Control POTS
CODEC/SLIC interfaces
Bus PCI Bus CODEC/SLIC
Optical MII
functional block Bus
Triplexer
GE SERDES
CDR/BMLD GPON
Data FPGA GMII multilayer Alexandria
RF video Clock switch FPGA
Type F MII
connector
GE
PHY Up to 12
10/100/1000 Base-T
GE Ethernet interfaces
PHY
Motherboard Service board

19128
Optical functional block

The optical functional block contains two key groups of functions: the optical
functions and the signaling functions.
Table 6-2 describes the optical functions of the LP MDU ONT motherboard.
Table 6-2 Optical functions of the LP MDU ONT motherboard
Optical function Description

Optical diplexer or triplexer Optical-to-electrical conversion. A triplexer is used for LP MDU
ONTs with RF video and a diplexer is used for LP MDU ONTs
without RF video.
Clock data recovery (CDR) Data quantization, signal-level detection, clock recovery, and
data retiming
Burst mode laser driver (BMLD) Conversion of the digital stream bursts of data from the GPON
MAC field programmable gate array (FPGA) into the
appropriate current levels for driving the laser diode
RF video amplifier Receives an RF video signal from the triplexer and produces
the required RF output for the subscriber video equipment.
The RF subsystem monitors the levels of optical and RF signals
in support of the performance management functions.
GPON MAC FPGA

The GPON MAC FPGA interacts with the optical functions and provides GPON
MAC functions. Table 6-3 describes the features of the GPON MAC FPGA.

Table 6-3 GPON MAC FPGA features
Feature Description
Interfaces Supports two GMII to the gigabit Ethernet multilayer switches as well
as the GPON interface.
Upstream and downstream Supports upstream and downstream FEC. FEC is a data encoding
FEC format used with data transmissions in the transport layer between
the LP MDU ONT and an P-OLT. The encoding introduces redundancy,
which allows the decoder to detect and correct the transmission
errors.
AES support AES algorithm, is a symmetric block cipher that can encrypt and
decrypt information. AES algorithm supports key sizes of 128 bits,
192 bits, and 256 bits.
Internal MDU VLAN tagging Supports VLAN tag extraction and insertion functions for internal
traffic grooming and the FCS check/calculate function.
Network timing reference Supports synchronization for subsystems that need to be referenced
(NTR) to network synchronization sources.
Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch

The gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch provides a data path between the optical
functional block and the service board. The switch also supports a PCI bus to the
on-board controller function.
Table 6-4 describes the switch features.
Table 6-4 Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch features
Feature Description
VLAN cross-connect Cross-connection between VLAN and Ethernet
IGMP mirror Enables IGMP snooping. The IGMP mirror function extracts a packet
from the data stream from the OBC while simultaneously sending it
towards the GPON interface and service board.
IPMC Used to enable video stream multicasting and replication towards the
respective service interfaces
Priority level mapping Eight priority levels of IEEE 802.1P/Q mapped to eight priority queues
for each Ethernet port. Priority queues are configurable for each
Ethernet port.
Line rate switching Applicable to all packet sizes
Double VLAN tagging Supports two VLAN tagged Ethernet frames with an Ethernet packet
size of 2000 bytes
On-chip data packet Supports 1 Mb of on-chip data packet memory

memory
On-board controller
The OBC provides the communication control processing functions to the multilayer
switch and the service board.

Table 6-5 describes the OBC interfaces.
Table 6-5 OBC interfaces
Interface Description
Micro wire Used to connect to the remote inventories and temperature sensors
on the LP MDU ONT motherboard and service board
PCI Used to connect the OBC to the Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch
Local bus Used to connect to the LP MDU ONT subsystems for control,
provisioning, and status monitoring activities
Craft port (if enabled) Used by service personnel to access the LP MDU ONT for
administration and maintenance purposes
Table 6-6 describes the OBC functions.
Table 6-6 OBC functions
Function Description
LP MDU ONT testing Can initialize and perform a self-test of the LP MDU ONT
DHCP Allows the LP MDU ONT subsystems to obtain their configurations,

such as IP addresses when they start up
IGMP snooping Monitors IGMP message flows to maintain a local multicast filter and
forwarding database
VoIP Derived service that supports interoperability with a G6 voice
gateway or a softswitch
VDSL2 management Supports the VDSL2 management function
Ping and trace route Supports the ping and trace route function
802.1x authentication Supports 802.1x authentication
Test and diagnostic functions

The motherboard provides the testing and diagnostic functions as described in
Table 6-7.
Table 6-7 Test and diagnostic functions
Craft port Provided through a serial user interface (RS-232) to the OBC. Access is through
a DB-9 connector. This port is also available as a local craft interface for the
installation and trouble-shooting application of the LP MDU ONT.
Loopback Multilayer switch - MAC loopback that allows the MAC to get into an internal
loopback and transmit 100 packets for verification. The loopback is intended
for hardware lab testing only.
Temperature Interfaces with the OBC.

sensor

Complex programmable logic device

The LP MDU ONT uses the CPLD to decode the address of the control bus interface
and for chip select generation. The CPLD can also be used to provide network timing
referencing (NTR) for Ethernet UNI interfaces.
Network synchronization
The LP MDU ONT subsystems, such as the voice and VDSL2 subsystems, require
voice network synchronization clocks. The NTR is normally derived from the
recovered GPON clock. During a LOS state on the GPON interface, a minimum
32 ppm clock is maintained.
The Alexandria FPGA is responsible for generating the VoIP subsystem and VDSL2
subsystem NTR clock. All other voice network synchronization clocks are locally
generated on the service board.
Time calibration
The LP MDU ONT derives accurate time calibration from a series of NTP servers.
The ONT communicates with the NTP servers using the NTP protocol and
authenticates NTP servers with a provisionable security key.
Alexandria FPGA
For the GE LP MDU ONT, one of the three blocks found in the service board rather
than the motherboard as with the VDSL2 variant, is the Alexandria FPGA. In the GE
LP MDU ONT, communication between the motherboard and service board,
including the sending of configuration signals, is sent from the motherboard through
the SU connector to the FPGAs in the service board. These FPGAs support POTS
and 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet connections.
The VDSL2 LP MDU ONT supports three Alexandria FPGAs. The FPGA is a six
port Ethernet switch that controls functions such as buses, bridges, and interfaces to
the VDSL2 and VoIP DSPs on the service board, and the LEDs on the LP MDU
ONT. Each FPGA supports up to 8 POTS and 4 VDSL2 connections.
For upstream traffic, the FPGA either adds, translates, or replaces VLAN tags based
on the QoS tagging mode specification. For downstream traffic, the FPGA either
strips, translates, or allows to pass through VLAN tags travelling toward UNI ports.
The FPGA supports eight CoS queues for the source synchronous serial MII
(SS-SMII) interfaces respectively associated with a UNI port.
The FPGA performs switching between the VoIP MII interface, the UNI interface,
and the GE port. The FPGA supports egress shaping in the downstream direction
toward the VDSL2 subsystem.
The FPGA is configurable through a serial configuration interface from the PON
motherboard and a JTAG boundary scan interface, which is used for production.
VDSL2 subsystem
The service board provides the VDSL2 subsystem functions as described in
Table 6-8.

Table 6-8 VDSL2 subsystem functions
VDSL2 8 port A data pump that uses discrete multi-tone (DMT) modulation. Each VDSL2 BME
burst mode uses only four of the eight ports. The BME receives Ethernet packets from the
engine (BME) Alexandria FPGA on the motherboard over a quad-port SS-SMII interface
(only 4 ports operating at 125 MHz and also receives an 8 bit memory mapped microprocessor
used) interface (MPI) from the Alexandria FPGA used for program downloads, control,
and monitoring functions. The BME interfaces with the AFE.
VDSL2 quad port Interfaces with the BME and the IFE and provides converters and on chip digital
analog front end signal processing
(AFE)
VDSL2 quad port An integrated circuit that connects to the line driver and integrates all
integrated front commonly used filters for worldwide deployment
end (IFE)
VDSL2 line driver A two-port differential device that provides the functionality required to
(LD) implement a line interface for concentrators (CO) & DSLAMs. A transformer
connects each port of the line driver with the line. On the network side, it is
connected to the IFE.
998E30 Bandplan The total frequency spectrum partitioned for upstream and downstream
transmission.
Custom RFI Reduce the power spectral density within certain frequency bands to reduce
notching (1) egress into other areas.
Note
(1) Sixteen Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) bands can be configured for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. Not
every RFI band listed in International Telecommunication Union (ITU) specification ITU-R PN.525-2
can be configured. For more information on supported RFI bands, contact your Alcatel-Lucent
support representative.
Voice subsystem
The LP MDU ONT provides voice service using VoIP technology. Voice services
are delivered through an RJ-21 connector.
The LP MDU ONT supports an interworking function from the analog POTS lines
to the VoIP or Ethernet layers. Each LP MDU outdoor ONT provides the following:
• up to 24 combination POTS/VDSL2 lines (12 POTS lines and 12 more POTS
lines that can be shared with VDSL2 lines on the VDSL2 LP MDU ONT while
the GE LP MDU ONT features 24 POTS-only lines with no combination lines)
• support for G.711 and G.729 CODEC; the support for G.729 requires reduced
channel number with a software upgrade
• fax per T.38 on POTS lines
The VoIP DSP supports up to eight POTS channels. Three DSPs reside on the
motherboard and interface with dual CODEC/SLIC devices on the service board
using TDM.
The DSP provides an Ethernet MII and a host interface in support of RTP data and
control data. The DSP supports VLAN tagging for RTP data transfers.
Each DSP located on the motherboard connects to four dual CODEC and dual SLIC
voice port devices on the service board, which provide up to eight POTS channels.

The Alexandria FPGA provides control through the MPI of the CODEC.
Ethernet subsystem
Data and IP video services are delivered through either a RJ-21 connector for the
VDSL2 LP MDU ONT or MRJ-21 for the GE LP MDU ONT. The delivery of IP
video services is enabled through the IP multicast service.
The Ethernet subsystem consists of Quad PHYs (BCM5464), each associated with
an Alexandria FPGA, that provide up to twelve 10/100/1000BASE-T interfaces used
by the ONT. These interfaces interconnect the Ethernet service between functional
blocks on the motherboard of the GE LP MDU ONT.
A set-top box is required for the IP video service. The box is a device that uses a
television set as a user interface to the Internet. The requirement for the television set
associated with the set-top box is that it must be able to receive and display analog
broadcasts on channel 3 or 4.
RF video amplifier
The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports video overlay over the GPON that terminates at the
LP MDU triplexer. The video overlay signals are sent to an amplifier that converts
the video overlay signals into RF video signals. The function operates in the 1550 nm
optical band. Signals sent over the overlay network are forwarded to the subscriber
through an F-type connector attached to a coaxial cable on the LP MDU ONT.
The RF video service supports most available cable television (CATV) services,
including video-on-demand (VOD), interactive video (games), and standard and
premium analog and digital channels.
Consider the following when planning video deployments:
• MDU ONTs support up to 12 living units, each of which, in turn, can support
video distribution with a 1:4 split ratio
• The maximum supported length of RG-6 coax cable is 100 ft (30.48 m)
LP MDU ONTs using SWRD

For LP MDU ONTs using a single wire return device (SWRD):
• RF channel output power +32 dBvM @ 55 MHz using a per-channel
measurement at the ONT output
• RF channel input power + 33 dBvM @ 450 MHz
• RF slope correction (tilt) 3 to 8 dB from 50 to 870 MHz
SWRD specific RF specifications:
• Forward insertion loss in the 46 to 870 MHz range: less than 1.5 dB
• Frequency response +- 0.75 dB
• Reverse insertion loss at 18.5 MHz: less than 3.5 dB
• Reverse input level + 31 to +51 dBmV

Assumptions for the RF measurements:

• Channel load = 80 analog and 33 QAM
• Digital channel backoff = 6 dB
• Video TX OMI = ~3.4%
• RF optical range = + 1.0 dB to - 6.0 dB
SWRD
Figure 6-3 illustrates the SWRD functional blocks.
Figure 6-3 SWRD functional blocks
OBC
MPC 8347
GPON
PCI MII
ODB BCM 5696 BCM 5464 SWRD

12G PORTS QUAD PHY UNI
GPON
MAC PHY
SWRD Upstream data path

19588
Use of a Single Wire Return Device (SWRD) is recommended when a customer with
LP MDU ONTs featuring RF video requires upstream connectivity to implement a
video return channel.
The SWRD has two 10/100 Ethernet ports and 2 RF ports. The SWRD is powered
from the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the SWRD is installed and an Ethernet UNI
is provisioned. An Ethernet UNI connection provided by the optional SWRD is used
for the video return channel. Used in conjunction with an SWRD, the STB
communicates upstream using traditional QPSK RFV transmission instead of
sending all upstream communication using an Ethernet transport.
A single CATV-compatible RF interface is used to provide CATV service. For
CATV service, an RF video signal is passed in the downstream direction to external
video distribution equipment. In the upstream direction, the return channel is carried
over an Ethernet port to the ONT.
6.3 O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional blocks
The O-00240V-A MDU ONT consists of a single board that provides 24 VDSL2
ports supporting all ETSI 17a/30a VDSL2 band plans. The O-00240V-A MDU ONT
employs an architecture that is based on the first generation modular GPON MDU
reusing some of the primary core blocks. The use of the Ethernet switch to perform
packet forwarding between the GPON MAC FPGA and the VDSL2 chips is the
major difference between the O-00240V-A MDU ONT and earlier GPON MDU
implementations.

A FPGA is required to provide the GPON MAC to Ethernet function. An Ethernet

switch provides the traffic interface between the GPON MAC and the VDSL2 chips.
A programmable logic device (PLD) is required to provide the interface between the
on-board controller (OBC) and the control interface of the VDSL2 chips.
The O-00240V-A MDU ONT board contains the following functional blocks:
• Luminent diplexer
• GPON MAC FPGA
• Ethernet switch
• on-board controller
Figure 6-4 illustrates the functional block for the O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT.
Figure 6-4 O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional blocks
-48 V power
Converter OBC
Control PCI
Bus Bus
Diplexer
Data GPON HiGL 2.5G
Deserializer Ethernet
Clock MAC SERDES ENET 2.5G switch
Serializer FPGA
Data
SS SMII
LD 2
VDSL VDSL VDSL CH 24
BME AFE IFE VDSL2
LD 2 Ports
(8 CH) (2x4 CH) (2x4 CH) CH
19659
GPON MAC FPGA

The GPON MAC FPGA interacts with the Ethernet functions and provides GPON
MAC functions. Table 6-9 describes the features of the GPON MAC FPGA.
Table 6-9 GPON MAC FPGA features
Feature Description
Interfaces Supports two 2.5 Gigabit interfaces toward to the Ethernet switch as
well as the GPON interface.
Upstream and downstream Supports 1.24.Gb/s upstream and 2.49 Gb/s downstream FEC. FEC is
FEC a data encoding format used with data transmissions in the transport
layer between the MDU ONT and an P-OLT. The encoding introduces
redundancy, which allows the decoder to detect and correct the
(1 of 2)

Feature Description
AES support Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) algorithm, is a symmetric block

cipher that can encrypt and decrypt information. AES algorithm
supports key sizes of 128 bits, 192 bits, and 256 bits.
Internal MDU VLAN tagging Supports VLAN tag extraction and insertion functions for internal
traffic grooming and the Frame Check Sequence (FCS)
check/calculate function.
Network timing reference Supports synchronization for subsystems that need to be referenced
(NTR) to network synchronization sources.
(2 of 2)
Ethernet switch
The Ethernet switch provides a data path between the board and VDSL2 interface.
The switch also supports a PCI bus to the on-board controller function.
Table 6-10 describes the switch features.
Table 6-10 Ethernet switch features
Feature Description
VLAN cross-connect Cross-connection between VLAN and Ethernet
IGMP mirror Enables IGMP snooping. The IGMP mirror function extracts a packet
from the data stream from the OBC while simultaneously sending it
towards the GPON interface and service board.
IPMC Used to enable video stream multicasting and replication towards the
respective service interfaces
Priority level mapping Eight priority levels of IEEE 802.1P/Q mapped to eight priority queues
for each Ethernet port. Priority queues are configurable for each
Ethernet port.
Double VLAN tagging Supports two VLAN tagged Ethernet frames with an Ethernet packet
size of 2000 bytes
On-board controller
The OBC provides the communication control processing functions to the Ethernet
switch and the board.
Table 6-11 describes the OBC interfaces.
Micro wire Used to connect to the remote inventories, flash memory, RS-232
signals, and temperature sensors on the MDU ONT board
PCI Used to connect the OBC to the Ethernet switch
(1 of 2)

Local bus Used to connect to the MDU ONT subsystems for control,
provisioning, and status monitoring activities
Craft port (if enabled) Used by service personnel to access the MDU ONT for administration
and maintenance purposes
(2 of 2)
Table 6-12 describes the OBC functions.
MDU ONT testing Can initialize and perform a self-test of the MDU ONT
DHCP Allows the MDU ONT subsystems to obtain their configurations, such
as IP addresses when they start up
IGMP snooping Monitors IGMP message flows to maintain a local multicast filter and
forwarding database
VDSL2 management Supports the VDSL2 management function
Ping and trace route Supports the ping and trace route function
802.1x authentication Supports 802.1x authentication
Complex programmable logic device

The MDU ONT uses the CPLD to decode the address of the control bus interface and
for chip select generation. The CPLD can also be used to provide network timing
referencing (NTR) for Ethernet UNI interfaces.
6.4 Modular ONT and plug-in unit functional blocks
The modular ONT consists of a PON motherboard and a maximum of three plug-in
service units. The modular ONT offers the following functional blocks:
• local switching • network synchronization

• control and management • connections
• plug-in service units • time calibration
Figure 6-5 shows the functional blocks of the modular ONT.

Figure 6-5 Modular ONT functional blocks
RS232 craft port PON mother board

interface (optional) SPI
ACU On-board 1 T/R
controller Control Service POTS/VDSL Combo
GPON Optical (OBC) bus unit 4xVDSL 8XPOTS
diplexer connector 8 T/R
Control bus PCI 1 T/R
Signal bus
POTS/VDSL Combo
flow 4xVDSL 8XPOTS
12-port
GigE 8 T/R
GPON multilayer 1 T/R
GMII switch
MAC FPGA POTS/VDSL Combo
NTR 4xVDSL 8XPOTS
SU FPGA configuration 8 T/R
Legend:
1xGe Serdes
18124
Local switching
The modular ONT provides local switching functions through the PON
motherboard. The PON motherboard supports the GPON optical conversion and
6-port GE multilayer switching.
Table 6-13 provides a description of the optical functions required by the modular
ONT motherboard.
Table 6-13 Optical functions
Optical function Description
Optical diplexer Optical-to-electrical conversion

Clock data recovery (CDR) Data quantization, signal-level detection, clock recovery, and
data retiming
Burst mode laser driver (BMLD) Conversion of the digital stream bursts of data from the GPON
MAC field programmable gate array (FPGA) into the
appropriate current levels for driving the laser diode
Table 6-14 describes the industry standards supported by the modular ONT GPON
MAC FPGA that provides media access control functions.

Table 6-14 Modular ONT MAC FPGA and standards
Functions Standards supported
PON The GPON FPGA supports ITU-T G984.2, G984.3, and G984.4, which require a
GPON to support a maximum of 2.5 Gb/s symmetrical line rate.
QoS The GPON FPGA supports mapping the eight priority levels of IEEE 802.1p/q to
equivalent eight priority queues. The mapping of upstream queues and port IDs
are configurable.
Security The GPON FPGA supports advanced encryption standard (AES), a standard
specified by the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology.
VLAN The GPON FPGA supports the IEEE 802.1q-based VLAN tag extraction and
insertion function for internal traffic grooming, frame check sequence (FCS)
checking and calculating functions.
Table 6-15 describes the features of the GE multilayer switch.
Table 6-15 GE multilayer switch features
Features Descriptions
VLAN cross-connect The cross-connection is between the VLAN and the Ethernet network.
IGMP mirror The IGMP mirror function enables IGMP snooping. The IGMP mirror
function extracts a packet from the data stream that originates from
the service unit and sends the packet to the OBC.
IP multicast (IPMC) The IPMC is used to enable video stream multicasting and replication
towards the respective service interfaces.
Priority-level mapping The eight priority levels of IEEE 802.1p/q are mapped to eight
priority queues for each Ethernet port. Priorities are configurable for
each Ethernet port.
Differentiated service code The switch extracts the Ethernet packet, accesses the IP layer, reads
point (DSCP) QoS mode the DSCP value, and inserts a VLAN tag into the Ethernet packet with
(upstream) the corresponding 802.1p value before forwarding the packet to the
GPON interface.
Line rate switching The line-rate switching is applicable to all packet sizes.
Double VLAN tagging The switch supports two VLAN tagged Ethernet frames with a packet
size of 2000 bytes.
On-chip data packet The switch supports 1 Mb of on-chip data packet memory.
memory
Control and management

The OBC provides the communication control and processing functions, as well as
management functions to the multilayer switch and the service units.
The OBC provides the functions as described in Table 6-16.

Functions Descriptions
Integrated security engine The integrated security engine supports DES, 3DES, MD-5, SHA-1,
AES, and ARC-4 encryption algorithms, as well as a public key
accelerator and an on-chip random number generator. The security
engine is capable of single-pass encryption and authentication, as
required by IPsec, IEEE 802.11i standard, and other security
protocols.
Dynamic host configuration The DHCP function allows the modular ONT subsystems to obtain
protocol (DHCP) their configurations, such as IP addresses, when they start up.
IGMP snooping The IGMP snooping function monitors IGMP message flows to maintain
a local multicast filter and forwarding database.
Voice over IP (VoIP) This is a derived VoIP service that supports interoperability with G6
voice gateway or a softswitch.
Very-high-bit-rate digital The OBC supports the VDSL2 management function.

subscriber line (VDSL2)
management
Ping and trace route The OBC supports the ping and trace route function.
802.1x authentication The OBC supports 802.1x authentication.
Plug-in service units

The modular ONT provides a maximum of three plug-in service units. Each service
unit contains a motherboard that provides local switching, control, and management
functions. The service unit also contains the voice and data/video subsystems.
Figure 6-6 shows the function blocks of the service unit.
Figure 6-6 Service unit functional blocks
Local switching, control and Voice subsystem

management MPI
SPI TDM CODEC/SLIC

Temperature
sensor (2 channel)
SU FPGA
configuration Digital signal
processor Line
protection Line
Remote (DSP) drivers
inventory 8 channels function
TDM CODEC/SLIC
Control bus MII (2 channel)
GMII Service Unit (SU) MPI

FPGA
6-port switch Digital signal
4 SS-SMII processor AFE Analogue front Line
Line
(DSP) end (AFE) protection
4 channels function drivers
SU FPGA 4 channels
configuration
Data and video subsystem
18125

Local switching
The local switching is provided through the 6-port switch supported by the service
unit FPGA.
For upstream traffic, the FPGA adds a VLAN tag based on the QoS tagging mode
specification. For downstream traffic, the FPGA removes the VLAN tag from
VDSL2 traffic. The FPGA supports eight class of service (CoS) queues for the
gigabit Ethernet media independent interface (GMII) port associated with a VDSL2
port. Each 802.1p CoS per VLAN may be associated with a unique port ID.
The FPGA performs switching between the VoIP media independent interface
(MII)/VDSL2 source-synchronous serial media independent interface (SS-SMII)
and the GE port. It supports egress shaping in the downstream direction towards the
data/video subsystem.
The FPGA is configurable through a serial configuration interface from the PON
motherboard and a JTAG boundary scan interface, which is used for production
testing.
Voice subsystem
The voice subsystem provides digital signaling processing (DSP), coder decoder
(CODEC), subscriber line interface circuit (SLIC), and the line protection functions.
The DSP provides an Ethernet MII and a host interface in support of real-time
protocol (RTP) data and control data. The DSP supports VLAN tagging for RTP data
transfers.
The FPGA provides control through the Microprocessor Interface (MPI) of the
CODEC and SLIC.
The line protection block provides a protection circuitry that protects the voice and
VDSL2 circuits from lightning strikes, ac mains cross, line induction from electric
motors and power lines.
Data subsystem
The data and video subsystem contains a DSP, AFE, and four single port drivers. The
DSP is a 4-channel DSL digital transceiver. The AFE is a 4-channel DSL analog
front end.
Network synchronization
The modular ONT subsystems, such as the voice and data subsystems, require voice
network synchronization clocks. The NTR is normally derived from the recovered
GPON clock. During a LOS state on the GPON interface, a minimum 32 ppm clock
is maintained.
The FPGA generates the VoIP subsystem NTR clock. All other voice network
synchronization clocks are locally generated on the service unit. The GPON MAC
FPGA provides NTR for POTS services.

Connections
The FPGA supports the service unit FPGA configuration interface and provides two
GMIIs to the GE multilayer switch. The GE multilayer switch provides a data path
between the optical functional block and the three service units. The switch also
supports a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus to the OBC function.
The OBC provides the interfaces as described in Table 6-17.
Micro wire This interface is used to connect to the remote inventories and
temperature sensors on the modular ONT motherboard and service
units.
PCI This interface is used to connect the OBC to the GE multilayer switch.
Local bus This interface is used to connect to the modular ONT subsystems for
control, provisioning, and status monitoring activities.
Craft port This interface is used by the operating personnel to access the
modular ONT for administration and maintenance purposes.
The M-300-A modular ONT provides a minimum of 16 GEM port IDs, including the
following:
• 12 IDs for 12 VDSL2 ports
• 1 ID for ONT management control interface (OMCI)
• 1 IDs for VoIP
• 1 ID for remote debug
• 1 ID for inband video (multicast)
The modular ONT supports a minimum of 16 allocation IDs, including the

following:
• 12 IDs for 12 VDSL2 ports
• 1 ID for OMCI
• 1 ID each for VoIP, RTP signaling, and control
Time calibration
The modular ONT derives accurate time calibration from a series of network time
protocol (NTP) servers. The ONT communicates with the NTP servers using the
NTP protocol and authenticates NTP servers with a provisionable security key.

7— ONT equipment layout
7.1 Overview 7-2
7.2 Equipment options 7-2
7.3 Connections 7-2
7.4 Indoor ONT connections and physical components 7-4
7.5 Outdoor ONT connections and components 7-14
7.6 LP MDU outdoor ONT connections and components 7-24
7.7 O-00240V-A MDU ONT connections and components 7-28
7.8 Modular ONT and plug-in unit connections and

components 7-29
7.9 Business and SOHO ONT connections and components 7-34
7.10 Cable storage compartments 7-40
7.11 Location options 7-44

7.1 Overview
This chapter provides information about ONT deployment planning.
7.2 Equipment options
The 7342 ISAM FTTU system provides ONTs that are deployed at the subscriber
location to connect the subscribers to the GPON for services.
The following ONTs are supported:
• indoor ONTs used for subscribers living in a single-family residence
• outdoor ONTs used for subscribers living in a single-family residence, for small
office home office (SOHO), or for multi dwelling unit (MDU) applications
• modular ONTs used for subscribers residing in a multi-dwelling residence, such
as an apartment building
• business ONTs used for business applications
7.3 Connections
The ONTs provide a single entry point for multiple services at the subscriber premise
and terminate services from the GPON. The ONTs support a maximum aggregated
optical line rate of 2.488 Gb/s downstream and 1.244 Gb/s upstream across the
GPON.
Table 7-1 shows the maximum connection capacity for ONTs.
Table 7-1 ONT connection capacity
ONT type and Maximum capacity

model
POTS 10/100 10/100/100 RF video MoCA VDSL2 DS1/E1 Local GPON
/BASE- 0BASE-T (CATV) craft SC/APC
T
Indoor ONT
I-020E-B — 2 — — — — — — 1
I-020E-H — 2 — — — — — — 1
I-020G-F — — 2 — — — — — 1
I-020G-G — — 2 — — — — — 1
I-211M-E 2 — 1 1 1 — — — 1 (1)
I-211M-D 2 — 1 1 1 — — — 1 (2)
I-211M-G 2 — 1 1 1 — — — 1 (2)
I-220E-A 2 2 — — — — — — 1
I-221E-A 2 2 — 1 — — — — 1
I-241G-A 2 — 4 1 — — — — 1
(1 of 2)

ONT type and Maximum capacity

model
POTS 10/100 10/100/100 RF video MoCA VDSL2 DS1/E1 Local GPON
/BASE- 0BASE-T (CATV) craft SC/APC
T
I-240G-A 2 — 4 — — — — — 1
I-040G-A — — 4 — — — — — 1
Outdoor ONT
O-210E-B (3) 2 1 — — — — — 1 (4) 1 (5)
O-211E-B 2 1 — 1 — — — 1 1 (6)
O-211M-E 2 — 1 1 1 — — — 1 (7)
O-211M-G 2 — 1 1 1 — — — 1 (7)
O-211M-R 2 — 1 1 1 — — — 1 (8)
O-420E-B 4 2 — — — — — 1 1
O-421E-B 4 2 — 1 — — — 1 1 (9)
Outdoor ONT – Small Office Home Office (SOHO)
O-820G-D 8 — 2 (10) — — — — 1 1
O-821G-D 8 — 2 (10) 1 — — — — 1
Outdoor ONT - multi dwelling unit (MDU)

O-00240V-A 0 — 1 — — 24 — 1 1
Outdoor ONT – LP multi dwelling unit (LP MDU)
O-24121V-A 24 — — 1 — 12 — 1 1
O-24120V-A 24 — — — (11) — 12 — 1 1
O-24121G-A 24 — 12 1 — — — 1 1
O-24120G-A 24 — 12 — (12) — — — 1 1
Modular ONT
M-300-A (13) 24 — — — — 12 — — 1 (14)
S-840V-A (15) 8 — — — — 4 — — 1
Business ONT
B-8102-A 8 — 1 — — — 2 1 1
B-8112-A 8 — 1 1 — — 2 1 1
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) The I-211M-E part number 3FE 51296 AA has an SC/APC connector.
(2) The I-211M-D and I-211M-G part numbers 3FE 51307 AA and AB have an OptiTap connector while the 3FE 51307 BA and BB
variants have a SC/APC connector.
(3) The O-210E-B comes in three variants. See the outdoor ONT unit data sheet for information about the differences.
(4) Only O-210E-B ONTs part number 3FE 50683 AF, 3FE 50683 AP, 3FE 50683 AD, and 3FE 50683 AH have craft ports.
(5) The O-210E-B ONT part number 3FE 50683 AH and 3FE 50683 AS have OptiTap connectors.
(6) The O-211E-B ONT part number 3FE 50683 AG and 3FE 50683 AR have OptiTap connectors.
(7) The O-211M-E and O-211M-G ONTs have OptiTap or SC/APC connectors.
(8) The O-211M-R ONT features a SC/APC connector and RF-return capability.
(9) The O-421E-B part number 3FE 50683 AE has an OptiTap connector.
(10) The O-821G-D SOHO outdoor ONT has an OptiTap connector. SOHO ONTs have phase lock loop (PLL) locked to the PON.

(11) The O-24121V-A variant supports RF video while the O-24120V-A variant does not support RF video.
(12) The O-24121G-A variant supports RF video while the O-24120G-A variant does not support RF video.
(13) The M-300-A comes in two variants. See the modular ONT unit data sheer for information about the differences.
(14) The M-300-A part number 3FE 50533 AB has an OptiTap connector.
(15) The S-840V-A service plug-in unit installs in the M-300-A ONT and provides the M-300-A with POTS and VDSL2 ports. Up to
three S-840V-A units can install in an M-300-A ONT.
Table 7-2 shows the maximum number of ONTs supported on a given PON when all
ONTs are of the same type.
Table 7-2 Maximum ONT connections per PON
ONT Maximum ONTs per PON (1)
Indoor ONT 64
Outdoor ONT (single residence and SOHO) 64
Outdoor ONT (LP MDU) 8
Modular ONT 8
Business ONT 64
Note
(1) All ONTs connected to the PON are assumed to be of the same type.
7.4 Indoor ONT connections and physical components
The following sections describe the different ONT connections and physical
components.
I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G connections and

components
The I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H ONTs are for indoor deployment
and can be installed vertically or horizontally. Connections to the SC/APC and RJ-45
ports are on the outside of the ONT.
Figure 7-1 shows the indoor ONT physical connections for the I-020E-B and
I-020E-H.

Figure 7-1 I-020E-B and I-020E-H connections
Power Fiber optic Ethernet

connection port ports
18758
Table 7-3 describes the indoor ONT physical connections.
Table 7-3 Indoor ONT connections
Connection Description
Fiber optic port This connection is provided through a fiber optic cable.
Ethernet ports This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to two
Ethernet connections may be supported, depending on the indoor ONT
model. The Ethernet port can support both data and in-band video
services (1).
Power This connection is provided through a cable to the ac/dc power

converter.
Note
(1) Both Ethernet ports support IPTV but only one of the two ports can be configured for IPTV support
at any one time.
I-221E-A and I-220E-A connections and components

The I-221E-A and I-220E-A ONTs are for indoor deployment and can be installed
vertically, horizontally, or attached to a wall. There is a removable fiber access
enclosure that covers an SC/APC connector and fiber splice tray. Connections to the
RJ-45, RJ-11, and coaxial connectors are on the outside of the ONT.
Figure 7-2 shows the I-221E-A indoor ONT physical connections.

Figure 7-2 I-221E-A indoor ONT connections
RJ-11 phone
connectors
Video coaxial
connector MO
DE
LIN
K
MO
DE
LIN
K
Fiber optic port
Ethernet ports
Power connection
No1015
The I-221E-A and the I-220E-A use the same enclosure but each support different
connections. Plastic plugs cover unavailable ports.
Figure 7-3 shows the fiber storage tray and internal SC/APC connector.

Figure 7-3 Fiber storage tray and internal SP/APC connector
Buffer tube
cable tie
Fiber
Buffer tube
storage
cable ties
tray
SC/APC
connection
Fiber
cable tie
Cable tie
Buffer tube routing
flanges Fiber cable
buffer tube Fiber cable Fiber routing flange
outer jacket
No1009
POTS connections This connection is provided through an RJ-11 phone connector.
RF video coaxial This connection is provided through a coaxial cable.

connector (Type F)
Ethernet ports This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to two
Ethernet connections may be supported, depending on the indoor ONT
model. The Ethernet port can support both data and in-band video
services (1).

converter.

Note
(1) Both Ethernet ports support IPTV but only one of the two ports can be configured for IPTV support
at any one time.
I-241G-A and I-240G-A connections and components

The I-241G-A and I-240G-A ONTs are for indoor deployment and can be installed
vertically or horizontally. Connections to the SC/APC, RJ-45, RJ-11, and coaxial
connectors are on the outside of the ONT.
Figure 7-4 shows the I-241G-A indoor ONT physical connections.
Figure 7-4 I-241G-A indoor ONT connections
2 1 1 2 3 4 PON
Video coaxical RJ-11 Phone Ethernet Fiber optic Power

connector connectors ports port connection
19397
POTS connections This connection is provided through an RJ-11 phone connector.
RF video coaxial This connection is provided through a coaxial cable.

connector (Type F)
Ethernet ports This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to four
Ethernet connections are supported.The Ethernet port can support
both data and in-band video services on all four interfaces.

converter.
I-040G-A connections and components

The I-040G-A ONT is for indoor deployment and can be installed vertically or
horizontally. Connections to the SC/APC and RJ-45 connectors are on the outside of
the ONT.

Figure 7-5 shows the I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections.
Figure 7-5 I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections
2 1 1 2 3 4 PON
Ethernet Fiber optic Power

ports port connection
19667
Table 7-6 describes the I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections.
Table 7-6 I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections
Ethernet ports This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to four
Ethernet connections are supported.The Ethernet port can support
both data and in-band video services on all four interfaces.

converter.
I-211M-E connections and components

The I-211M-E indoor ONT is designed for in-wall installations in pre-constructed
telecommunications cabinets or on-wall installations in a telecommunications room.
Figure 7-6 shows the I-211M-E indoor ONT with the inner cover closed.

Figure 7-6 I-211M-E with inner cover closed
Cover
MGMT
MOCA
NTWK
POTS
BTRY
DATA
PWR
FAIL
VID
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
OK
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
19136
Figure 7-7 shows the I-211M-E indoor ONT with the inner cover open and the
physical connections labeled.

Figure 7-7 I-211M-E indoor ONT connections
Power/Alarm
connector
RJ-45 port
POTS IDC
connector
RJ-11 ports
Fiber POTS IDC

connector
MGMT
MOCA
NTWK
POTS
BTRY
DATA
PWR
FAIL
VID
storage
tray Type F coaxial
connector
Thumbscrew
Ground lug
19121
Table 7-7 defines the connectors on the in-wall MoCA indoor ONT.
Table 7-7 In-wall MoCA indoor ONT connectors
Connectors Description
POTS connectors 2 POTS ports supporting up to 8 terminals
Data and IP video RJ-45 connectors for 10/100/1000 BASE-T for Ethernet connection
connectors
Type F connector Type F connector that supports RG-59, RG-6, and series 7 coax cables for
CATV and MoCA connection
PON optical SC/APC connectors for GPON connection

connectors
Power/Alarm pre-terminated in power supply

connectors
I-211M-D connections and components

The I-211M-D ONT is an integrated device that serves a variety of network needs
with different interfaces. Figure 7-8 shows the location of the connectors for the
interfaces on an I-211M-D.

Figure 7-8 Connectors on an I-211M-D
Battery
compartment System Status
Battery Power
AC/DC Power Replace Power
connector for OPSU System Status
Alarm
Silence
Battery
Emergency Use
Type F coaxial
connector
TR
TR
POTS IDC
connectors
TR
MOCA
POTS
MGMT
NTWK
DATA
VID
FAIL
BTRY
PWR
TR
Per-terminated Ground
RJ-11 ports (via AC plug)
SC/APC or OptiTap adaptor
Lug or nut and
TR
RJ-45 port cup washers for

TR
optional external
TR
ground connection
POTS IDC
TR
connectors
Fiber storage
tray
Optional cable
strain relief
OPSU
19359
Note — The optical cable strain relief depicted in Figure 7-8 is

available only on the 3FE 51307 BA variant of the I-211M-D ONT.
Table 7-8 defines the connectors on the I-211M-D ONT.
Table 7-8 I-211M-D ONT connectors
POTS connectors RJ-11 connectors for POTS connection with optional IDC connectors (1) (2)
Data and IP video RJ-45 connectors for 10/100/1000BASE-T for Ethernet connection with
connectors optional IDC-type connectors (1) (2)
Type F connector Type F connector that supports RG-6, and series 7 coax cables for CATV and
MoCA connection
PON optical SC/APC or OptiTap connectors for GPON connection

connectors
(1 of 2)

Power connectors Internal with optional auxiliary battery pack
Alarm connectors Internal
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) The I-211M-D ONT uses RJ-11 and RJ-45 connectors that are not gel-filled.
(2) The 3FE 51307 BA variant of the I-211M-D ONT does not include IDC connectors.
I-211M-G connections and components

The I-211M-G ONT is an integrated device that serves a variety of network needs
with different interfaces. Figure 7-9 shows the location of the connectors for the
interfaces on an I-211M-G.
Figure 7-9 Connectors on an I-211M-G
Battery
compartment System Status
Battery Power
AC/DC Power Replace Battery
connector for OPSU Auxillary Power
Silence
Alarm
Battery
Emergency Use
Type F coaxial
connector
RJ-11 POTS PWR

BTRY
ports
FAIL
VID
DATA
NTWK
MGMT
POTS
MOCA Per-terminated Ground
POTS IDC (via AC plug)
connectors
TR
SC/APC or OptiTap adaptor

TR
Ethernet IDC Lug or nut and

TR
connection cup washers for

TR
(optional) optional external

ground connection
Ethernet port Fiber storage

tray
Optional cable
strain relief
OPSU
19572
Table 7-9 defines the connectors on the I-211M-G ONT.

Table 7-9 I-211M-G ONT connectors
POTS connectors RJ-11 connectors for POTS connection with optional IDC connectors (1) (2)
Data and IP video RJ-45 connectors for 10/100/1000BASE-T for Ethernet connection with
connectors optional IDC-type connectors (1) (2)
Type F connector Type F connector that supports RG-6, and series 7 coax cables for CATV and
MoCA connection
PON optical SC/APC or OptiTap connector or SC/SC APC adaptor for GPON connection
connectors
Power connectors Internal power and alarm IDC with optional auxiliary battery pack
Alarm connectors Internal power and alarm IDC
Notes
(1) The I-211M-G ONT uses RJ-11 and RJ-45 connectors that are not gel-filled.
(2) The 3FE 51307 BA and BB variants of the I-211M-G ONT do not include IDC connectors.
7.5 Outdoor ONT connections and components
The following section describes the different single residence outdoor ONT models
and connections.
Outdoor ONTs are externally hardened for outdoor deployment. A tamper-resistant
mechanical fitting prevents unauthorized entry. There are two inner covers and an
outer cover that seals the enclosure. Under the outer cover, a nested inner cover
prevents access to fiber and power terminals, but allows an unobstructed view of
status LEDs, POTS, Ethernet, and RF video connections. The connections are
accessible without opening the fiber and power protection cover.
Figure 7-10 shows the O-421E outdoor ONT with the inner cover closed as well as
cable entry points and enclosure locking mechanisms.

Figure 7-10 O-421E with inner cover closed
Telco access
bolt position
Fiber
cable
port Padlock bypass
Subscriber access
Lower mounting screw position
pedestal Subscriber padlock
Voice, data, video, eyelet position
power, alarms, and
ground port
18222
Figure 7-11 shows the O-421E outdoor ONT physical connections.

Figure 7-11 Connectors on an O-421E
Jumper cable
EPC terminal
EPC terminal for +12V POE
Craft port (IDC connector)
Power
connector
Alarm terminal
(IDC connector)
Ethernet
plugs
POTS
test ports
SC/APC T R
adapter TELCO
(OptiTap
optical
connector
also
available)
POTS screw
connectors
Ground
wire
terminal
F type coaxial
connector
Ground wire
terminal
18746
Figure 7-12 shows the Gemtek dongle that can be used with the O-421E-B outdoor
ONT.

Figure 7-12 Gemtek dongle
cable
et RF
Ethern
Power
19816
Figure 7-13 shows the O-211E outdoor ONT physical connections.

Figure 7-13 Connectors on a O-211E
Serial
number EPC
Ground Tracer terminal
wire connector
Power and
alarm IDC
connection
TR
POTS IDC
connector
TR
TR
TELCO
TR
TR
TR
TR
Ethernet IDC
TR
connection
TR
POTS IDC
connector
TR
TR
TR
F type coaxial
connection
Ground wire
terminal 18379
Table 7-10 describes the outdoor ONT physical connections.
Table 7-10 Outdoor ONT connections
Craft port (1) The craft port is used for a local management console connection to the
outdoor ONT.
POTS connections This connection is provided through a screw-down terminal, IDCs, or an

RJ-11 port. Up to four POTS connections are supported, depending on the
outdoor ONT model.
(1 of 2)

Data, IP video (2),

and This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45 or IDC type connectors
VoIP connections (if available) for connection to Ethernet lines. Up to two Ethernet
connections are supported for both data and IP video services.
EPC connector (1) This connection provides an Ethernet power connection jumper that
enables + 12V to be supplied to power SWRD for CATV return channel
support.
RF video and MoCA This connection is provided through the F-type connector for CATV
connection (1) service, and MoCA data and IPTV services. Outdoor ONT supports one
F-type connector depending on the outdoor ONT model.
RF return path This connection is provided through the F-type connector using HPNA 3.1
connection (3) over coax. Outdoor ONTs support one F-type connector depending on the
outdoor ONT model.
PON optical This connection is provided through SC/APC or OptiTap/APC connectors

connection for the physical interface to the PON.
Power and alarm Power and alarm connections to an external UPS with support for battery
connections alarms are provided. Screw-down terminals or IDC connectors may be
used, depending on the outdoor ONT model.
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) Not supported on all outdoor ONT models.
(2) For outdoor ONTs that have two Ethernet ports, both Ethernet ports support IPTV but only one of
the two ports can be configured for IPTV support at any one time.
(3) This connection type, as described here, is supported on the O-421E-B outdoor ONTs only. The
O-211M-R ONT also supports RF return path connections but implements the feature differently;
see Table 7-13 for details.
Figure 7-14 shows the O-211M-G (AE) outdoor ONT physical connections.

Figure 7-14 Connectors on an O-211M-G (AE variant)
Power and Serial

alarm IDC number
OptiTap tracer connection
wire connector
Ethernet port
TELCO
TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR
POTS IDC
Optitap
TR
connectors
connector
TR
Ethernet IDC
TR
connection
TR
RJ-11 POTS
ports
LEDS
Cable tie
down F type coaxial
connection
(MOCA)
19558
Table 7-11 describes the outdoor ONT O-211M-G (AE) physical connections.
Table 7-11 Outdoor ONT O-211M-G (AE) connections
POTS connections This connection is provided through an IDC connector and RJ-11 port.
Data, IP video(1),
and This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45 or IDC type connectors
VoIP connections (if available) for connection to Ethernet lines.
connection service, and MoCA data and IPTV services.
PON optical This connection is provided through an OptiTap or SC/APC connector for
connection the physical interface to the PON.
connections alarms are provided.

Note
(1) For outdoor ONTs that have two Ethernet ports, both Ethernet ports support IPTV, but only one of
Figure 7-15 shows the O-211M-G (BE) outdoor ONT physical connections.
Figure 7-15 Connectors on an O-211M-G (BE variant)
Power and Serial

alarm IDC number
connection
Ethernet port
TELCO
SC/APC
connector Screw
terminal
connectors
RJ-11 POTS
ports
LEDS
Cable tie
down F type coaxial
Craft port connection
(MOCA)
Ground wire
terminal connector
19559
Table 7-12 describes the outdoor ONT O-211M-G (BE) physical connections.

Table 7-12 Outdoor ONT O-211M-G (BE) connections
POTS connections This connection is provided through a cross wired terminal connector and
RJ-11 ports.
Data, IP video (1), and This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45 or IDC type connectors
VoIP connections (if available) for connection to Ethernet lines.
connection service, and MoCA data and IPTV services.
PON optical This connection is provided through an SC/APC connector for the physical
connection interface to the PON.
connections alarms are provided.
Note
(1) For outdoor ONTs that have two Ethernet ports, both Ethernet ports support IPTV, but only one of
Figure 7-16 shows the O-211M-R outdoor ONT physical connections.

Figure 7-16 Connectors on an O-211M-R outdoor ONT
RJ-11 POTS
connectors
RJ-45
Gigabit Ethernet
connector
POTS screw
terminals
PON
ONT
HOME
ONT
TELCO
SC/APC 1
connector
2
T R
12V dc power cable
RF return
coaxial cable
19800
Table 7-13 describes the outdoor ONT O-211M-R physical connections.
Table 7-13 O-211M-R outdoor ONT connections
POTS connections This connection is provided through a screw terminals wired to RJ-11
ports.
Data and VoIP This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45 connectors for
connections connection to Ethernet lines.
RF video and MoCA This connection is provided through the F-type connector for CATV service
connection and MoCA data.
RF return channel This connection is provided through a connector for a coaxial cable
connection located on the Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter (RPT)
integrated into the ONT unit.
(1 of 2)

PON optical This connection is provided through an SC/APC connector for the physical
connection interface to the PON.
Power and alarm Power and alarm connections between the ONT, Alloptic MicroNode 190
connections RPT, and an UPS is provided by a 12 V dc power cable supplied by Alloptic,
Inc.
(2 of 2)
7.6 LP MDU outdoor ONT connections and components
The following sections describe the different LP MDU outdoor ONT models and
connections.
O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A connections and components

Figure 7-17 shows the O-24121V-A outdoor ONT physical connections.
Figure 7-17 Connectors on an O-24121V-A
VDSL2 and POTS

connector POTS
POWER
BTRY
VIDEO
FAIL
DATA
NWK
MGMT
VIDEO
INTF
POTS
DATA 1
DATA 2
DATA 3
Power and
DATA 4
DATA 5
DATA 6
DATA 7
DATA 8
DATA 9
DATA 10
DATA 11
DATA 12
GPON
alarm connector CRAF

T ETHE
RNET
Video coaxial SAVE
Auxiliary connector
DATA
environmental
alarm Craft port
Ethernet Save Fiber optic
port Data connector
button
18937
Figure 7-18 shows the LP MDU components when installed in an enclosure. This
example shows either a O-24121V-A or O-24120V-A outdoor ONT with RF video.

Figure 7-18 O-24121V-A or O-24120V-A outdoor ONT installed in an outdoor enclosure
Power and alarm

IDC connectors
Door alarm
cabling
SWRD
(not available in
all enclosures)
RED
Auxiliary
BLK
GRN
SLT
environmental
BRN
BLU
ORN
alarm IDC
RED
connectors
GND1
GRN
GND2
VDSL2/POTS
BRN
GND3
SPARE
connectors
POTS/VDSL
POWER
BTRY
FAIL
VIDEO
DATA
NWK
POWER
LEDs
POWER
DATA 1
DATA 2
P DATA 3
L O W DATA 4
A N R
TV/DHCT ONT + PWR N T DATA 5
DATA 6
DATA 7
DATA 8
DATA 9
DATA 10
VIDEO
DATA 11
DATA 12
Video coaxial
connector
CRAFT
ETHERNET
Ethernet RJ-45
connector
(to SWRD)
GPON
Optical fiber
connector
Screw terminal block

for VDSL/POTS connector
(Other enclosures support
IDC block or punch down block)
19578
Table 7-14 describes the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A outdoor ONT physical
connections.
Table 7-14 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A outdoor ONT physical connectors
Connector Description
VDSL2 and POTS For O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A outdoor ONTs, the VDSL2 and POTS
connector interface is an 48 position RJ-21 connector that supports up to 24 POTS
lines and 12 POTS/VDSL2 lines. The cable can be attached to an external
customer patch panel or to an IDC block, punchdown block, or screw
terminal block within an enclosure. The appropriate cable is included
with the ONT.
SWRD The SWRD has two 10/100 Ethernet ports and 2 RF ports. The SWRD is
powered from the LP MDU ONT by an Ethernet cable once the SWRD is
installed and an Ethernet UNI is provisioned. The SWRD is separately
orderable.
(1 of 2)

Power and alarm A 7-pin Phoenix connector provides the 48 V input power and return for
connector the LP MDU ONT and the UPS alarms.
Separate power and alarm cables are required for class 1 wiring. When
wiring the LP MDU to a UPS, use a class 1 powering cable. In that case,
the combined power/alarm cable is only used for alarm wiring, not for
power wiring. A separate 16 AWG wire wrapped in a sleeve is required.
Auxiliary environmental A 7-pin Phoenix connector provides up to three customer defined

alarm connector environmental alarms for the LP MDU ONT.
Craft port connector The craft interface is a right angled RS-232 serial port that can be
accessed with a male DB-9 connector.
Fiber optic connector An SC/APC fiber optic connector terminates a fiber optic connection
from the P-OLT.
Ethernet port This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45. The RJ-45
connectors support 10/100BASE-T or 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet
connections.
Video coaxial connector This connection supports RF video on all of the LP MDU ONTs except for
the 3FE 51063 AB variant of the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A outdoor
ONT.
(2 of 2)
O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A connections and components

Figure 7-19 shows the physical connections on the O-24121G-A outdoor ONT.
Figure 7-19 Connectors on an O-24121G-A outdoor ONT
10/100/1000 Base-T
Ethernet Connectors
POTS connector Ports 7..12 Ports 1..6
GbE
POTS 7..12 1..6 GPON

VIDEO
POWER/ALARMS ENV ALARMS ETHERNET
POWER
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
DATA8
DATA9
VIDEO
MGMT
CRAFT SAVE
POTS
BTRY
DATA
NWK
INTF
FAIL
DATA
Power and Auxiliary Video coaxial Craft Ethernet Save Fiber optic
alarm connector environmental connector port port Data connector
alarm button
19117
Table 7-15 describes the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONT physical
connections.

Table 7-15 O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONT physical connectors
POTS connector For O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONTs, the POTS interface is an
48 position RJ-21 connector that supports up to 24 POTS lines. The cable
can be attached to an external customer patch panel or to an IDC block,
punchdown block, or screw terminal block within an enclosure.
10/100/1000BASE-T For O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONTs, the 10/100/1000BASE-T

Ethernet connectors Ethernet interface are two 48 position MRJ-21 connectors that support
up to 12 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet lines.
See the Planning and Ordering Guide for more information about
ordering MRJ-21 Ethernet cables. These cables must be ordered
separately.
powered from the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the SWRD is installed
and an Ethernet UNI is provisioned. The SWRD is separately orderable.
Power and alarm A 7-pin Phoenix connector provides the 48 V input power and return for
connector the LP MDU ONT and the UPS alarms.
Separate power and alarm cables are required for class 1 wiring. When
wiring the LP MDU to a UPS, use a class 1 powering cable. In that case,
the combined power/alarm cable is only used for alarm wiring, not for
power wiring. A separate 16 AWG wire wrapped in a sleeve is required.
Auxiliary environmental A 7-pin Phoenix connector provides up to three customer defined

alarm connector environmental alarms for the LP MDU ONT.
Craft port The craft interface is a right angled RS232 serial port that can be
accessed with a male DB-9 connector.
from the P-OLT.
Ethernet port This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45. The RJ-45
connectors support 10/100BASE-T or 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet
connections.
Video coaxial connector This connection supports RF video on all of the LP MDU ONTs except for
the 3FE 51185 AB variant of the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor
ONT.
SWRD mounted with an LP MDU connections and components

Figure 7-20 shows the SWRD for an enclosure-mounted LP MDU.

Figure 7-20 SWRD LP MDU ONT connections
Single Wire Return Device
STB
Single fiber TV/DHCT ONT + PWR
L
A
N
O
N
T
P
W
R
Forward RF Forward & STB

and +12V DC Reverse RF 4 way
splitter
ONT
802.3 Ethernet 802.3 Ethernet HUB CAT 5
CAT 5 cable CAT 5 cable cable
100 meters 100 meters
maximum lenght maximum lenght CAT 5
cable
PC
PC
F-conn
RJ-45
19495
Table 7-16 describes the SWRD physical connections.
Table 7-16 SWRD interfaces
powered from the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the SWRD is installed
and an Ethernet UNI is provisioned. The SWRD is separately orderable.
7.7 O-00240V-A MDU ONT connections and components
The following sections describe the O-00240V-A MDU ONT model and its
connections.
O-00240V-A ONT connections and components

Figure 7-21 shows the O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical connections.

Figure 7-21 Physical connections on an O-00240V-A MDU ONT
Ground lug Craft port Ethernet Fiber optic connector

port
7352 ISAM FTTB ONT
GPON
MGMT
FAIL NTWK INT
SAVE PWR BAT DATA

DATA CRAFT ETHERNET VDSL
UPS alarm Environmental Power and VDSL2

connector and door alarm return connector connector
connector 19655
Table 7-17 describes the O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical connections.
Table 7-17 O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical connections
Ground lug (or wire The interface is a terminal to which a ground wire (X AWG) connects.
terminal)
UPS alarm connector A 5-position IDC connector that provides support for UPS alarms.
Environmental and door A 8-position IDC connector that provides up to three customer defined
alarm connector environmental alarms and one door alarm for the O-00240V-A MDU ONT.
Power and return A 2-position IDC connector that provides -48 V/-60V power and return.
connector
Craft port The craft port is a right-angled RS-232 serial port that can be accessed
with a male DB-9 connector.
Ethernet port The interface is an Ethernet RJ-45 port that supports 10/100BASE-T
Ethernet connections.
See the Planning and Ordering Guide for more information about
ordering Ethernet cables. These cables must be ordered separately.
VDSL2 connector The interface is a RJ-21 connector with 50 positions of which 48 support
up to 24 VDSL2 lines. The cable is not included with the ONT and must
be ordered separately.
from the P-OLT.
7.8 Modular ONT and plug-in unit connections and components
The following section describes the modular ONT and plug-in unit connections.
Figure 7-22 and Table 7-18 describe the modular ONT physical connections.

Figure 7-22 M-300-A interfaces, connections, and LEDs
Door alarm Service unit

switch S-840V-A
(one of three)
DAT_EQMT
POTS
DAT 4
Service unit
J8
CHAMP connector
DAT 3
DAT 2
SU 3 DAT 1
SC/APC connector
adapter (AA variant)
+48 V
OUTPUT
+48 RTN
+ 48V
+ 48V
DAT_EQMT
_ 48 RTN RTN
- 48V
RTN POTS
_ 48 V - 48V
INPUT
DANGER
DAT 4
J8
Service unit
Ethernet port
Invisible laser
radiation present
when the optic
connector is open
DAT 3
S-840V-A
LED indicators
AVOID DIRECT
EXPOSURE TO
LINK ACT
(unused)
BEAM
SWRD INTF
POWER DAT 2
BATTERY
LED indicators FAIL

VIDEO
SU 2 DAT 1
DATA
Video
RECEIVER
NETWORK
MGMT
INTF
POTS
Craft port
CRAFT
DAT_EQMT
POTS
1 GND
EPC
ENVIRONMENTAL ALARMS
JUMPER
1
DAT 4
Battery alarm
LOW 2 GND
BATTERY ALARMS
J8
NO 2
connections
RPLC 3 GND
DAT 3
ON 3
ALARM NOT USED
GND
DAT 2
SU 1 DAT 1
Environmental
alarm connections
SU3 POTS
CABLE ASSY
POTS
termination
SU2 POTS
CABLE ASSY
cable
assemblies
(24 POTS
SU1 POTS
CABLE ASSY connectors)
Power, alarm, and

ground cable Fiber Twisted pair
(optional fiber routing) optic cable POTS/VDSL2 cable
18358

Table 7-18 Modular ONT connections
Craft port This connection is used for the management of the modular ONT unit.
POTS termination These assemblies provide 12 POTS and 12 POTS/VDSL2 connections.

cable assemblies
Service plug-in unit This connector provides 4 POTS and 4 POTS/VDSL2 connections.
CHAMP connector
Power and alarm This cable provides connection to the power supply.
cable
Fiber optic cable This cable provides connection to the GPON.
Twisted pair This cable provides connection to the residential gateways.

POTS/VDSL2 cable
• a motherboard that provides

• power and traffic management
• optical, power, and common circuitry for POTS/VDSL2 service units
• a maximum of three POTS/VDSL2 service units (S-840V-A) that provide
customer service interfaces
• 4 interfaces for POTS-only transmissions
• 4 interfaces for POTS/VDSL2 simultaneous transmissions
• interface LEDs
The modular ONT front door is equipped with tamper-resistant screws to prevent
unauthorized entry; see Figure 7-23. A second internal cover protects access to fiber
and power terminals; see Figure 7-24.

Figure 7-23 Modular ONT enclosure (external view)
Tamper-resistant screw
18420
The modular ONT enclosure is designed for indoor and outdoor deployment, and can
be mounted on walls, poles, and in equipment racks. You can customize the
enclosure with a company logo. Brackets are used to mount the modular ONT on
walls, poles, and to the front of 19-inch and 23-inch racks.
The front-access door is locked with a screw-type locking device to prevent
unauthorized entry and protects the fiber connections, power switch, and alarms. The
door also provides a plastic solar shield. A second internal cover protects access to
the fiber and power terminals. Cable entry is made through openings at the bottom
of the enclosure. The cable entry openings are sealed against insects, dust, and water,
but not vapor.
Warning — Do not submerge the modular ONT. The modular ONT
cannot withstand water submersion caused by flooding. Equipment
damage will occur.

Figure 7-24 Modular ONT enclosure (internal view)
DAT_EQMT
POTS
DAT 4
J8
Internal cover DAT 3
(protects the
power, alarm, and DAT 2
fiber optic SU 3 DAT 1
connections)
OUTPUT
+ 48V
+ 48V
DAT_EQMT
RTN
- 48V
RTN POTS
- 48V
INPUT
DAT 4
J8
DAT 3
LINK ACT
SWRD INTF
POWER DAT 2
BATTERY
FAIL
VIDEO
SU 2 DAT 1
DATA
Video
Tamper-resistant
RECEIVER
NETWORK
MGMT
INTF
screws POTS
CRAFT
DAT_EQMT
POTS
1 GND
EPC
ENVIRONMENTAL ALARMS
JUMPER
1
LOW 2 GND
DAT 4
BATTERY ALARMS
J8
NO 2
RPLC 3 GND
DAT 3
ON 3
ALARM NOT USED
GND
DAT 2
SU 1 DAT 1
SERIAL
SU3 POTS
CABLE ASSY
SU2 POTS
CABLE ASSY
SU1 POTS
CABLE ASSY
18361
Within the enclosure assembly, the modular ONT motherboard provides power and
traffic management, and accommodates optical, power, and common circuitry for
the S-840V-As; see Figure 7-25.

Figure 7-25 S-840V-A
DAT_EQMT
POTS
DAT 4
6.75 in. J8
DAT 3
DAT 2
DAT 1
11.10 in.
2.86 in. 1.50 in.
18362
The S-840V-A uses a 24-position female telephony CHAMP connector interface to

provide phone and data services to the customer. A cable is connected to the
connector on the S-840V-A to bring POTS signals to a standard screw or IDC
terminal block. The block provides electrical connectivity at the network
demarcation point between operator and subscriber.
The S-840V-A provides connection capacity as follows:
• 4 residences supported per S-840V-A, 12 residences per modular ONT maximum
• 8 POTS interfaces per S-840V-A, 24 POTS lines per modular ONT maximum
• 4 VDSL2 interfaces per S-840V-A, 12 VDSL2 lines per modular ONT maximum
• up to three S-840V-As in each modular ONT
Note — The number of ONTs per PON is limited by bandwidth per

ONT and the mixture of ONT types (for example, outdoor ONT,
modular ONT).
7.9 Business and SOHO ONT connections and components
The following section describes the business ONT and SOHO outdoor ONT
components.

The business and SOHO ONTs are externally hardened for outdoor deployment. A
tamper-resistant screw on the outer cover prevents unauthorized entry in to the unit.
Two inner covers also have tamper-resistant screws: one protecting the fiber
connector area, and another covering the power terminals and local craft port inside
the unit. There is an unobstructed view of status LEDs, and access to the POTS,
Ethernet, RF video, and DS1 or E1 connections are possible without opening either
the fiber or power protection covers.
Figure 7-26 show a closed business or SOHO ONT.
Figure 7-26 Closed SOHO or business ONT
18852
Figure 7-27 shows a SOHO or business ONT with the inner covers protecting the
fiber, and the power and alarm connections.

Figure 7-27 Soho or business ONT showing inner covers
Tamper-resistant
bolt
Power connector
cover
INPUT RATING: DC
45V 55V 1.0A
2
PWR
Tested to Comply LINE
with FCC Standards 1
3
BTRY
LINE
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Optical COMMUNICATION SERVICE EQUIPMENT FAIL
2
T 4
connector c ® US LISTED
27FY
Type 3R Enclosure - Rainproof VIDEO
LINE
3
R
area cover This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
LINE
4
5
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference DATA
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. LINE
5
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil 6
numerique de la class A est conforme a la norme NMB-003 du Canada NTWK
LINE
CAUTION 6
This Assembly Contains Electrostatic Sensitive Devices MGMT 7
INTF
LINE
WARNING 7
POTS
Tamper-resistant TELCO ACCESS LINE

8
bolt
TR
ETHERNET
LINK
TR
1
MODE
TR
TR
DS1
EQPT
THIS DEVICE IS INTEDED TO BE
ATTACHED TO A RECEIVER THAT IS
NOT USED TO RECEIVE OVER-THE0AIR 1
BROADCAST SIGNALS. CONNECTION OF
THIS DEVICE IN ANY OTHER FASHION
EQPT SF
MAY CAUSE HARMFUL INTERFERENCE
TO RADIO COMMUNICATION AND IS
IN VIOLATION OF THE FCC RULES,
PART 15.
VIDEO 2
SF
DS2
18961
B-8112-A and B-8102-A connections

Figure 7-28 shows the B-8112-A business ONT physical connections. The
B-8102-A has exactly the same layout and connectors, except that the RF video port
is not available.

Figure 7-28 Connectors on a B-8211-A
Craft port Power and alarm

connector
INPUT RATING: DC
45V 55V 1.0A
CRAFT
1
BLK
2
PWR
LINE
1
3
BTRY
LINE
2
4
FAIL T
LINE
3
VIDEO
R
LINE
4
5
DATA
NTWK
LINE
5
6 POTS screw
Fiber storage MGMT
LINE
6
7
type block
tray INTF
LINE
7
POTS
TELCO ACCESS LINE
8
POTS ports
SC/APC fiber (RJ-11)
connector
TR
ETHERNET
Ethernet port
LINK
TR
1
MODE
(RJ-45)
TR
TR
DS1
DS1/E1 port 1
EQPT
NOT USED TO RECEIVE OVER-THE0AIR 1
THIS DEVICE IN ANY OTHER FASHION (RJ-48C)
EQPT SF
PART 15.
VIDEO 2
DS1/E1 port 2
SF
DS2
(RJ-48C)
(Optional)
Class 1 power and
fiber conduit box F-type
coaxial GND
18885
Table 7-19 describes the business ONT physical connections.
Table 7-19 Business ONT connections
Connection Function
Craft port (1) This connection is used for the management of the business ONT unit.
Data, IP video, and This connection is provided through the Ethernet RJ-45 connector or the IDC
VoIP connection type connector for connection to 4-pair Ethernet lines. One Ethernet
connection is supported, which can carry data, VoIP, and overlaid IP video
services.
DS1/E1 connection The RJ-48C DS1/E1 connection support structured, unstructured, and
fractional DS1/E1.
PON optical This connection is provided through an SC/APC connector or an OptiTap/APC

connection connector for the physical interface to the PON.
POTS connection This connection is provided through RJ-11 ports and either screw-down
terminals or IDC connectors, depending upon the model.
(1 of 2)

Connection Function
Power and alarm Terminals are provided to connect an external –48 V dc UPS to the business
connections ONT with support for battery alarm connections.
RF video This connection is provided through the F-type connector for CATV service.
connection (1) Each business ONT supports one RF video connection. Standard 75 Ω coaxial
cable can be used, including: RG59, RG6, or Series 7 coaxial cable.
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) This interface is not supported on all ONT units. See the business ONT UDS and the SOHO outdoor
ONT UDS for details.
O-821G-D and O-820G-D connections

Figure 7-29 shows the O-821G-D small office home office (SOHO) outdoor ONT
physical connections.
Figure 7-29 Connectors on an O-821G-D SOHO outdoor ONT
Power and alarm

connector
Auxillary Power
Terminal Block
INPUT RATING: DC
45V 55V 1.0A
TR
POTS IDC
TR
BLK
PWR
connectors (1 to 4)
TR
LINE
1
BTRY
TR
LINE
FAIL
2
POTS ports
VIDEO
LINE
3 (RJ-11)
TR
LINE
4
DATA
POTS IDC
TR
LINE
NTWK
5
connectors (5 to 8)
TR
LINE
6
MGMT
INTF
TR
LINE
7
TELCO ACCESS
POTS
LINE
8
Ethernet 1
(RJ-45)
TR
OptiTap ETHERNET
Ethernet 1
LINK
TR
fiber 1
MODE
IDC connector
connector
TR
ETHERNET
TR
LINK
2
Ethernet 2
MODE
(RJ-45)
TR

NOT USED TO RECEIVE OVER-THE0AIR
TR

PART 15. Ethernet 2
TR
VIDEO
IDC connector
TR
(Optional)
Class 1 power and
fiber conduit box F-type
coaxial GND
18884

Figure 7-30 shows the O-820G-D small office home office (SOHO) outdoor ONT
physical connections.
Figure 7-30 Connectors on an O-820G-D SOHO outdoor ONT
Craft port Power and alarm

connector
INPUT RATING: DC
45V 55V 1.0A
CRAFT
TR
POTS IDC
TR
BLK
PWR connectors (1-4)
TR
LINE
1
BTRY
TR
LINE
2
FAIL
LINE
3
POTS ports (RJ-11)
VIDEO
TR
LINE
4
DATA
POTS IDC
TR
LINE
NTWK
5
connectors (5-8)
TR
LINE
6
MGMT
INTF
TR
LINE
7
POTS
TELCO ACCESS LINE
8
Ethernet 1
SC/APC fiber (RJ-45)
connector
TR
ETHERNET
Ethernet 1
LINK
TR
1
IDC connectors
MODE
TR
ETHERNET
TR
Ethernet 2
LINK
2
(RJ-45)
MODE
TR
NOT USED TO RECEIVE OVER-THE0AIR
TR
Ethernet 2
PART 15.
TR
VIDEO
TR
IDC connectors
GND
18957
Table 7-20 describes the SOHO ONT physical connections.
Table 7-20 SOHO ONT connections
Connection Function
Craft port (1) This connection is used for the management of the business ONT unit.
Data, IP video, and This connection is provided through the Ethernet RJ-45 connector or the IDC
VoIP connection type connector for connection to 4-pair Ethernet lines. One Ethernet
connection is supported, which can carry data, VoIP, and overlaid IP video
services.
PON optical This connection is provided through an SC/APC connector or an OptiTap/APC

connection connector for the physical interface to the PON.
POTS connection This connection is provided through RJ-11 ports and either screw-down
terminals or IDC connectors, depending upon the model.
(1 of 2)

Connection Function
Power and alarm Terminals are provided to connect an external –48 V dc UPS to the business
connections ONT with support for battery alarm connections.
RF video and MoCA This connection is provided through the F-type connector for CATV, MoCA
connection (1) data and IPTV services. Each business ONT supports one RF video connection.
Standard 75 Ω coaxial cable can be used, including: RG59, RG6, or Series 7
coaxial cable.
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) This interface is not supported on all ONT units. See the business ONT UDS and the SOHO outdoor
ONT UDS for details.
7.10 Cable storage compartments
The outdoor, SOHO, and business ONTs support cable storage compartments. The
following sections describe these compartments.
3EM 17661 AB compartment

Figure 7-31 shows the cable storage compartment.

Figure 7-31 Cable storage compartment (3EM 17661 AB)
ONT ONT
mounting point mounting point
Cable storage Cable storage

compartment compartment
mounting mounting
hole hole
ONT
locator pins

mounting mounting
hole hole
ONT ONT
18220
3EM 17661 AC compartment


Figure 7-32 Cable storage compartment (3EM 17661 AC)
ONT ONT
mounting points mounting points

mounting mounting
hole hole

mounting mounting
hole hole
ONT ONT
19086
3EM 20293 AA compartment


Figure 7-33 Cable storage compartment (3EM 20293 AA)
Cable storage compartment

mounting keyhole slot
ONT mounting point ONT mounting point
Optional ONT Optional ONT


mounting hole mounting hole
Optional ONT Optional ONT

ONT mounting point

18811
Figure 7-34 shows the cable storage compartment with mounting bracket.

Figure 7-34 Cable storage compartment with storage box mounting bracket
#8-16 X 1/2 thread forming screw (4 places)
#1/4 -20 x 7/8 pan head screw

#1/4 flat washer (2 places)
Cable storage
compartment
Class 1 storage box

mounting bracket
19042
7.11 Location options
ONTs, except the business ONT, and modular ONTs, are temperature hardened and
can be installed either inside or outside the residence or building. See Environmental
considerations for rack installed ONTs in chapter 10 for further installation
instructions for the LP MDU outdoor ONT.
The LP MDU has multiple location options:
• can be horizontally installed in a 19 in. (48.26 cm) or 23 in. (58.42 cm) rack
• can be installed in a communication closet, a building terminal room, or a
minimum point of entry facility
• can be installed in an enclosure for outdoor installations; different enclosure types
offer different connection options, including SWRD, IDC, punchdown blocks, or
screw terminals.
The indoor ONT is not temperature-hardened and must be installed inside a single
residence.

Temperature hardened ONTs can be installed in a closet, a terminal room, or outside

the building on a wall or a pole. Alcatel-Lucent recommends using mounting
hardware that is in compliance with GR-950 corrosion requirements.
Ensure that when pole mounting an ONT:
• any threaded, carbon steel hardware used should be zinc-plated per ASTM A
153[9]
• any threaded, corrosion resistant (stainless) steel pad or pole mounting hardware
used should be passivated to remove surface impurities
For information about UPS installation requirements, refer to the manufacturer’s

documentation.


8— UPS LEDs
8.1 Overview 8-2
8.2 UPS LEDs 8-2

8 — UPS LEDs
8.1 Overview
This chapter provides information about the LEDs found on the UPSs described in
this book.
The UPSs used with the ONTs provide a variety of status LEDs. Table 8-1 and
Table 8-2 lists the figures and tables that provide information for the LEDs.
Table 8-1 Figure list for LEDs
Figures Go to
UPSs
APC UPS LED icons for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT Figure 8-1
FlexNet UPS icons for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only Figure 8-2
Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons Figure 8-3
CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs Figure 8-4
Table 8-2 Table list for LEDs
Tables Go to
UPSs
APC UPS LEDs for indoor, Version D SOHO outdoor, business, and modular ONTs Table 8-3
APC UPS LEDs for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT Table 8-4
FlexNet UPS LEDs for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only Table 8-5
CyberShield CS 24 UPS LEDs for indoor and outdoor ONTs Table 8-6
Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and audible alarms Table 8-7
Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LEDs Table 8-8
CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs for ONTS Table 8-9

CyberShield CS 50 UPS LEDs for ONTs Table 8-10
8.2 UPS LEDs
The ONTs use a variety of UPS equipment, so LED status indicators vary depending
on the type of UPS equipment deployed.

8 — UPS LEDs
This section describes LEDs for UPS equipment as follows:

• Table 8-3 provides APC UPS LED descriptions for indoor, Version D
(O-821G-D) outdoor, business, and modular ONTs
• Figure 8-1 and Table 8-4 describe the APC UPS LEDs for Version A, B, and C
outdoor ONTs and business ONT
• Figure 8-2 and Table 8-5 describe the FlexNet UPS for Version D (O-821G-D)
outdoor ONT deployments only
• Figure 8-3 and Table 8-7 describe the Delta OPSU/BBU UPS
• Table 8-8 describe the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS
• Table 8-6 describes the CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS for deployments of
certain indoor and outdoor ONTs
• Figure 8-4 and Table 8-9 describes the CyberPower CyberShield CS 36
PSU/BBU for certain ONTs
• Table 8-10 describes the CyberPower CyberShield CS 50 UPS for certain ONTs
Table 8-3 APC UPS LEDs for indoor, Version D SOHO outdoor, business, and modular ONTs
Name Indicator Color Description

AC present Green Operating on ac power
Green High-charge mode

flashing
Yellow Operating on battery

DC output on Green DC output is present
Battery bad Red Battery is missing or needs replacement
Figure 8-1 APC UPS LED icons for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT
Table 8-4 APC UPS LEDs for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT
LED name Status
Operating on ac Operating on Low battery Overload Bad battery (3)

power battery power shutdown (1) condition (2)
AC Present Green Yellow Off Green Green or yellow
DC Output Green Green Off Off Green

Battery Bad Off Off Off Off Red

8 — UPS LEDs
Notes
(1) Occurs when operating on battery for an extended period.
(2) If the UPS shuts down due to overload, it automatically restarts after 6 s.
(3) Replace battery. If the outdoor ONT power cable with beeper assembly is installed, an audible alarm sounds.
Figure 8-2 FlexNet UPS icons for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only
Normal Backup battery Replace

operation is in use battery
18919
Table 8-5 FlexNet UPS LEDs for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only
Name Color Description

System Green Normal mode of operation
Battery Yellow Power supply is operating from the battery pack
Replace battery Red DC output present
Table 8-6 CyberShield CS 24 UPS LEDs for indoor and outdoor ONTs

AC Green Operating on ac power
Green High-charge mode

flashing

OUTPUT Green DC output is present
BATTERY Red Battery is missing or needs replacement

8 — UPS LEDs
Figure 8-3 Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
OK
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
19040
Table 8-7 Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and audible alarms
Name Color Description Audible alarm
SYSTEM Green BBU operating on dc power from the OSPU —

STATUS
BATTERY Green Battery is discharging with dc output to The BBU beeps
POWER the ONT present. once during
May indicate the BBU is in maintenance switch over to
mode. battery backup.
Flashing green 40% of the battery capacity remains The BBU beeps
four times every
minute.
Off Battery charging —
REPLACE Red Battery missing or failed self test and The BBU beeps
BATTERY needs replacement once every fifteen
minutes.
AUXILIARY Green Auxiliary power source is connected —

POWER

8 — UPS LEDs
Table 8-8 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LEDs
LED name LED color and status
AC Power Green solid — OK
Green flashing — Fail
Low Battery Green solid — Backup mode
Green flashing — Low battery
Replace Battery Red solid — Battery failed self-test
Missing Battery Green solid — Open circuit
Figure 8-4 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs
Alarm Silence
Alarm
Silence
Battery emergency use
Battery
Emergency Use
Auxiliary Auxiliary power source

Power Source
Replace Battery
Replace battery
Battery Power
Battery power
System Status
System status
Power OK
Protected
Power Protected
OK LED
19143
Table 8-9 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs for ONTS
PSU LED
Power OK Green Normal operation
Protected Green Protected from surge voltage
BBU LEDs
Auxiliary Power Source Green Auxiliary power source is connected
Replace Battery Red Battery missing or failed self test and needs
replacement
Battery Power Green On Battery
Flashing green Low capacity
System Status Green Normal operation

8 — UPS LEDs
Table 8-10 CyberShield CS 50 UPS LEDs for ONTs

8 — UPS LEDs

9— ONT LEDs
9.1 Overview 9-2
9.2 Outdoor ONT LEDs 9-3
9.3 Indoor (I-series) ONT LEDs 9-11
9.4 Modular ONT and service unit LEDs 9-18
9.5 Business ONT LEDs 9-21

9 — ONT LEDs
9.1 Overview
This chapter provides information about the LEDs found on the ONTS described in
this book.
The ONTs and related equipment provide a variety of status LEDs. Table 9-1 and
Table 9-2 describe the figures and tables that provide information for the LEDs.
Table 9-1 Figure list
Figures Go to
Outdoor ONTs
Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-421E-B, O-420E-B, O-210E-B, and O-211E-B) Figure 9-1
SOHO outdoor ONT LEDs (O-821M-E) Figure 9-2
LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs Figure 9-3
O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT LEDs Figure 9-4
Indoor ONTs
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-221E-A and I-220E-A) Figure 9-5
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G) Figure 9-6
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-240G-A and I-241G-A) Figure 9-7
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A) Figure 9-8
Modular ONTs
Modular ONT LEDs Figure 9-9
Service plug-in unit LEDs Figure 9-10

Business ONTs
Business ONT LEDs Figure 9-11
Table 9-2 Table list
Tables Go to
Outdoor ONTs
Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, O-421E-B, O-211M-E, O-211M-G, Table 9-3
and O-211M-R)
Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter LED (O-211M-R) Table 9-4
Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, and O-421E-B) Table 9-5
Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-211M-E, O-211M-G, O-211M-R, O-820G-D and O-821G-D) Table 9-6
LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs Table 9-7
SWRD LEDs Table 9-8
LP MDU outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs Table 9-9
O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT LEDs Table 9-10
(1 of 2)

9 — ONT LEDs
Tables Go to
O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs Table 9-11
Indoor ONTs
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-220A, and I-221-A) Table 9-12

Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H) Table 9-13
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-C, I-211M-D, I-211M-G, and I-211M-E) Table 9-14
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-241G-A and I-240G-A) Table 9-15
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A) Table 9-16
Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-221E-A, I-220E-A, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, I-211M-D, I-211M-E, Table 9-17
I-241G-A, I-240G-A, and I-040G-A)
Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-020E-B and I-020E-H) Table 9-18
Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-211M-C) Table 9-19
Power supply LEDs and audible alarms (I-211M-D) Table 9-20
User control buttons (I-211M-D) Table 9-21

Modular ONTs and service units
Modular ONT LEDs Table 9-22
Service plug-in unit LEDs Table 9-23
Business ONTs
Business ONT LEDs Table 9-24
(2 of 2)
9.2 Outdoor ONT LEDs
The following are outdoor ONTs:

• O-210E-B, O-211E-B O-420E-B, and O-421E-B
• O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and O-211M-R (MoCA ONTs)
• O-820G-D, O-821G-D, O-821M-E (SOHO ONTs)
• O-24121V-A, O-24120V-A, O-24121G-A, and O-24120G-A (LP MDU ONTs)
• O-00240V-A (MDU ONT)

9 — ONT LEDs
This section describes outdoor ONT LEDs as follows:

• Figure 9-1 illustrates the O-421E-B ONT LEDs and also applies to O-210E-B,
O-211E-B, and O-420E-B
• Figure 9-2 illustrates SOHO ONT LEDs
• Figure 9-3 illustrates the LP MDU ONT LEDs
• Figure 9-4 illustrates the O-00240V-A MDU ONT LEDs
• Table 9-3 provides ONT LED descriptions for O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B,
O-421E-B, O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and O-211M-R outdoor ONTs
• Table 9-4 provides a LED description for the Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return
Path Transmitter integrated into the O-211M-R outdoor ONT
• Table 9-5 provides RJ-45 LED descriptions for O-210E-B, O-211E-B,
O-420E-B, and O-421E-B outdoor ONTs
• Table 9-6 provides RJ-45 LED descriptions for O-211M-E, O-211M-G,
O-211M-R, O-820G-D, and O-821G-D outdoor ONTs
• Table 9-7 provides ONT LED descriptions for the LP MDU ONTs
• Table 9-8 provides SWRD LED descriptions for SWRDs mounted along side an
LP MDU ONT in an enclosure
• Table 9-9 provides RJ-45 LED descriptions for LP MDU ONTs
• Table 9-10 provides ONT LED descriptions for the O-00240V-A MDU ONT
• Table 9-11 provides RJ-45 LED descriptions for the O-00240V-A MDU ONT
Figure 9-1 Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-421E-B, O-420E-B, O-210E-B, and O-211E-B)
Craft port
EPC
CRAFT
RTN GRN
AC FAIL SLT
RPLC BATT BRN
BATT MISS ORN
LOW BATT BLU
LINK
1
MODE
RJ-45 status LEDs
T R LINK
2
MODE TEL
LINE
1
LINE
2
LINE
3
LINE
4
ONT status LEDs

PWR
BTRY
FAIL
VID
DATA
NTWK
MGMT
POTS
MGMT
18211

9 — ONT LEDs
Figure 9-2 SOHO outdoor ONT LEDs (O-821M-E)
TR
TR
BLK
PWR
TR
LINE
1
BTRY
TR
LINE
2
FAIL
LINE
3
VIDEO
TR
LINE
ONT status LEDs 4
DATA
TR
LINE
5
NTWK
TR
LINE
6
MGMT
INTF
TR
LINE
7
POTS
LINE
8
MOCA
TR
ETHERNET
Ethernet port 1 RJ-45 status LEDs
LINK
1 TR
MODE
TR
ETHERNET
Ethernet port 2 RJ-45 status LEDs
TR
LINK
2
MODE
18889

9 — ONT LEDs
Figure 9-3 LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs
POWER
BTRY
FAIL
VIDEO
DATA
NWK
MGMT
INTF
POTS
DATA1
DATA2
LEDs DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
DATA8
DATA9
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
18940

9 — ONT LEDs
Figure 9-4 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT LEDs
Ethernet port RJ-45

status LEDs
FAIL NTWK MGNT
PWR BAT DATA

CRAFT ETHERNET VDSL
ONT status LEDs

19657
Table 9-3 Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, O-421E-B, O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and
O-211M-R)
Indicator Color Description

PWR Off Not powered
Green Power is available
BTRY Off Battery failed or battery low or battery missing

Green Battery good, charged, and there is no battery alarm
FAIL Off Equipment 100% operational

Red Equipment failure or not ranged, synchronized (no 1490 nm link)
VID (1) Off Video signal above acceptable level or not provisioned
Red Service provisioned and optical video signal below acceptable level
DATA Off No link or data not provisioned

Green Link active (Ethernet or MoCA)
NTWK Off 1490 nm data path is unavailable

Green 1490 nm data path is available
MGMT INT Off No communication between OLT/ONT

Green Full communication between OLT/ONT
Green flashing ONT disabled
POTS Off All customers on-hook (or no POTS connection or no phones connected)
Green Any customer is off-hook
Green flashing In SLID entry mode
MOCA (2) Off Not provisioned or no MOCA link to device

Green flashing Activity (approximately 1 s on, 1 s off)
Notes
(1) The VID LED is only functional for RF video-equipped ONTs.
(2) The MOCA LED is only functional for MOCA equipped ONTs.

9 — ONT LEDs
Table 9-4 Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter LED (O-211M-R)
POWER Off Not powered

Table 9-5 Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, and O-421E-B)
Indicator (1) Color Description
LINK Off Not detected

Green Link active
MODE Off 10 Mb/s operation

Yellow 100 Mb/s operation
Note
(1) The RJ-45 connectors on the O-421E-B outdoor ONT can be used to power the Gemtek dongle which has 3 LEDs. For more
information on these LEDs, see the manufacturer specifications.
Table 9-6 Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-211M-E, O-211M-G, O-211M-R, O-820G-D and O-821G-D)

Green Link active
Flash Data activity
MODE Off Ethernet not provisioned or operating at 10 Mb/s
Green 100 Mb/s
Green (flashing) 1000 Mb/s operation (flashing 1 s on, 1 s off)
Table 9-7 LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs
LED name Off Green Red
POWER Not powered Power is available —
BTRY Battery power is low, battery Battery good and charged —

is missing, or battery failed
FAIL Equipment 100% operational — Equipment failed or no 1490 nm

and ranged/synchronized link
VIDEO Video signal above acceptable — Video signal (optical video

level or not provisioned power) below acceptable level
DATA Not provisioned or no data At least one data link is active —

(aggregate) (Ethernet or MoCA)
NTWK 1490 nm data path is 1490 nm data path is —
unavailable/non-operational available/operational
(1 of 2)

9 — ONT LEDs
MGMT No communication, ranging, Full communication, ranging, —

synchronization between synchronization between
P-OLT and MDU P-OLT/ONT
Green flashing indicates ONT
disabled
POTS All customer phones are One or more customer phones are —
on-hook, POTS is not off-hook (aggregate)
provisioned, or there are no Green flashing indicates SLID entry
phones connected mode
DATA1 through VDSL link not active (VDSL LP VDSL link active (VDSL LP MDU —
DATA12 MDU ONT) ONT)
Ethernet link not active (GE A solid green light indicates the
LP MDU ONT) respective Ethernet link is active
(GE LP MDU ONT)
A flashing green indicates either
receiving or transmitting activity
on the respective Ethernet link (GE
LP MDU ONT)
(2 of 2)
LEDs are provided as status indicators on the SWRD. The status indicators (with
factory default color settings) are described in Table 9-8.
Table 9-8 SWRD LEDs
LED name Off Green
LAN No data connection to the home Data connection to the home

network network
ONT + PWR No data connection to the LP MDU Data connection to the LP MDU
PWR SWRD not powered SWRD powered
Table 9-9 provides the LEDs on the RJ-45 Ethernet connector which is unused.
Table 9-9 LP MDU outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs
LINK Link down/inactive Ethernet link up/active (data in —

either direction)
ACT No activity on Ethernet link Activity on Ethernet link —
Table 9-10 provides descriptions of the various LEDs on the O-00240V-A MDU
ONT.

9 — ONT LEDs
Table 9-10 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT LEDs
LED name Color Description
Top row
FAIL White —
Green Equipment 100% operational and ranged/synchronized
Amber —
Red Equipment failed or not ranged/synchronized
NTWK White 1490 nm data path is unavailable/non-operational

Green 1490 nm data path is available/operational
Amber —
Red —
MGMT INT White No communication, ranging, synchronization between P-OLT/ONT

Green Full communication, ranging, synchronization between P-OLT/ONT
(Green flashing indicates ONT disabled)
Amber —
Red —
Bottom row
PWR White Not powered

Amber —
Red —
BAT White Battery alarm or battery not provisioned

Green Battery good and charged
Amber —
Red —
DATA White No Link or data not provisioned

Green At least one data link is active (aggregate)
Amber —
Red —
Table 9-11 provides descriptions the LEDs on the RJ-45 Ethernet connector.
Table 9-11 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs
LINK Link down/inactive Ethernet link up/active (data in —

either direction)

9 — ONT LEDs
9.3 Indoor (I-series) ONT LEDs
There are several versions of indoor ONTs:

• I-221E-A and I-220E-A
• I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G
• I-211M-C
• I-211M-D
• I-211M-E
• I-211M-G
• I-241G-A and I-240G-A
• I-040G-A
This section describes indoor ONT LEDs.

• Figure 9-5 illustrates the LEDs for the I-221E-A and I-220E-A
• Figure 9-6 illustrates the LEDs for the I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and
I-020E-H
• Figure 9-7 illustrates the LEDs for the I-241G-A and I-240G-A
• Figure 9-8 illustrates the LEDs for the I-040G-A
• Table 9-12 provides ONT LED descriptions for the I-221E-A and I-220E-A
indoor ONTs
• Table 9-13 provides ONT LED descriptions for the I-020E-B, I-020G-F,
I-020G-G, and I-020E-H indoor ONTs
• Table 9-14 provides ONT LED descriptions for the I-211M-C, I-211M-D,
I-211M-E, and I-211M-G ONTs
• Table 9-15 provides ONT LED descriptions for the I-241G-A and I-240G-A
indoor ONTs
• Table 9-16 provides ONT LED descriptions for the I-040G-A indoor ONT
• Table 9-17 provides RJ-45 LED descriptions for the I-221E-A, I-220E-A,
I-020G-F, I-020G-G, I-211M-D, I-211M-E, and I-040G-A indoor ONTs
• Table 9-18 provides RJ-45 LED descriptions for the I-020E-B and I-020E-H
indoor ONTs
• Table 9-19 provides RJ-45 LED descriptions for the I-211M-C indoor ONTs
• Table 9-20 provides descriptions of the power supply LEDs and audible alarms
for I-211M-D ONTs
• Table 9-21 provides descriptions for the user control buttons on I-211M-D ONTs

9 — ONT LEDs
Figure 9-5 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-221E-A and I-220E-A)
No1007
Figure 9-6 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G)
EQPT
Data 2
MGMT
PON
EQPT
Data 1
Data 2
PON
Data 1
MGMT
18794

9 — ONT LEDs
Figure 9-7 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-240G-A and I-241G-A)
VOICE
MGMT
VIDEO
NTWK
DATA4
DATA1
DATA3
DATA2
PWR
FAIL
PWR FAIL Video DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 DATA4 NTWK MGMT VOICE
19398
Figure 9-8 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A)
VOICE
MGMT
VIDEO
NTWK
DATA4
DATA1
DATA3
DATA2
PWR
FAIL
PWR FAIL DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 DATA4 NTWK MGMT

19678
Table 9-12 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-220A, and I-221-A)
EQPT Off Not powered

Green Power available and battery is good
Green flashing Booting
Red ONT equipment failure
Amber Battery alarm
PON Off Not powered

Green PON is in service, ranged, and communicating to the ONT
Green flashing Ranging
Red Loss of physical layer, startup failure, or link mismatch
Red flashing ONT disabled
Amber BIP errors detected
(1 of 2)

9 — ONT LEDs
MGMT Off Not established

Green OMCI established
Red ONT alarms present
Amber EMEA alarm present
Flashing Green ONT disabled
Data x Off Not provisioned

Green Service provisioned
Green flashing ONT Tx/Rx WAN (PON)
Red ONT blocked and waiting for 802.1x authentication
Voice Off Not provisioned

Green Provisioned with the VoIP service registered
Green flashing Phone off-hook
Red VoIP related alarm
IP_TV Off Not provisioned

Green Joined at least 1 stream
Receiving multicast IP video streams
Green flashing
RF_TV Off Not provisioned

Green Provisioned and operating normally
Red Provisioned but NOK (for example, low signal)
(2 of 2)
Table 9-13 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H)

EQPT Off Not powered
Green 3.3 V dc power is available
PON Off Not ranged

Green PON is in service, ranged, and communicating to the ONT
Red Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized
MGMT Off OMCI not established, no communication between P-OLT and ONT
Green OMCI established, full communication between P-OLT and ONT
Data 1 Off Ethernet 1 link failure

Green Ethernet 1 link is good
Green flashing Ethernet 1 link is in Tx/Rx activity
Data 2 Off Ethernet 2 link failure

Green flashing Ethernet 2 is in Tx/Rx activity
Table 9-14 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-C, I-211M-D, I-211M-G, and I-211M-E)
PWR Off Not powered

BTRY Off Battery low or battery missing

(1 of 2)

9 — ONT LEDs

Red Equipment failure or not ranged, synchronized
Red Video signal below acceptable level

Green Link active (Ethernet or MoCA)

MGMT Off No communication between OLT/ONT

Green Full communication between OLT/ONT
Green flashing ONT disabled
POTS Off All customers on-hook

MOCA (2) Off Not provisioned or no link

Green Provisioned and registered
Green flashing Data activity (1 s on, 1 s off)
(2 of 2)
Notes
(2) The MOCA LED is only functional for MOCA equipped ONTs.
Table 9-15 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-241G-A and I-240G-A)
PWR Off Not powered

FAIL Off Equipment is 100% operational

Red Equipment failure or ONT not ranged / synchronized
RF TV(1) Off Video signal is not provisioned, or is above the acceptable level
Red Video signal is provisioned and below acceptable level
DATA1 Off Ethernet 0 link failure





(1 of 2)

9 — ONT LEDs
MGMT Off No communication between P-OLT and the ONT

Green Full communication between P-OLT and the ONT
Green flashing ONT is disabled
VOICE Off POTS line is on-hook

Green One of POTS lines go off-hook
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) The RF TV LED is only functional for RF video-equipped ONTs.
Table 9-16 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A)
PWR Off Not powered

FAIL Off Equipment is 100% operational

Red Equipment failure or ONT not ranged / synchronized



MGMT Off No communication between P-OLT and the ONT

Green flashing ONT is disabled
Table 9-17 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-221E-A, I-220E-A, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, I-211M-D, I-211M-E, I-241G-A,
I-240G-A, and I-040G-A)
LINK (1) Off Link not detected

Green Link active
Green flashing Link detected and activity present
MODE (1) Off 10 Mb/s operation

Green 100 Mb/s operation
Green flashing 1000 Mb/s operation

9 — ONT LEDs
Note
(1) LINK and MODE LEDs are reversed on the I-241G-A and I-240G-A
Table 9-18 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)
ACTIVITY Off No Tx/Rx activity

Green flashing Tx/Rx activity
DUPLEX Off Half duplex

Green Full duplex
Green flashing Collision detected for half duplex
Table 9-19 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-211M-C)

LINK Off —
Green Link active
Yellow 100 Mb/s operation
Table 9-20 Power supply LEDs and audible alarms (I-211M-D)

STATUS
four times every
minute.
minutes.

POWER

9 — ONT LEDs
Table 9-21 User control buttons (I-211M-D)
Name Type Description
ALARM SILENCE Push button Audible alarms are silenced for 24 hours.
BATTERY Push button The remaining 20% battery power will be used. (1) (2)
EMERGENCY USE
Notes
(1) The battery backup operates automatically for 80% of the battery charge. The Battery Emergency
Use button accesses the remaining 20% of the battery.
(2) This operating mode is reserved for emergency use only and will shorten the life of the backup
battery if used excessively.
9.4 Modular ONT and service unit LEDs
There is one version of the modular ONT, the M-300-A (AA and AB variants). The
M-300-A variants have the same ONT status RJ-45 LEDs.
Up to three service units (S-840V-As) can be installed in the M-300-A ONTs and
have service unit-specific status LEDs.
This section describes modular ONT and service unit LEDs as follows:
• Figure 9-9 illustrates modular ONT LEDs
• Figure 9-10 illustrates service unit LEDs
• Table 9-22 provides LED descriptions for modular ONTs
• Table 9-23 provides LED descriptions for service unit LEDs

9 — ONT LEDs
Figure 9-9 Modular ONT LEDs
+48V
OUTPUT +48V RTN
-48V RTN INPUT
-48V
LINK ACT
SWRD INTF
POWER
BATTERY
FAIL
VIDEO
LED Indicators DATA
NETWORK
MGMT
INTF
POTS
CRAFT
EPC 1 GND
JUMPER 1
LOW 2 GND ENVIRONMENTAL
BATTERY NO 2 ALARMS
ALARMS RPLC 3 GND
ON 3
ALARM GND NOT USED
18359
Figure 9-10 Service plug-in unit LEDs
S-840V-A
status LEDs
DAT_EQMT
POTS
DAT 4
J8
DAT 3
DAT 2
DAT 1
18345

9 — ONT LEDs
Table 9-22 Modular ONT LEDs
Ethernet port LEDs (unused)
LINK Link down/inactive Ethernet link is up/active (data in —

either direction
Motherboard LEDs
POWER Not powered Power is available —
BATTERY Battery alarm Battery good and charged —
FAIL Equipment 100% operational — Equipment failed or not

and ranged/synchronized ranged/synchronized
VIDEO Video signal above acceptable — Video signal below acceptable

level or not provisioned level
DATA No link or data not At least one data link is active —

provisioned (aggregate)
NETWORK 1490 nm data path is 1490 nm data path is —
unavailable/non-operational available/operational
MGMT INTF No communication, ranging, Full communication, ranging, —

synchronization between synchronization between OLT/ONT
OLT/ONT Green flashing indicates ONT
disabled
POTS All customer phones are Any customer phone is off-hook —

on-hook (aggregate)
Green flashing indicates SLID entry
mode
Table 9-23 Service plug-in unit LEDs
LED name Indicates Off Red Green
DAT_EQMT Locally detected Not alarmed Alarm condition —

hardware failure exists
POTS Any POTS line No lines off-hook — —
off-hook
DAT4 Data activity for No data activity — Indicates data

each VDSL port activity on VDSL
line 4
DAT3 Indicates data

activity on VDSL
line 3
DAT2 Indicates data

activity on VDSL
line 2
DAT1 Indicates data

activity on VDSL
line 1

9 — ONT LEDs
9.5 Business ONT LEDs
The business ONTs provide a variety of service capabilities. Figure 9-11 illustrates
the business ONT LEDs. Table 9-24 provides LED descriptions for business ONTs.
Figure 9-11 Business ONT LEDs
CRAFT
1
BLK
2
PWR
LINE
1
3
BTRY
LINE
2
4
FAIL T
LINE
3
VIDEO
R
LINE
ONT status LEDs 4
5
DATA
LINE
5
6
NTWK
LINE
6
MGMT 7
INTF
LINE
7
POTS
LINE
8
TR
Ethernet port 1 RJ-45 status LEDs ETHERNET

LINK
TR
1
MODE
TR
TR
DS1/E1 port 1 RJ-48C status LEDs DS1

EQPT
1
EQPT SF
DS1/E1 port 2 RJ-48C status LEDs

2
SF
DS2
18960
Table 9-24 Business ONT LEDs
ONT status LEDs
PWR Off Not powered

BTRY Off Battery alarm set or battery not provisioned

(1 of 2)

9 — ONT LEDs

Red Equipment failure or not ranged, synchronized
Red Video signal below acceptable level

Green Link active

MGMT Off No communication between the P-OLT and the ONT

Green flashing The ONT is disabled
POTS Off All customers on-hook

Ethernet port status LEDs

Green Link detected
Flashing green Link detected and activity is present

Green 100 Mb/s operation
Flashing green 1000 Mb/s operation
DS1/E1 port status LEDs

SF Off Not provisioned
Green Link operational
Yellow Rx link or Rx facility problem ENV.397 (LOS, LOF, BER, etc.)
EQPT Off Not provisioned

Red TDM equipment problem ENV.374
(2 of 2)
Note

10.1 Overview 10-2
10.2 Physical specifications 10-2
10.3 Environmental requirements 10-8
10.4 Ethernet interface specifications 10-11
10.5 POTS interface specifications 10-12
10.6 VDSL2 interface specifications 10-12
10.7 DS1/E1 interface specifications 10-13
10.8 RF video interface specifications 10-14
10.9 SWRD interface specifications 10-20

specifications 10-21
10.11 ONT optical budget 10-22
10.12 Power consumption 10-23

10.1 Overview
This chapter provides information about ONT technical specifications.
10.2 Physical specifications
This section provides information about ONT physical dimensions and

specifications.
LP MDU ONT
The physical specifications for the two types of LP MDU ONTs are given in the
following sections.
O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU ONT

Table 10-1 lists the physical specifications of the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A
MDU ONT.
Table 10-1 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU ONT physical specifications
Description Specification
Height (no enclosure) 3.85 in. (9.78 cm)

Height (with enclosure) 22.29 in. (56.62 cm)
Width (no enclosure) 17.25 in. (43.82 cm)

Width (with enclosure) 18.93 in. (48.08 cm)
Depth (no enclosure) 12.0 in. (30.48 cm)

Depth (with enclosure) 7.85 in. (19.25 cm)
Weight (no enclosure) 24 lbs (10.89 kg)

Weight (with enclosure 45.5 lbs (20.64 kg)
POTS/VDSL2 termination cables: 1 lb each (0.45
kg each)
The distance and performance specifications supported by the O-24121V-A and

O-24120V-A MDU ONT unit are as follows.
• distance supported between ONT and the subscriber equipment is 0.305 km
(1000 ft)
• the ONT is optimized for indoor applications with a maximum loop length of
1000 m (3280.8 ft)
O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU ONT

Table 10-2 lists the physical specifications of the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A
MDU ONT.

Table 10-2 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONT physical specifications
Height (no enclosure) 3.85 in. (9.78 cm)

Height (with enclosure) 22.29 in. (56.62 cm)
Width (no enclosure) 17.25 in. (43.82 cm)

Width (with enclosure) 18.93 in. (48.08 cm)
Depth (no enclosure) 12.0 in. (30.48 cm)

Depth (with enclosure) 7.85 in. (19.25 cm)
Weight (no enclosure) 24 lbs (10.89 kg)

Weight (with enclosure 45.5 lbs (20.64 kg)
POTS/VDSL2 termination cables: 1 lb each (0.45
kg each)
The distance and performance specifications supported by the O-24121V-A and

O-24120V-A MDU ONT unit are as follows.
• distance supported between ONT and the subscriber equipment is 0.305 km
(1000 ft)
• the ONT is optimized with a maximum loop length of 100 m (328.1 ft)
LP MDU enclosure components

The physical specifications of the LP MDU enclosure units are as follows:
• Mechanical enclosure variants:
• wall mount bracket 17.5 in (44.45 cm) wide by 21.7 in (55.12 cm) tall
• outdoor enclosure 18.93 in (48.09 cm) wide by 22.29 in (55.62 cm) tall by 7.58 in
(19.25 cm) deep

The physical specifications for the O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT is given in the
following section.

Table 10-3 lists the physical specifications of the O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT.
Table 10-3 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT physical specifications
Height (excluding cabinet) 3.5 in. (8.9 cm)
Width (excluding cabinet) 17.2 in. (43.8 cm)
Depth (excluding cabinet) 9.84 in. (25 cm)
Weight (excluding cabinet and cables) 10 lbs (4.54 kg)

The distance and performance specifications supported by the O-00240V-A MDU

outdoor ONT unit are as follows.
• the O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT is optimized for applications with a target
loop length of 500 m (1640 ft)
Outdoor ONT
Table 10-4 provides the physical specifications for all outdoor ONTs except the
SOHO outdoor ONT.
Table 10-4 Outdoor ONT physical specifications excluding SOHO
Dimension Specification
Height 13.5 in. (34.29 cm)
Width 12.0 in. (30.48 cm)
Depth (1) 4.3 in. (10.92 cm)
Weight (2) 7 lb (3.18 kg)
Notes
(1) Depth does not include the fiber storage tray.
(2) Weight is within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg).
Indoor ONT (I-221E-A and I-220E-A)

Table 10-5 lists the physical specifications of the indoor ONT.
Table 10-5 Indoor ONT physical specifications
Height 8.0 in. (20.32 cm)
Width 9.0 in. (22.86 cm)
Depth (excluding fiber storage tray) 2.1 in. (5.33 cm)
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 4.0 lb (1.81 kg)
Indoor ONT (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H)

Table 10-6 lists the physical specifications of the I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G,
and I-020E-H.

Table 10-6 Physical specifications for the I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H
Width 6.5 in. (16.51 cm)
Depth 5.3 in. (13.46 cm)
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] .97 lb (.36 kg) production weight
Indoor ONT (I-040G-A)

Table 10-7 lists the physical specifications of the I-040G-A.
Table 10-7 Physical specification for the I-040G-A ONT
Length 9.97 in. (25.32 cm)
Width 7.56 in. (19.21 cm)
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 2.54 lb (.95 kg) production weight
Indoor ONT (I-241G-A and I-240G-A)

Table 10-8 lists the physical specifications of the I-241G-A and I-240G-A.
Table 10-8 Physical specification for the I-241G-A and I-240G-A ONT
Length 9.97 in. (25.32 cm)
Width 7.56 in. (19.21 cm)

Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 2.54 lb (.95 kg) production weight
Indoor ONT (I-211M-E)

Table 10-9 provides the physical specifications for the I-211M-E MoCA indoor
ONT excluding back plate, OPSU/BBU, and battery.

Table 10-9 I-211M-E MoCA indoor ONT physical specifications
Height 11.13 in. (28.4 cm)
Width 11.0 in. (27.94 cm) Possibly 1 in. wider with open
doors
Depth 2.75 in. (6.96 cm)
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 2.75 lb (1.25 kg)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-D)

Table 10-10 provides the physical specifications for an I-211M-D ONT equipped
with an OPSU, skirt, and cable storage tray. The skirt is designed to work with the
cable storage tray attached.
Table 10-10 Physical specifications for the I-211M-D ONT with OPSU, skirt, and cable
storage tray
Dimensions Specification
Width 12.0 in. (30.5 cm)
Depth (including cable storage tray) 4.3 in. (10.9 cm)
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 7.5 lb (3.4 kg) without battery
Table 10-11 provides the physical specifications for an I-211M-D ONT without an
OPSU, skirt, and cable storage tray.
Table 10-11 Physical specifications for the I-211M-D ONT without OPSU, skirt, and cable
storage tray
Width 12.0 in. (30.5 cm)
Depth 3.2 in. (8.1 cm)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-G)

Table 10-12 provides the physical specifications for an I-211M-G ONT equipped
with an OPSU, skirt, and cable storage tray. The skirt is designed to work with the
cable storage tray attached.

Table 10-12 Physical specifications for the I-211M-G ONT with OPSU, skirt, and cable
storage tray
Width 12.0 in. (30.5 cm)

Depth (including cable storage tray) 4.3 in. (10.9 cm)
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 7.5 lb (3.4 kg) without battery
Table 10-13 provides the physical specifications for an I-211M-G ONT without an
OPSU, skirt, and cable storage tray.
Table 10-13 Physical specifications for the I-211M-G ONT without OPSU, skirt, and cable
storage tray
Width 12.0 in. (30.5 cm)
Modular ONTs
Table 10-14 lists the physical specifications of the modular ONT.
Table 10-14 Modular ONT physical specifications
Height 70.61 cm (27.8 in.)
Width 57.40 cm (22.6 in.)
Depth 14.73 cm (5.8 in.)
Weight enclosure: 16.329 kg (36 lb.)

S-840V-A: 0.907 kg (2 lb. each)
POTS termination cables: 0.45 kg (1 lb. each
The modular ONT:

• can be wall mounted (optimal), pole mounted, or installed in a 23 in. CO rack
• can be installed outside, in a communication closet, a building terminal room, or
a minimum point of entry facility
Business and SOHO ONTs

Table 10-15 provides the physical specifications for the business and SOHO ONT.

Table 10-15 Business and SOHO ONT physical specifications
Height 16.29 in. (41.37 cm)
Width 14.39 in. (36.55 cm)
Depth (not including fiber storage tray) 5.95 in. (15.11 cm)
Weight (within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg) 11 lb (4.99 kg)
10.3 Environmental requirements
The following sections describe temperature and humidity ranges, and installation
considerations for rack mounted ONTs.
Temperature and humidity range

Table 10-16 lists the environmental requirements for the ONTs.
Table 10-16 ONT environmental requirements
ONT type
Mounting method Temperature range and humidity Altitude
Indoor 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ONTs (I-220E-A, I-221E-A, I-020E-B, and I-020E-H)
Desk or wall Operating: Maximum operating altitude 10 000

mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient temperature ft (3048 m) above sea level
5% to 85% relative humidity, non-condensing
Storage: Maximum non-operating altitude is
–40°F to 158°F (–40°C to 70°C) 40 000 ft (12 192 m) above mean sea
level
5% to 95% relative humidly, non-condensing
Indoor 10/100/1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet ONTs (I-240G-A, I-241G-A, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-040G-A)
Desk or wall Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 10 000

mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient temperature ft (3048 m) above mean sea level
The maximum rate of temperature change is 32.9°F
(0.5°C) per hour
-13°F to 133°F (-25°C to 55°C) 40 000 ft (12 192 m) above mean sea
level
Indoor MoCA ONTs (I-211M-D, I-211M-E, and I-211M-G)
Wall mounted or Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 10 000

in-wall in a -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C) ft (3048 m) above mean sea level
pre-constructed
telecommunications 5% to 95% humidity range, non-condensing
cabinet 5% to 85% humidity range, non-condensing (I-211M-E
only)
(1 of 3)

ONT type

level
Outdoor 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ONTs (O-211E-B, O-210E-B, O-420E-B, and O-421E-B)
Wall mounted with Operating: Maximum operating altitude 10 000

or without fiber –40°F to 115°F (–40°C to 46°C) with solar loading (1) (2) ft (3048 m) above mean sea level
storage
compartment –40°F to 140°F (–40°C to 60°C) without solar loading

level
Outdoor SOHO ONTs (O-820G-D, O-821G-D, and O-821M-E)

storage

level
Outdoor MoCA ONTs (O-211M-C, O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and O-211M-R)

storage
For O-211M-R ONTs:
–40°F to 122°F (–40°C to 50°C) without solar loading

level
Outdoor LP MDU ONTs (O-24121G-A, O-24120G-A, O-24121V-A, and O-24120V-A)
Rack, on wall, or Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 13 000

enclosure single unit installed in a rack indoors is -40°F to 131°F ft (3962 m)
(-40°C to 55°C) Minimum operating altitude is 200 ft
single unit installed in an enclosure outdoors is –40°F to (61 m) below mean sea level
114.8°F (–40°C to 46°C) with solar loading (2)
The maximum rate of temperature change is 91°F (33°C)
The heat dissipation for O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A
ONTs:
• average = ~90 W
• maximum = ~115 W

level
(2 of 3)

ONT type

Outdoor MDU ONT (O-00240V-A)
Rack, on wall, or Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 13 000

enclosure single unit installed in a rack indoors is 32°F to 122°F ft (3962 m) above mean sea level
(0°C to 50°C) Minimum operating altitude is 200 ft
single unit installed in an enclosure outdoors is –40°F to (61 m) below mean sea level
149°F (–40°C to 65°C) with solar loading (2)
The maximum rate of temperature change is 91°F (33°C)

level
Modular ONT (M-300-A with S-840V-A plug-in unit)
Rack or wall Operating: Maximum operating altitude 10 000

–40°F to 115°F (–40°C to 46°C) with solar loading (1) ft (3048 m) above mean sea level
–40°F to 140°F (–40°C to 60°C) without solar loading
Environmentally hardened for external installation.
Withstands rain, but not water submersion.
Plug-in unit is hot-swappable.

level
Business ONTs (B-8102-A and B-8112-A)

or without fiber –40°F to 115°F (–40°C to 46°C) with solar loading(1) ft (3048 m) above mean sea level
storage
–40°F to 158°F (–40°C to 70°C) Maximum non-operating altitude is

5% to 95% relative humidly, non-condensing 40 000 ft (12 192 m) above mean sea
level
(3 of 3)
Notes
(1) The maximum solar load is 1120 W/m2.
(2) Solar loading per GR-950.

in temperature and humidity, Alcatel-Lucent recommends the following:
• When transitioning the packaged unit from one environmental condition to
another, let the unit remain in the sealed packaging until it has stabilized to the
new environment. This avoids the unit forming internal condensation.
condensation.
Environmental considerations for rack installed ONTs

The following rack installation guidelines should be considered before installing a
rack mounted ONT such as the LP MDU or the modular ONT.
• Elevated operating ambient - If the ONT is installed in a closed or multi-unit rack
assembly, the operating ambient temperature of the rack environment may be
greater than room ambient. Consideration should be given to installing the ONT
in an environment compatible with the maximum ambient temperature (Tma)
specified for the ONT.
• Reduced air flow - Installation of the ONT in a rack should be such that the
amount of air flow required for safe operation of the ONT is not compromised.
• Mechanical loading - Mounting of the ONT in the rack should be accomplished
to avoid a hazardous condition due to uneven mechanical loading.
• Circuit overloading - Consider the connection of the ONT to the supply circuit
and the effect that overloading of the circuits might have on overcurrent
protection and supply wiring. Appropriate consideration of ONT nameplate
ratings should be used when addressing this concern.
• Reliable earthing - Reliable earthing of rack-mounted ONTs should be
maintained. Particular attention should be given to supply connections other than
direct connections to the branch circuit (e.g. use of power strips).
10.4 Ethernet interface specifications
The Ethernet interface supports the following specifications:

• Ethernet ports are IEEE 802.3 compliant
• IEEE 802.1Q, 802.1x port-based authentication, and 802.1p (QoS classification
per Ethernet port support
• Layer 3 DSCP to 802.1p mapping to allow L3 CoS over the Layer 2 network
• RJ-45 connectors
• supports full or half duplex operations
• supports auto-negotiation or manual setting by operator
• supports 10/100 BaseT or 10/100/1000 BaseT (depending on the ONT type)

10.5 POTS interface specifications
Table 10-17 provides specifications for the ONT voice service.
Table 10-17 Voice service specifications
Service features Specifications for the ONT
Voice quality Toll quality voice with a mean opinion score (MOS) of 4 or better
DC supervisory range 750 Ω for outdoor ONTs (1)
G.168 echo 16 ms tail for signal path towards the subscriber

cancellation
CODEC (2) G.711 (PCM 64 kb/s), G.729, and A-law and U-law encoding and decoding
Analog line 600 Ω

impedance (2)
Ringing voltage (2) 40 Vrms

Ringing capacity 5 REN (US) per POTS line
Off-hook dc current (2) 25 mA
Maximum expected 0.0 dBm

DTMF signal level
Receive (D/A) loss (2) 4 dB

Transmit (A/D) loss (2) 2 dB
Loop start signaling —
Loop length Up to 300 m (984.25 ft)
Minimum on hook -43 V

voltage (I-241G-A and
I-240G-A)
Notes
(1) Total DC supervisory range of 750 Ω, allowing for 1000 ft. of 26 AWG CAT3 cable, CPE equipment
and a margin allocation.
(2) These items can be configured with the voip configuration xml file. The values specified are for
ANSI deployments.
10.6 VDSL2 interface specifications
The modular ONT (M-300-A) supports up to 12 VDSL2 lines via optional screw
terminal, IDC, or screw terminal with surge protection connectorization. The LP
MDU ONTs (O-24121V-A and the O-24120V-A) terminate up to 12 VDSL2 lines
using an RJ-21 connector. The O-00240V-A MDU ONT terminates up to 24 VDSL2
lines using an RJ-21 connector.
Similar to ADSL, VDSL2 operates over the copper wires in a telephone line to
provide both high-bandwidth service and POTS, and is asymmetric in its
downstream and upstream speeds. However, VDSL2 provides subscribers with a
higher bit rate than multi-ADSL and can achieve speeds over 57 Mb/s downstream
and 25 Mb/s upstream, compared with 24 Mb/s downstream and 1.3 Mb/s upstream

with multi-ADSL. The maximum bit rates supported depend on deployment, noise
environment, and Ethernet system restrictions. The high bit rate asymmetrical mode
can be used for high-bandwidth video service, while the symmetrical bit rate mode
can be used for business users or residential users who need symmetrical bit rate
access.
VDSL2 provides improved functionality and performance over VDSL, and is
expected to be more widely adopted by service providers worldwide. Improvements
over VDSL include increased bandwidth, line diagnostic enhancements, and the
ability to define profiles. Unlike multi-ADSL, where the LT unit converts the
Ethernet packets to ATM cells and passes them to its applique, the packets remain in
Ethernet packet format for VDSL2 services. This provides approximately 10%
improvement in achievable bandwidth by eliminating the Ethernet packet to ATM
cell conversion.
Table 10-18 lists the VDSL2 modes and related ITU-T standards supported on the
modular ONT and the LP MDU ONTs.
Table 10-18 ITU-T standards supported
Standard Description
G.993.2 VDSL2 over POTS operating above the POTS 25 kHz band with trellis.
G.994.1 Handshake procedures for DSL transceivers.
10.7 DS1/E1 interface specifications
The business ONT supports structured, unstructured, and fractional DS1 (100 Ω) or
E1 (120 Ω/75 Ω) services. An external adapter is required for 75 Ω. You cannot mix
DS1 and E1 services on the same ONT. You must configure both ports for either DS1
or E1 on the same ONT.
The CES subsystem encapsulates DS1 or E1 traffic received at the RJ-48C port using
MEF-8 packetization as Ethernet layer 2 for transport across the GPON. The CES
encapsulation is removed before DS1 or E1 traffic from the GPON is sent to the DS1
or E1 lines at the subscriber side.
Table 10-19 lists the specifications supported for the DS1/E1 interface.
Table 10-19 DS1/E1 interface specifications
Item Specification
DS1/E1 WAN interfaces Two RJ-48C ports configured for 100 Ω DS1, 120 Ω balanced E1,
or 75 Ω unbalanced E1. An external adapter is required for 75 Ω.
DS1/E1 CES over Ethernet layer 2 MEF-8 packetization as IETF PWE3 pseudo-wires
GPON
DS1 standards AT&T TR-6421; ITU-T Rec. G.703, G.704

Structured (fractional) and unstructured DS1
(1 of 2)

Item Specification
E1 standards ITU-T Rec. G.703, G.704, G.706, G.732, G.823

Structured (fractional) and unstructured E1
Synchronization CES DS1/E1 Upstream: A 16.384 MHz local oscillator or a derived clock (1)
from the GPON that is provided by the P-OLT.

Downstream: Either a16.384 MHz adaptive clock received from
the PWE3 packet stream or a differential clock recovered from
the PWE3 packet stream.
Gigabit A Gigabit Ethernet transmit reference clock of 125 MHz as per

Ethernet IEEE 802.3.
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) The upstream derived clock that is provided by the P-OLT is tied to the BIT clock and must be
traceable to a network timing reference. The derived clock is used for differential clock recovery
and for timing the upstream PWE3 packet streams in the absence of a valid TDM recovery clock.
10.8 RF video interface specifications
The following sections provides design guidelines for coaxial connectivity,

configuration recommendations, and information based on the RF video receiver
types used by various Alcatel-Lucent ONTs and MDUs.
Warning — Operating equipment outside of its tested and

documented performance characteristics and causing an optical
overload may cause damage to equipment components, such as APD
receivers, affect service delivery, and void any component or system
warranties.
Note 1 — See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual for
more information about the RF video service.
Note 2 — Alcatel-Lucent only guarantees ONT RF video output
levels. Coaxial cable and splitter information in the following sections
are only provided as guidelines. Refer to the coaxial and splitter
vendor documentation for more information.
Coaxial connectivity in the home and design guidelines

There are numerous criteria that effect RF video overlay. Figure 10-1 shows an
example of the factors affecting RF video overlay design and deployment.
Standard 75 Ω coaxial cable can be used, including: RG-59 or RG-6 coaxial cable.

Consider the following limitations when planning video deployments:

• ONTs and MDUs supporting video overlays only supports various split ratios on
the coaxial distribution, based on the ONT or MDU video receiver.
• for +14 dBmV receivers, the maximum split is 1:4
• The maximum supported length of RG-6 or RG-59 coax cable used for +14 and
+18 dBmV units is 100 ft (30.48 m). The maximum supported length for +33
dBmV units is 233 ft (71.02 m).
Figure 10-1 RF video overlay design and deployment example with a + 14 dBmV receiver
Maximum 100ft (30.48m) RG-6

-xxdB
Maximum 100ft (30.48m) RG-59
-xxdB Set-top
box 1
1:4
maximum
split
ONT Set-top
box 4
T1 to -6 dB optics input
+14 dBmV +0 dBmV minimum

19061
Measures that need to be confirmed to ensure proper RF video overlay service, as

shown in Figure 10-1, are based on:
• + 18 dBmV or + 14 dBmV at the ONT or +33 dBmV at the MDU. See the
appropriate ONT or MDU RF interface characteristics, as dBmV varies by ONT
and MDU type.
• 8 dB loss at the splitter in a 1:4 split; 6.6 dB loss in a 1:3 split, and 4.6 dB loss in
a 1:2 split
• Cable attenuation based on frequency and cable type
+ 18 dBmV (at the ONT) - 8 dB (splitter) - XX dBmV (cable loss at the
highest frequency based on cable type) = Final dBmV
The cable attenuation loss is based on the frequency and the type of cable used, as
shown in Table 10-20.
Table 10-20 Cable attenuation loss value based on frequency
Frequency (MHz) RG-6 coaxial per 100 ft (dB) RG-59 coaxial per 100 ft (dB)
50 1.9 2.4
100 2.7 3.4
200 4.1 4.9
(1 of 2)

Frequency (MHz) RG-6 coaxial per 100 ft (dB) RG-59 coaxial per 100 ft (dB)
400 5.9 7.0
700 8.1 9.7
900 9.4 11.1
(2 of 2)
Be sure to properly plan and design the RF video deployment at the customer site.
The following is an example of a properly planned and designed RF video
deployment. Based on 900 MHz frequency and 100 ft of cable length, 0.6 dBmV is
reached at the set-top box using RG-6 coaxial cable:
+18 dBmV - 8 dB - 9.4 dB = + 0.6 dBmV
The following is an example of an improperly planned and designed RF video

deployment. Based on 900 MHz frequency and 100 ft of cable length, - 1.1 dBmV is
reached at the set-top box using RG-59 coaxial cable:
+18 dBmV - 8 dB - 11.1 dB = -1.1 dBmV therefore should not be used.
Note — It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to

ensure proper on-site layout of video distribution by verifying that the
output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB, is
between 0 to the limit of the ONT or MDU receiver’s dBmV.
Configuration recommendations
You can control the quality of the output signal to the subscriber by specifying a
number of parameters:
• If the ONT operates in AGC mode, you can specify the measurement offset to
control the gain of the output signal, which ensures some measure of
performance.
• You can set high and low optical power level thresholds for the downstream
signal. An alarm is raised if either the high or the low optical power level
threshold is crossed.

Consider the following before configuring RF video services:

• ONTs supporting RF video come with a 75 ohm (F-type) coaxial interface
connector. You may have to install the 75 ohm coaxial F connector on the video
cable.
• The F-type coaxial interface is typically connected to a four-way splitter in the
home. ONTs that use +14 dBmV for video receiving do not support a greater than
1:4 split.
• You must use either RG-6 or RG-59 coaxial cable within the home.
• When configuring the return channel in the 1330 nm optical band, you must:
• configure an HSI service on the Ethernet port for the SWRD
• the port must be configured with a QoS marker profile that supports upstream
frames that are priority marked in untrusted mode and upstream frames that are sent
downstream to the ONT without tagging
• for the LP MDU, the port is configured with ID aid_ontethernet with a value of 5 for
the ONT slot and 1 for the port
• for the indoor ONT, the port is configured with ID aid_ontethernet with a value of
5 for the ONT slot and 2 for the port
• for the indoor ONT, the Ethernet port must be 10/100 BaseT
• for the indoor ONT, jumpers are required to connect the SWRD to the ONT
• Ensure proper attenuation is inserted at the coaxial output to guarantee at the end
of any coaxial drop the following:
• video signal is below 15.5 dBmV
• audio signal is below 2.55 dBmV per channel
RF video service configuration requires the use of TL1 commands. These commands
are issued at the P-OLT craft terminal. For detailed information about the parameters
of each command and response messages, refer to the 7342 ISAM FTTU P-OLT and
ONT Operations and Maintenance Procedures manual.
14 dBmV RF video receivers

Table 10-21 provides RF video interface specifications for ONTs with an 14 dBmV
receiver. The following ONTs use + 14 dBmV receivers:
• I-211E-A
• O-211E-B
• O-421E-B
Table 10-21 RF video service specifications for ONTs with 14 dBmV receivers
RF video features Channel mix 80 analog/33 digital
RF output level (dBmV) +14 dBmV @ 450 MHz using a per- analog channel
measurement at the ONT output
(1)
RF slope correction (tilt) 5 to 8 dB from 50 to 870 MHz
Optical power range (dB) + 1.0 to – 6.0 dB
CNR (dB) 45
(1 of 2)

RF video features Channel mix 80 analog/33 digital
CSO/CTB (dB) 53
MER (dB) 32
QAM signal to noise ratio (dB) 40

Measurement assumptions
Channel load 80 analog and 33 QAM
Digital backoff QAM-256 6 dB (QAM-256)
Digital backoff QAM-64 10 dB (QAM-64)
PON input CNR (dB) 52
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to ensure proper on-site layout of video
distribution by verifying that the output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB,
is between 0 to 14 dBmV.

Table 10-22 provides RF video interface specifications for ONTs with an 18 dBvM
receiver. The following ONTs support + 18 dBmV receivers:
• B-8112-A business ONT
• I-211M-x indoor MoCA ONTs
• O-211M-x outdoor MoCA ONTs
• O-821M-x outdoor MoCA ONTs
• O-821G-x ONTs
RF video features Channel mix 80 analog/33 Channel mix 40 analog/63 Channel mix 0 analog/135
digital (1) digital digital
RF output level + 18 dBmV @ 450 MHz using + 18 dBmV @ 450 MHz using + 12 dBmV @ 450 MHz using
a per-analog channel a per-analog channel a per-digital channel
measurement measurement measurement
RF slope correction (tilt) 2 dB from 50 to 870 MHz 2 dB from 50 to 870 MHz 2 dB from 88 to 870 MHz
Optical power range (dB) + 1 to -6 dB +2 to -7 dB +1 to -9 dB
CNR (dB) 45 46 N/A
CSO/CTB (dB) 53 55 N/A
MER (dB) 32 32 32
QAM signal to noise ratio 40 40 40

(dB)
Channel load 80 analog and 33 digital 40 analog and 63 digital 0 analog and 135 digital
Digital backoff QAM-256 6 dB (QAM-256) 6 dB (QAM-256) 6 dB (QAM-256)
(1 of 2)

PON input CNR (dB) 52 52 52
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to ensure proper on-site layout of video distribution by verifying
that the output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB, is between 0 to 18 dBmV.

Table 10-23 provides RF video interface specifications for MDUs with a 33 dBmV
receiver. The following MDUs support +33 dBmV receivers:
• GE LP MDU
• VDSL LP MDU
RF output level + 33 dBmV @ 450 MHz using + 33 dBmV @ 450 MHz using + 27 dBmV @ 450 MHz using
a per-analog channel a per-analog channel a per-digital channel
measurement measurement measurement
RF slope correction (tilt) 2 dB from 50 to 870 MHz 2 dB from 50 to 870 MHz 2 dB from 88 to 870 MHz
Optical power range (dB) + 1 to -6 dB +2 to -7 dB +1 to -9 dB
CNR (dB) 45 46 N/A

CSO/CTB (dB) (2) 53 55 N/A
MER (dB) 32 32 32
QAM SNR (dB) 40 40 40
Channel load 80 analog and 33 digital 40 analog and 63 digital 0 analog and 135 digital
PON input CNR (dB) 52 52 52
Notes
(1) It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to ensure proper on-site layout of video distribution by verifying
that the output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB, is between 0 to 33 dBmV.
(2) The transmitter and backbone segment is assumed to have a CSO greater than 62 dB for any channel load conditions.

For LP MDU ONT applications, specific planning considerations are necessary,

including:
• use of cables other than RG-9 or RG-59
• the use of addressable taps
• the use of RF patch panels
• the use of coaxial cable for delivery of content other than RF video
• the use of RF amplifiers or repeaters
10.9 SWRD interface specifications
The SWRD meets the following compliance and safety standards:

• UL safety (UL 60950-1)
• EU safety (IEC/EN 60950-1)
• IP rating NEMA 4 (IP 56)
• EMC emissions (U.S. and Canada) FCC part 15, class B
• EMC emissions (Europe) EN 55022 and 55024
The power specifications of the SWRD are as follows:

• input voltage range 12 +-2.0 V DC
• input current of 0.25 Amps
The power can be supplied by the ONT or MDU. In the ONT PoE case, jumpers must
be configured on the EPC interface of the ONT to enable +12V power. In the MDU
case, once the video return channel is configured for the SWRD Ethernet port power
is available.
Table 10-24 lists the electrical specification for the SWRD when all ports and cabling
use IEEE 802.3 compliant materials.
Table 10-24 SWRD electrical specifications
Electrical specification Unit Value
Surge resistance on Ethernet ports kV 1.5 kV -1 positive, 1 negative
Surge resistance on RF ports kV 1.5 kV -1 positive, 1 negative
Forward pass band MHz 46 to 870

Reverse operating frequency MHz 18.5
Maximum length of power supply — 50 ft (15.24 m)

coaxial cable

The environmental specifications of the SWRD:

• The operating temperature range is –40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C) and to the
equivalent of +41°C with solar loading
• The operating relative humidity range is 5% to 95%, non-condensing.
• The operating altitude range is 200 ft (61 m) below mean sea level to 13 000 ft
(3962 m) above mean sea level.
• operating temperature may vary by 16.6°C (2°F) per minute, to the maximum and
minimum ranges
The physical specifications of the SWRD:

• housing dimensions 6.78 in wide by 1.29 in deep by 5.77 in tall (17.45 cm by 3.38
cm by 14.66 cm)
• weight of 1.5 lbs (0.68 kg)

specifications
The Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter (RPT) used with the
O-211M-R outdoor ONT meets the following compliance and safety standards:
• TUV listed
• CE mark certified
• EMC emissions (U.S. and Canada) FCC part 15, class B
• 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11
The power specifications of the Alloptic MicroNode 190 RPT are as follows:
• input voltage range 10 to 16 V DC (12 V DC nominal)
• maximum power consumption of 1watt
The environmental specifications of the Alloptic MicroNode 190 RPT:
• The operating temperature range is –40°F (-40°C) to 149°F (65°C)
• The operating relative humidity range is 5% to 95%, non-condensing.
• operating temperature may vary by 16.6°C (2°F) per minute, to the maximum and
minimum ranges
The physical specifications of the Alloptic MicroNode 190 RPT:

• 0.85 in high by 4.9 in wide by 3.7 in deep (2.2 cm by 12.4 cm by 9.4 cm)
• weight of MNTH191 (ANSI standards) is 0.43 lbs (0.2 kg)
• weight of MNTH192 (ETSI standards) is 0.21 lbs (0.1 kg)

10.11 ONT optical budget
This section provides the optical budget for the all ONTs. Observe the safety
requirements with ONTs, a Class 1 laser products. Figure 10-2 shows the Class 1
laser product warning label attached to the ONT.
Figure 10-2 Class 1 laser product warning label
18256
Warning — Operating equipment outside of its tested and

documented performance characteristics and causing an optical
overload may cause damage to equipment components, such as APD
receivers, affect service delivery, and void any component or system
warranties.
Table 10-25 provides ONT optical budget information.
Table 10-25 ONT optical budget
Item Detail Minimum Typical Maximum
Operating temperature Ambient See the Temperature and humidity range section in this
chapter.
Transmitting budgets
Tx nominal bit rate — — 1244 Mb/s —
Tx/Rx line code Scrambled NRZ — — —
Tx central wavelength Operating 1260 nm — 1360 nm

temperature
Tx reflection of equipment At Tx wavelength — — –6 dB
Mask of Tx eye diagram G.984 burst mode — G.984 —
ORL of ODN at ONU Tx and Rx More than 32 dB — —

Tx mean launched optical power for At ONT optical +0.5 dBm — +5.0 dBm
the ONT port
Tx launched optical power w/o input No input — Sensitivity –10 —

dB
Tx extinction ratio G.984 burst mode 10 dB — —
Tolerance to Tx incident light G.984 burst mode –15 dB — —
Tx –20 dB spectral width G.984 burst mode — — 1.0 nm (1)
Receiving budgets
Rx nominal bit rate — — 2488 Mb/s —
(1 of 2)

Item Detail Minimum Typical Maximum
Rx wavelength Operating 1480 nm — 1500 nm

temperature
Rx reflection of equipment into ODN At Rx wavelength — — –20 dB
Rx BER PRBS 2E23-1 — Less than 1E–10 —
Rx optical sensitivity for the ONT At ONT optical –27.0 dBm — —

port
Rx optical overload At ONT optical –8 dBm — —

port
Rx consecutive identical bits CW 72 bits — —
Rx tolerance to reflected optical G.984 burst mode — — 10 dB

power
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) Maximum guaranteed length is 30 km.
Note — The following information is for ETSI customers only:
• Power propagating in the fiber is 3.16 mW out of the ONT.

• The maximum modulation frequency is 1244 MHz.
• Operating wavelength is 1310 nm nominal in the ONT.
• Operation time of the automatic power reduction of the ONT
transmitted optical power is 1 s or less.
10.12 Power consumption
The following sections describe power consumption ranges for Alcatel-Lucent

ONTs.
Outdoor ONTs
For all outdoor ONTs, you can connect input power using either the screw-down
terminals or the multi-position IDC connector. Battery alarm inputs are provided
using the IDC connector.
Typically, ringing a 5REN phone takes less than 4 W (2 seconds on/4 seconds off).
Ringing a typical phone takes less than 1 W.
All O-2xxx-x and O-4xxx-x ONTs that use power supplies require 12 V DC input
power supplies. All O-8xxx-x ONTs require 48 V DC input power supplies. See the
appropriate ONT data sheet for specific UPS support.
Table 10-26 provides typical power consumption specifications for outdoor ONTs,
based on the O-421E-A ONT, not including the SOHO outdoor ONT.

Table 10-26 Typical outdoor ONT power consumption, excluding SOHO
Power consumption (1) Power consumption specification
Peak power consumption (2) Not exceeding 9 W
Typical power consumption (3) Not exceeding 6 W
Power consumption idle (4) Not exceeding 4.5 W
Notes
(1) Power consumption for the O-211M-R ONT is slightly higher than other outdoor ONTs since the
Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter included in the ONT enclosure has a maximum
power consumption of 1 watt and power input voltage of 10 to 16 V dc (12 V dc nominal).
(2) With all service interfaces active (in use) and the ONT fully configured.
(3) With all service interfaces active (in use).
(4) No service interfaces active.
Table 10-27 provides the transmit output power variance for MoCA ONTs. These
variances assume no board implementation loss or impedance mismatches.
Table 10-27 MoCA outdoor ONT transmit output power variance
Item TL1 value (dBm) Expected output Description

power (dBm)
MoCA Tx power -26 and lower -26 —

variance
-23, -24, -25 -23 —
-20, -21, -22 -20 —
-17, -18, -19 -17 —
-14, -15, -16 -14 —
-11, -12, -13 -11 —
-8, -9, -10 -8 —

-5, -6, -7 -5 —
-2, -3, -4 -2 —
0, -1 0 —
Outdoor ONT (O-420E-B)

Table 10-28 provides the power consumption specifications for the O-420E-B
outdoor ONT.

Table 10-28 Power consumption specifications (O-420E-B)
Power consumption Specifications
Maximum power consumption Not exceeding 8 W with all services active

(2 Ethernet ports operational, 4 POTS off hook)
Minimum power consumption Not exceeding 5 W with all services idle

(2 Ethernet ports active, POTS on-hook)

Table 10-29 provides the power consumption specifications for the O-210E-B
outdoor ONT.
Table 10-29 Power consumption specifications (O-210E-B)
Maximum power consumption Not exceeding 6.25 W with all services active
(1 Ethernet ports operational, 2 POTS off hook)
Minimum power consumption Not exceeding 4.75 W with all services idle
(1 Ethernet port active, POTS on-hook)
Indoor ONT (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)

Table 10-30 provides the power consumption specifications for the I-020E-B and
I-020E-H indoor ONTs.
Table 10-30 Power consumption specifications (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)
(2 Ethernet ports operational)
(no Ethernet ports provisioned.)
Indoor ONT
All I-2xxM-x ONTs that use power supplies require 12 V DC input power supplies.
See the appropriate ONT data sheet for specific UPS support.
Indoor ONT (I-020G-F and I-020G-G)

Table 10-31 provides the power consumption specifications for the I-020G-F and
I-020G-G indoor ONTs.

Table 10-31 Power consumption specifications (I-020G-F and I-020G-G)
(2 GE ports operational)
(no GE ports provisioned.)
Indoor ONT (I-040G-A)

Table 10-32 provides the power consumption specifications for the I-040G-A indoor
ONT.
Table 10-32 Power consumption specifications (I-040G-A)
Maximum power consumption Not exceeding 13.08 W (1.15A) with all services active
(4 GE ports for data operational)
Minimum power consumption Not exceeding 6.4 W (0.54A) with all services idle
(no GE ports provisioned.)
Indoor ONT (I-240G-A and I-241G-A)

Table 10-33 provides the power consumption specifications for the I-240G-A and
I-241G-A indoor ONT.
Table 10-33 Power consumption specifications (I-240G-A and I-241G-A)
Maximum power consumption Not exceeding 13.08 W (1.15A) with all services active
(2 POTS off-hook, RF video enabled, and 4 GE ports for data
operational)
Minimum power consumption Not exceeding 6.4 W (0.54A) with all services idle
(2 POTS lines on-hook, no RF video, or GE ports provisioned.)
Indoor ONT (I-220E-A and I-221E-A)

Table 10-34 provides the power consumption specifications for the I-220E-A and
I-221E-A indoor ONT.

Table 10-34 Power consumption specifications (I-220E-A and I-221E-A)
(2 POTS off-hook, RF video enabled, and 2 Ethernet for data
operational)
(2 POTS lines on-hook, no RF video, or Ethernet ports
provisioned.)
Indoor ONT (in-wall MoCA)

Table 10-35 provides the power consumption specifications for the in-wall MoCA
indoor ONT.
Table 10-35 Power consumption specifications (in-wall MoCA indoor ONT)
Peak power consumption Not exceeding 15.0 W with all services active (2 POTS
on-hook and 1 Ethernet for data operational)
Power consumption with all service Not exceeding 9.0 W

interfaces idle
Power connection inputs are provided using a terminal barrier strip. Battery alarm
inputs are provided using an IDC connector.
The technical specifications for the in-wall MoCA indoor ONT power supply are:
• locally powered
• compatible with various UPS assemblies
• input: 120 V ac
• output: 12 V dc, low voltage
• battery backup (not supplied): up to 8 h
• commercially sealed lead acid battery
• visual battery status indicator for power
• NRTL listed
• battery status monitored
• in-wall MoCA indoor ONT input voltage range: 9.5 to 18 V
• current limit: 2.5 A fuse within the in-wall MoCA indoor ONT
Indoor ONT (I-211M-D)

Table 10-36 provides the power consumption specifications for the I-211M-D ONT.

Table 10-36 Power consumption specifications (I-211M-D)
Power consumption Specification

interfaces idle
Power and alarm connections are internal to the unit.
Indoor ONT (I-211M-G)

Table 10-37 provides the power consumption specifications for the I-211M-G ONT.
Table 10-37 Power consumption specifications (I-211M-G)
Power consumption Specification

interfaces idle
Power and alarm connections are internal to the unit.
SOHO outdoor ONT

All O-8xxx-x ONTs require 48 V DC input power supplies. See the appropriate ONT
data sheet for specific UPS support. For the SOHO outdoor ONT, Alcatel-Lucent
recommends the use of a listed DC power supply with LPS or Class 2 outputs,
suitably approved and rated for the application. Outputs at SELV/LPS levels rated
for 48 V dc, 3.124 A are required.
The UPSs that are Alcatel-Lucent approved for use with the SOHO include the
following:
• FlexNet FMPS-150 W UPS
• CyberPower CyberShield CS 50 UPS
Note — The O-821M-E can only use the FlexNet FMPS-150 W

48 V dc UPS.
Table 10-38 lists the measured power consumption values for the O-821 G-D and
O-820G-D SOHO outdoor ONT.

Table 10-38 O-821G-D and O-820G-D measured power consumption
O-821G-D Power consumption

O-820G-D
Nominal power Peak power
Idle (POTS ranged, video disable, ENET 8.5 W 9W

unplugged)
Video enabled 10.5 W 11 W
Both ENETs enabled (one at GigE, one at 12 W 12.5 W

100BaseT, with Ethernet traffic)
Four POTS lines off hook 15 W 16 W
Eight POTS lines off hook 18 W 18.5 W
Two lines off-hook, one ringing, five REN 39 W 43 W
Three lines off-hook, three ringing, three 32 W 42 W

REN
Eight lines ringing, 0.5 REN-rated phones 20 W 67 W
Table 10-39 lists the measured power consumption values for the O-821M-E SOHO
outdoor ONT.
Table 10-39 O-821M-E measured power consumption
POTS line state and enabled services
Number of phones on-hook 8 4 0 5 8
Number of phones off-hook 0 4 8 3 0
Number of phones with 3.0 REN 0 0 0 3 0
Number of phones with 0.5 REN 0 0 0 0 8

Idle (POTS ranged, video disable, ENET 10 W 13.5 W 16.5 W — —
unplugged)
Video enabled 12 W 15.5 W 18.5 W — —
Video and one Ethernet enabled 13 W 16.5 W 19.5 W — —
Video and two Ethernet enabled 14 W 17.5 W 20.5 W — —
Video, one Ethernet, and MoCA enabled 15 W 18.5 W 21.5 W 47 W 67 W

(35 W (1)) (23 W (1))
Note
(1) Indicates nominal output for the value.
Table 10-40 provides the transmit output power variance for SOHO ONTs using
MoCA. These variances assume no board implementation loss or impedance
mismatches.

Table 10-40 MoCA SOHO outdoor ONT transmit output power variance
Item TL1 value (dBm) Expected output Description

power (dBm)
MoCA Tx power -26 and lower -26 —

variance
-23, -24, -25 -23 —
-20, -21, -22 -20 —
-17, -18, -19 -17 —
-14, -15, -16 -14 —
-11, -12, -13 -11 —
-8, -9, -10 -8 —
-5, -6, -7 -5 —
-2, -3, -4 -2 —
0, -1 0 —
Business ONT
B-xxxx-x ONTs require 48 V DC input power supplies. See the appropriate ONT
data sheet for specific UPS support. Alcatel-Lucent recommends the use of a listed
DC power supply with LPS or Class 2 outputs, suitably approved and rated for the
application. Outputs at SELV/LPS levels rated for 48 V dc, 3.124 A are required. The
Alcatel-Lucent approved UPSs for the business ONT are the:
Table 10-41 lists the measured power consumption values for the business ONT.
Table 10-41 Business ONT power consumption
Power consumption (1)
Idle Active
21 W 24 W
Note
(1) Idle power consumption is calculated with all eight POTS lines on-hook, no Ethernet connected,
and RF video disabled. Power consumption for the active state is calculated for maximum usage
with all eight POTS lines off-hook, Ethernet ports active, RF video enabled, and the DS1/E1 ports
active.
LP MDU ONT
O-xxxxxx-x LP MDUs require -48 V DC input power supplies. See the appropriate
ONT data sheet for specific UPS support

The power specifications of the LP MDU ONT are as follows:

• The LP MDU ONT meets human factors requirements of GR-499 (Section 12.1)
and GR-2914.
• + dc lead from the Alpha FMPS to the + input terminal on the LP MDU ONT and
the – dc lead from the Alpha FMPS to the – input terminal on the LP MDU ONT.
Table 10-42 lists the measured power consumption values for a typical VDSL LP
MDU ONT.
Table 10-42 VDSL LP MDU ONT power consumption
Power consumption
Idle (1) Fully loaded(2)
51 W 110 W
Notes
(1) The power consumption for a powered and booted VSDL LP MDU ONT with no VDSL2 lines
synchronized and inactive video.
(2) The maximum power consumption for a VSDL LP MDU ONT with 12 VDSL2 lines running, 24 POTS
off hook, and active video.
Table 10-43 lists the measured power consumption values for a typical GE LP MDU
ONT.
Table 10-43 GE LP MDU ONT power consumption
Power consumption
53 W 103 W
Notes
(1) The power consumption for a powered and booted GE LP MDU ONT with no POTS lines loaded, no
GE ports passing traffic, and inactive video.
(2) The maximum power consumption for a GE LP MDU ONT with 12 VDSL2 lines running, 24 POTS off
hook, and active video.
O-00240V-A MDU
O-00240V-A MDU ONTs require -48 V DC input power supplies. See the
appropriate ONT data sheet for specific UPS support.
Table 10-44 lists the measured power consumption values for a typical O-00240V-A
MDU outdoor ONT.

Table 10-44 O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT power consumption
Power consumption
80 W 100 W
Notes
(1) The power consumption for a powered and booted O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT with no VDSL2
lines synchronized.
(2) The maximum power consumption for an O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT with 24 active VDSL2 lines.
Modular ONT and plug in unit

The M-300-A requires -48 V DC input power supplies. See the appropriate ONT data
sheet for specific UPS support.
The power specifications of the modular ONT are described as follows:
• The input power is –48 V dc, locally powered with battery backup (single power
feed), and uses the APC 150 W UPS for broadband applications.
• The total power consumption is 71 W (assuming 6 VDSL line-active and 4 POTS
lines off-hook: (GR-909): 9 CCS/port = 25% of 16 lines).
• The modular ONT provides a manufacturing option with intra-building lightning
primary protection (internal to the modular ONT enclosure).
• The S-840V-A is hot-swappable.
• A wrist strap ground connection is provided on the modular ONT chassis.
• The modular ONT meets human factors requirements of GR-499 (Section 12.1)
and GR-2914.
The S-840V-A interface provides the following functions:

• loop start signaling
• DC supervisory range: 530 ohms (100 ohm loop)
• minimum on-hook voltage: −43 V
• nominal loop current: 25 mA
• ring signal with 18 V (dc) offset (sinusoidal or trapezoidal): 40 Vrms
• audio output for voice: up to +6 dBm
• VDSL output level: up to +8.5 dBm

11 — ONT statistics and performance
monitoring
11.1 Overview 11-2
11.2 ONT performance monitoring 11-2
11.3 ONT performance monitoring functions 11-2
11.4 ONT performance monitoring data 11-3
11.5 ONT performance reporting 11-9

11.1 Overview
This chapter provides a detailed description of ONT performance monitoring.
11.2 ONT performance monitoring
Performance monitoring is a tool that provides up-to-date information to measure

how well the system is doing. Performance monitoring data at the ONT level include
counters and alarms that enable service providers to do the following:
• set a baseline for performance
• get a high-level view of the activity at a given point in the network
• detect problems when they occur
• diagnose the cause of problems
• plan for development and growth
11.3 ONT performance monitoring functions
7342 ISAM FTTU provides the following functionality to simplify the usage of
performance monitoring tools:
• Monitor at the edges per subscriber and per aggregate: The system provides
counters at the edges where the subscriber originates and terminates. For
example, these counters are performed on the ONTs and edge devices such as
BRAS or Edge Router. This counting empowers the service providers to solve
their own monitoring issues.
• Perform error counting: The system provides error counters and aggregate
counters at places other than where per subscriber significance is necessitated.
These counters are used to quickly identify and obtain a high level view of the
activity at a given point in the network.
• Perform on-demand monitoring: This function allows the service provider to
issue a count request on an ad hoc basis to isolate and monitor a situation further
based on a criterion, such as per service, per VLAN, and per multicast stream.
Operators can use TL1, CLI, or an element management system (EMS) interface to:
• enable counters and set filters
• monitor performance
• view performance

11.4 ONT performance monitoring data
The 7342 ISAM FTTU provides a number of statistical counters in both the
downstream and upstream direction for the ONT. These statistical counts are
available as “always-on” counters and “on-demand” counters, and include the
following:
• DS1/E1 ports
• Ethernet layer 1
• Ethernet layer 2
• GPON TC-layer (near-end)
• MoCA ports
• optical link status level
• VDSL2 channels and ports
• VoIP ports
You can enable or disable counters using TL1. Counters are disabled by default
unless indicated otherwise. Some counters have restrictions for the total number that
you can activate at the same time. See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and
Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and CLI document for information about
any restrictions that apply to each performance statistic type.
Note — When the system date changes; for example, due to the move
to daylight saving time, performance statistics collection is affected
and an interval is either repeated or lost.
Counters
Counters are either interval-based counters or rolling counters.
Interval-based counters are statistical counts that are accumulated over a predefined
time interval, such as a 15-min interval, and logged as an integer entry in a table. A
total of 32 15-min intervals occurring over an 8-hr period are logged. After the 8 hr
has elapsed, new 15-min intervals overwrite the oldest entry recorded in the log file.
Rolling counters start at zero and count up to a maximum value. When the maximum
value is reached, the counter restarts at zero. Unlike interval-based counters, no logs
are maintained for rolling counters.
Counters serve to:
• ensure availability of up-to-date information about how the system is working
• help to establish threshold settings that represent acceptable performance under
normal operational conditions. After collecting counters over a range of network
activities and loads, a range of measurements can be defined, which serve as a
reference point to detect problems when they occur
• detect error conditions, so that an alarm is raised when the count violates the
threshold setting
• isolate and monitor a situation
• diagnose problems as they occur when an alarm is raised

Supported ONT counters

Not all performance monitoring data are available for all ONTs. Table 11-1 lists
performance monitoring statistics that have restricted applications on the indoor and
outdoor ONTs. Table 11-2 lists performance monitoring statistics that have restricted
applications on the business, modular, VDSL2 LP MDU, and GE LP MDU ONTs.
A check mark indicates the statistic is supported on that ONT. An empty cell
indicates the statistic is not supported.
Note 1 — VDSL2 line and VDSL2 channel related statistics are only
available for the modular and LP MDU ONT. The indoor, outdoor,
and business ONTs do not support VDSL2.
Note 2 — CES DS1/E1 related statistics are only available for the
business ONT. The indoor, outdoor, and modular ONTs do not
support DS1 or E1.
Note 3 — All performance monitoring statistics listed in Table 11-1
and Table 11-2 are available on the P-OLT.
Table 11-1 Performance monitoring statistics supported for the indoor, outdoor, and business ONTs
Statistics Indoor ONTs Outdoor ONTs

O-210E-B(1)
O-211E-B(2)
O-421E-B(3)
O-211M-E
O-820G-D
O-821G-D
O-420E-B
I-020G-G
I-221M-E
I-020E-H
I-020G-F
I-220E-A
I-221E-A
I-020E-B
ONTENET
FCSE ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
EC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
LC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
RBO ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
SCF ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MCF ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
DT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
IMTE
CSE
AE ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ALM_IMRE
FTL ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(1 of 3)

O-210E-B(1)
O-211E-B(2)
O-421E-B(3)
O-211M-E
O-820G-D
O-821G-D
O-420E-B
I-020G-G
I-221M-E
I-020G-F
I-020E-H
I-220E-A
I-221E-A
I-020E-B
TBO ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
SQE
ONTL2UNI
FRAMES ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
BYTES ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MCFRAMES ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
DSDRPDFRMS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USDRPDFRMS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MOCA
RXFRMS ✓ ✓
RXERRFRMS ✓ ✓
PONONTTC
TXBLOCKS
TXFRAGS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
RXBLOCKS
RXFRAGS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
LOSTFRAGS
BADGEMHDRS
PONONTTC (aggregate)
TXBLOCKS
TXFRAGS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
RXBLOCKS
RXFRAGS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
LOSTFRAGS
BADGEMHDRS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
X/VDSL2 Line
(2 of 3)

O-210E-B(1)
O-211E-B(2)
O-421E-B(3)
O-211M-E
O-820G-D
O-821G-D
O-420E-B
I-020G-G
I-221M-E
I-020G-F
I-020E-H
I-220E-A
I-221E-A
I-020E-B
LOSS
LOFS
LOPS
LOLS
REINIT (2)
ES
SES
UAS
X/VDSL2 bearer/channel
FCCB
FCBB
SCCB
SCBB
TXBLK
RXBLK
(3 of 3)
Notes
(1) ONT O-210E-B part numbers 3FE 50683 AB, 3FE 50683 AF, and 3FE 50683 AH.
(2) ONT O-211E-B part numbers 3FE 50683 AC and 3FE 50683 AG.
(3) ONT O-421E-B part numbers 3FE 50683 AA and 3FE 50683 AE.
Table 11-2 Performance monitoring statistics for the business, modular, VDSL2 LP MDU,
and GE LP MDU ONTs
Statistics Business
VDSL2 LP MDU
GE LP MDU
B-8112-A
B-8102-A
Modular
ONTENET
FCSE ✓ ✓ ✓
EC ✓ ✓ ✓
LC ✓ ✓ ✓
RBO ✓ ✓ ✓
SCF ✓ ✓ ✓
MCF ✓ ✓ ✓
(1 of 3)

Statistics Business
VDSL2 LP MDU
GE LP MDU
B-8112-A
B-8102-A
Modular
DT ✓ ✓ ✓
IMTE ✓
CSE ✓
AE ✓ ✓ ✓
ALM_IMRE ✓
FTL ✓ ✓ ✓
TBO ✓ ✓ ✓
SQE (not applicable)
ontL2UNI
FRAMES ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
BYTES ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MCFRAMES ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
DSDRPDFRMS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USDRPDFRMS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MOCA
RXFRMS (not applicable)
RXERRFRMS (not applicable)
PONONTTC
TXBLOCKS ✓ ✓ ✓
TXFRAGS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
RXBLOCKS ✓ ✓ ✓
RXFRAGS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
LOSTFRAGS ✓ ✓ ✓
BADGEHDRS (not applicable)
PONONTTC (aggregate)
TXBLOCKS (not applicable)
TXFRAGS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
RXBLOCKS (not applicable)
RXFRAGS ✓ ✓ ✓
LOSTFRAG (not applicable)
BADGEHDRS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
X/VDSL2 line
LOSS ✓ ✓
LOFS ✓(1) ✓(2)
(2 of 3)

Statistics Business
VDSL2 LP MDU
GE LP MDU
B-8112-A
B-8102-A
Modular
LOPS ✓
LOLS ✓
REINIT(3)
• modem ✓ ✓
reinitialization ✓ ✓
s
✓ ✓
• initialization
failures
• initialization
time-outs
ES ✓ ✓
SES ✓ ✓
UAS ✓ ✓
X/VDSL2 bearer/channel
FCCB ✓
FCBB ✓
SCCB ✓
SCBB ✓
TXBLK ✓
RXBLK(4)
• received ✓
blocks (fast) ✓
• code ✓
violations
• Forward error
corrections
(3 of 3)
Notes
(1) For the modular ONT, the count PM_VLINE_LOFS represents the loss of frame seconds.
(2) For the VDSL2 LP MDU, the count PM_VLINE_LOFS represents the loss of frame failures.
(3) The performance monitoring parameter PM_VLINE_REINIT includes these counters: modem
reinitializations, initialization failures, and initialization time-outs.
(4) The performance monitoring parameter PM_VCHNL_RXBLK includes these counters: count of
received blocks (fast), code violations, and forward error corrections. Only the count of received
blocks (fast) is reported for the modular ONT; only the count of code violations and forward error
corrections are reported for the VDSL2 LP MDU ONT.

11.5 ONT performance reporting
The 7342 ISAM FTTU provides facilities that enable you to do the following:
• view statistics
• generate alarms
• report status
• capture diagnostic data
ONT statistical viewing

You can view statistics collected for the ONT using a TL1, CLI, or an EMS
management session with the P-OLT.
Interval-based counters
For 15-min interval-based counters, you can use filters to define the scope of the
statistics retrieved from the log file.
Depending upon the type of statistic you are retrieving, you can set filters to define
any combination of the following:
• selected group of statistical parameters
• date range
• time range
• direction (Tx or Rx)
• location (near-end or far-end)
• count thresholds
If a command to retrieve performance statistics includes the current 15-min interval,

a snapshot of the count at the time of the retrieval request is provided.
Note 1 — During ONT initialization, the current count of the first
15-min interval may be forced to restart due to the synchronization
procedure between the LT unit on the P-OLT and the ONT.
Note 2 — Alcatel-Lucent recommends that users should wait for 30
seconds after the expiration of an interval before retrieving last
interval counts. This ensure reliable results as synchronization is then
correct between the P-OLT and the ONTs.
Table 11-3 lists the 15-min ONT counters the 7342 ISAM FTTU uses to collect
performance monitoring statistics.
Table 11-3 15-min ONT counters
Counter description
CES DS1/E1
Layer 1 on Ethernet ports
(1 of 2)

Counter description
Layer 2 on Ethernet ports
Multimedia over coaxial alliance (MoCA) ports
TC-layer of the gigabit passive optical network (GPON) connection

Very-high-bit-rate digital subscriber line (VDSL2) ports
(2 of 2)
Rolling counters
When a rolling counter is enabled, you can retrieve the current count using a TL1 or
an EMS management session with the P-OLT. A snapshot of the current value in the
rolling counter is displayed as an integer.
Table 11-4 lists the rolling counters the 7342 ISAM FTTU uses to collect
performance monitoring statistics.
Table 11-4 Rolling counters
Counter description ONT

GPON ports ✓
Some rolling counters can be set to automatically reset to zero after being retrieved.
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using
TL1 and CLI document for restrictions, maximum count ranges, and the resetting of
rolling counters.
TCA counters and alarms

The following performance monitoring counters can generate TCA alarms:
• errored or lost Tx and Rx fragments for upstream traffic across all GEM ports on
the LT card on the modular and outdoor ONTs
• lost fragments (downstream) on aggregate GEM ports on the modular and
outdoor ONTs
• dropped frames (upstream and downstream) and dropped bytes (upstream) for
Ethernet traffic on all MoCA, VDSL2, and Ethernet ports on the outdoor ONT
• Rx errored frames for ports on the ONT configured for MoCA
TCA alarms
TCA thresholds are applied to 15-min interval-based counters. An alarm is raised if
the number of events occurring within a 15-min period exceeds the specified
threshold. The following alarms are raised:
• ONTL2UNI alarms
• ONTMOCA alarms

TCA provisioning
Performance monitoring counters are provisioned using either a TL1 or an EMS
management session with the P-OLT. TCA is disabled by default. The procedure
required for provisioning TCAs varies, depending on the type of interface or service
you are monitoring.
• To enable TCA for VDSL2, you must first create a VDSL2 TCA profile, which
specifies the threshold values for ES. SES and USA counters. The name and ID
of the profile must then be assigned to a particular VDSL2 interface. Finally,
enable TCA using the TL1 ONTVDSL performance monitoring provisioning
commands or set the appropriate fields in the EMS.
• To enable TCA for all other counters, you do not need to create a profile. You
only need to set the threshold value using TL1 or an EMS. After the threshold is
set, enable TCA using the appropriate TL1 performance monitoring provisioning
commands or set the appropriate fields in the EMS.
For configuration information, see the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and
Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and CLI manual.
Status reporting
Status reports are available for the following:
• 802.1 end-user authentication
• 802.1 operator authentication
• iBridges
• ONT Ethernet ports
• ONT MoCA ports
• ONT optical link status levels
• ONT VDSL2 channels and ports
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using
TL1 and CLI document for statistical parameters that are displayed in status reports.

Diagnostic data capturing

In addition to status reports, the operator can issue a request to the ONT to store
diagnostic data in nonvolatile memory, which the ONT can make available to a
diagnosis technician in a remote centre for repair purposes. In addition to issuing a
request, the LP MDU ONTs support the sending of diagnostic data to nonvolatile
memory by use of a Save Data push button on the faceplate of the ONT. Diagnostic
data includes:
• OMCI service interface provisioning data
• UPS alarm status
• Content of relevant hardware registers
• Amount of allocated and free RAM at time of receipt of request
• Processor stack at time of receipt of request
• CPU utilization at time of receipt of request
• SLID information
• Quantity of traffic flowing through the ONT at time of receipt of request
• State of the software load images

ONT unit data sheets
12 — Index of ONT unit data sheets
13 — B-8102-A and B-8112-A unit data sheet
14 — I-020E-B and I-020E-H unit data sheet
15 — I-020G-F unit data sheet
16 — I-020G-G unit data sheet
17 — I-040G-A unit data sheet
18 — I-211M-D unit data sheet
19 — I-211M-E unit data sheet
20 — I-211M-G unit data sheet
21 — I-221E-A and I-220E-A unit data sheet
22 — I-241G-A and I-240G-A unit data sheet
23 — M-300-A and S-840V-A unit data sheet
24 — O-210E-B and O-211E-B unit data sheet
25 — O-211M-C, O-211M-E, and O-211M-G unit data sheet
26 — O-211M-R unit data sheet

28 — O-820G-D and O-821G-D unit data sheet
29 — O-821M-E unit data sheet
30 — O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A unit data sheet
31 — O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A unit data sheet
32 — O-00240V-A unit data sheet

12.1 Overview 12-2
12.2 Unit data sheet overview 12-2

12.1 Overview
Table 12-1 lists the sections in this chapter that provide overview information about
ONT unit data sheets.
Table 12-1 Overview of unit data sheets for the 7342 ISAM FTTU
Description Section
Unit data sheet overview 12.2
12.2 Unit data sheet overview
Unit data sheets provide detailed information about ONTs produced by

Alcatel-Lucent for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The unit data sheets supplement
information provided elsewhere in the documentation.
Unit data sheets typically provide the following types of information:
• Identification
The identification section provides ordering information and a brief unit
description of the ONT.
• General description
The general description section provides information on applicable services and
functions supported by the ONT.
• Hardware and software features
The hardware and software features section provides links to all applicable
information about the ONT as described in the general system description volume
of the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Product Information Manual.
• Special considerations
The special considerations section provides additional information about an ONT
that only applies to the ONT described in the UDS.

13 — B-8102-A and B-8112-A unit data
sheet
13.1 Identification 13-2
13.2 General description 13-2
13.3 Hardware and software features 13-2
13.4 Special considerations 13-4

13.1 Identification
Table 13-1 provides identification information about the business ONTs.
Table 13-1 Identification of business ONT
Part number Mnemonic (1) Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

code
3FE 50774 AA B-8112-A Business ONT unit with externally hardened BVM4U00DRA 210082 452883
3FE 50774 AE enclosure providing the following ports: 1
GPON, 8 POTS, 1 Ethernet, 1 RF, and 2
DS1/E1.
3FE 50774 AB B-8102-A Business ONT unit with externally hardened BVM4V00DRA 210083 452884
3FE 50774 AF enclosure providing the following ports: 1
GPON, 8 POTS, 1 Ethernet, and 2 DS1/E1.
Note
(1) See the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Planning and Ordering guide for product identification information.
13.2 General description
The business ONT provides the subscriber interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The
ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user interfaces that directly
connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with all existing subscriber
equipment, including analog phones with both tone and rotary dial capabilities,
cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and
Type III).
The business ONT provides the following functions:
layers
interface
• CES encapsulation of DS1/E1 using the MEF-8 packetization format for
transport across the layer 2 Ethernet PON
13.3 Hardware and software features
Table 13-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the B-8112-A and the
B-8102-A.

Table 13-2 ONT hardware features (B-8102-A and B-8112-A)
Features Chapter Reference
Functional description ONT overview Business ONT
Functional blocks SoC based ONT functional blocks System on a Chip (SoC) technology
SoC functional blocks
SoC ONTs with RF video subsystem
SoC ONTs with eight POTS ports
SoC ONTs with CES DS1/E1 interfaces
Connections ONT equipment layout Connections

Business and SOHO ONT connections and
components
Service interface ONT technical specifications Ethernet interface specifications

specifications POTS interface specifications
DS1/E1 interface specifications
RF video interface specifications
• Coaxial connectivity in the home and design
guidelines
• Configuration recommendations
• 18 dBmV RF video receivers
Physical description ONT technical specifications Business and SOHO ONTs

(height, width, depth,
weight)
Physical security features ONT software and security features Physical ONT security
LEDs ONT LEDs Business ONT LEDs
Data flow characteristics ONT overview Business ONT
GPON wavelength ONT overview Business ONT

Optical budget ONT technical specifications ONT optical budget
Power consumption ONT technical specifications Power consumption
Location and installation ONT equipment layout Location options

options
Temperature and humidity ONT technical specifications Environmental requirements
range
Fiber storage ONT equipment layout 3EM 20293 AA compartment

compartment
ONT activation methods ONT software and security features ONT activation methods
SLID entry via craft ONT software and security features SLID entry via craft terminal
interface
SLID entry via POTS ONT software and security features SLID entry via first POTS port
interface
SLID entry via Ethernet ONT software and security features SLID entry via Ethernet port
interface
Supported UPS UPS unit data sheets PowerShield CP50B48 UPS unit data sheet
FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data sheet
Table 13-3 describes software based features for the B-8112-A and the B-8102-A.

Table 13-3 ONT management and security features (B-8102-A and B-8112-A)
ONT NTP server authentication support ONT software and security features NTP server authentication
802.1X support for Ethernet ports ONT software and security features 802.1x authentication
AES support ONT software and security features AES
FEC support ONT software and security features FEC
Fragmentation (GEM SAR DMA) support ONT software and security features Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence support ONT software and security features Rogue ONT defence
MAC and IP anti-spoofing support ONT software and security features Anti-spoofing mechanism
Supported statistics, TCAs, and ONT statistics and performance Supported ONT counters
performance monitors monitoring
Retrievable ONT repair and return — —

information in FLASH memory via push
button or EMS
13.4 Special considerations
None.

14.3 ONT hardware and software features 14-2

14.1 Identification
Table 14-1 provides identification information about the indoor ONTs.
Table 14-1 Identification of the indoor ONT

code
3FE 28683 AB I-020E-B GPON I-series ONT, version B, asymmetric, — — —

2 Ethernet, 28 dB variant (available in the
ETSI market)
3FE 28683 AC I-020E-H GPON I-series ONT, version H, asymmetric, — — —

ETSI market)
3FE 28683 AD I-020E-H GPON I-series ONT, version H, asymmetric, — — —

ETSI market) with a later version of the SoC.
1AF 01226 AK — The AC/DC power converter converts 120 V — — —
ac to 12 V dc and installs inside the
customer residence. An Alcatel-Lucent
approved power cable is required.
1AB 07676 — Cable, AS 3112 plug to IEC 60320 C13 — — —

0009 (1) connector, 3-conductor, 10 A, 250 V ac,
1.78 m, black (Australia/China)
Note
(1) See the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Planning and Ordering guide for product identification information, including additional
AC/DC power converter cabling information.
The indoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The
equipment.
The indoor ONT provides the following functions:
14.3 ONT hardware and software features
Table 14-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-020E-B and the
I-020E-H.

Table 14-2 ONT hardware features (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)
Functional description ONT overview Business ONT
Functional blocks (1) SoC based ONT functional blocks System on a Chip (SoC) technology

I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G
connections and components
specifications
Physical description ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and
(height, width, depth, I-020E-H)
weight)
LEDs ONT LEDs Indoor (I-series) ONT LEDs
Data flow characteristics ONT overview Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength ONT overview Indoor ONT
Power consumption ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)

options

range
Fiber storage — —
compartment
SLID entry via craft — —

interface
SLID entry via POTS — —

interface
interface
Supported UPS I-020E-B and I-020E-H unit data sheet 12 v AC/DC power converter and cable, as listed in
Table 14-1 or in the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Planning
and Ordering Guide.
Note
(1) The POTS DSP is not used for these ONTs.
Table 14-3 describes software based features for the I-020E-B and the I-020E-H.

Table 14-3 ONT management and security features (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)
AES support (1) ONT software and security features AES

button or EMS
Note
(1) The I-020E-B does not support AES.
None.


15.1 Identification
Table 15-1 Identification of indoor ONT

code
3FE 29528 AA I-020G-F GPON I-series ONT, version F, asymmetric, 2 — — —

Ethernet 10/100/1000 BaseT, 28 dB variant
(available in the ETSI market)


Note
FCC and UL compliant ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user
interfaces that directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with
all existing subscriber equipment.
Table 15-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-020G-F.

Table 15-2 ONT hardware features (I-020G-F)
Functional description ONT overview Indoor ONT

specifications
weight)
Power consumption ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-020G-F and I-020G-G)

options

range
compartment

interface

interface
interface
Supported UPS I-020G-F unit data sheet 12 v AC/DC power converter and cable, as listed in
and Ordering Guide.
Note
Table 15-3 describes software based features for the I-020G-F.

Table 15-3 ONT management and security features (I-020G-F)

button or EMS
None


16.1 Identification
Table 16-1 Identification of indoor ONT

code
3FE 60723 AA I-020G-G GPON I-series ONT, version G, asymmetric, — — —

2 Ethernet 10/100/1000 BaseT, supporting
power over Ethernet (PoE) on the first
Ethernet port, 28 dB variant (available in
the ETSI market)


Note
FCC and UL compliant ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user
all existing subscriber equipment.
Table 16-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-020G-G.

Table 16-2 ONT hardware features (I-020G-G)

specifications
weight)
Power consumption ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-020G-F and I-020G-G)

options

range
compartment

interface

interface
interface
Supported UPS I-020G-G unit data sheet 12 v AC/DC power converter and cable, as listed in
and Ordering Guide.
Note
Table 16-3 describes software based features for the I-020G-G.

Table 16-3 ONT management and security features (I-020G-G)

button or EMS
None


17.1 Identification
Table 17-1 provides identification information about the I-040G-A indoor ONT.
Table 17-1 Identification of the I-040G-A indoor ONT
Part number Mnemonic Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

code
3FE61515AA I-040G-A I-040G-A GPON I-series ONT, 4 Ethernet — — —

10/100/1000Base-T
Type III).
• FSAN GPON standards compliant
• Network management support
• network demarcation for all services in an open business model
layers
Table 17-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-040G-A indoor ONT.
Table 17-2 Hardware features
SoC ONTs with four 10/100/1000Base-T
Ethernet ports
(1 of 2)


I-040G-A connections and components
Service interface specifications ONT technical specifications Ethernet interface specifications
Physical description (height, ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-040G-A)

width, depth, weight)
Power consumption ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-040G-A)

options
Temperature and humidity ONT technical specifications Temperature and humidity range
range
Fiber storage compartment — —
SLID entry via craft interface — —
SLID entry via POTS interface ONT software and security features —
interface
Supported UPS — —
(2 of 2)
Table 17-3 describes software based features for the I-040G-A indoor ONT
Table 17-3 ONT management and security features


button or EMS

In order to provide four GE ports on the I-040G-A indoor ONT, an Ethernet switch
has been added between the SoC and the Ethernet ports; See Figure 17-1. The
Ethernet switch provides the following features:
• IGMP packet replication for multicast channels
• internal VLAN tagging to direct traffic to appropriate ports and priority queues
Figure 17-1 Ethernet switch
Power
Converter
POTS RJ-11
GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet
switch RJ-45
Video amplifier F
19394

IGMP packet replication allows the I-040G-A indoor ONT to support IPTV on all
four Ethernet channels at the same time. Internal VLAN tagging allows traffic to be
routed and prioritized between the two Ethernet MACs on the SoC and the Ethernet
switch and the appropriate subscriber RJ-45 ports.
The new Ethernet switch functional block and the additional Ethernet switch features
have modified certain VLAN tagging and priority queuing behaviors. The following
sections describe these modifications.
Note 1 — Due to certain Ethernet switch restrictions, the I-040G-A
indoor ONT provides up to 4 IP, 4 MAC, or 2 pairs of MAC/IP based
anti-spoofing (static only). MAC, IP, and MAC/IP anti-spoofing only
works on both IPoE packets.
Note 2 — Congestion may occur if Ethernet ports 1 and 2 or ports 3
and 4 are each set to 1000Base-T and are being used simultaneously.
See the ONT Customer Release Notes for this product for throughput
details.

VLAN tagging behavior

Before traffic can be routed to and from the I-040G-A indoor ONT, the following
conditions must be met:
• A default C-VLAN must be created for each Ethernet port. The VLAN must be
unique for Ethernet port 1 and 2 or 3 and 4 on the ONT. The C-VLAN packet
received at the ONT must be the same as the default C-VLAN or the packet is
dropped.
The default VLAN can be configured using the CVLANDEF parameter of the
ENT-ONTENETTL1 command described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations
and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and CLI. A null value will not be
accepted.
• The CVLAN ID of any HSI service cannot be 0.
• Default P-bits must be configured on each Ethernet port.
This can be configured using the ENT-QOS-MARKPROF command described
in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using
TL1 and CLI.
• DSCP to 1P mapping rules are reduced from 64 to 8 with only the highest 3 bits
of the DSCP area used to determine P-bit value; see Table 17-4.
This can be configured using the ENT-PROFILE-DSCPBITMAP command
described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures
Guide using TL1 and CLI.
Table 17-4 Default DSCP to P-bit mapping
DSCP P-bit (1)
0 to 7 x
8 to 15 x
16 to 23 x
24 to 32 x
33 to 40 x
41 to 47 x
48 to 55 x
56 to 63 x
Note
(1) Where x is a number from 0 to 7.
All VLAN tagging behavior operates as described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product
Information Manual except as indicated in the following sections.
Upstream traffic handling (trusted and untrusted)

Table 17-5 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation from trusted and
untrusted traffic.

Table 17-5 Upstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic source Traffic type Ethernet switch behavior
Untrusted Untagged packets Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.
P-bit tagged packets Default C-VLAN is added to the packets. P-bits are
overwritten.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged Received C-VLAN and P-bits are overwritten.
packets
Trusted Untagged packets Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.If the
packets are IP, the DSCP to P-bits mapping is used. If the
packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used.
P-bit tagged packets Received P-bits are overwritten with default C-VLAN. P-bits
are unchanged.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged Received C-VLAN must match default VLAN or the packet is
packets dropped. P-bits are unchanged.
Downstream traffic handling (strip tag and tag through)

Table 17-6 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for strip tag and tag
through modes.
Table 17-6 Downstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic mode Traffic type Transmitted to ONT port as
Strip tag Untagged packets Untagged packet.

P-bit tagged packets Untagged packet.
C-VLAN tagged packets Untagged packet.
Tag through Untagged packets Untagged packet.
P-bit tagged packets Default C-VLAN is added and the

maximum number of P-bits will be
accepted.
C-VLAN tagged packets Default C-VLAN overwrites the received

C-VLAN and the maximum number of
P-bits will be accepted.
VLAN translation traffic handling

VLAN translation is a feature that allows that ONT to translate a C-VLAN into
another C-VLAN. A network (NW) C-VLAN is used when data is sent over the
GPON network, and a user network interface (UNI) side C-VLAN is used when data
is sent to customer equipment.

When using VLAN translation, the use the following configuration rules:
• Only a single UNI/NW C-VLAN pair is allowed per service.
• Overlapping P-bits can be used for difference services on UNI. However, in
VLAN pass-tru mode, the same P-bits as other services cannot be used on the
UNI. Overlapping P-bits are allowed only for non-default services.
Table 17-7 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation in VLAN
translation mode.
Table 17-7 Upstream VLAN translation mode
Traffic mode Traffic type Ethernet switch behavior
VLAN translation Untagged packets Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.If the
packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used. The C-VLAN
and derived P-bits are now considered the UNI side C-VLAN.
Received UNI C-VLAN and P-bits must match NW C-VLAN
configure P-bits or the packet is dropped.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged Received UNI C-VLAN and P-bits must match NW C-VLAN
packets configure P-bits or the packet is dropped.
Table 17-8 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for VLAN translation.
Table 17-8 DownstreamVLAN translation behavior
Traffic mode Traffic type GPON behavior Ethernet switch behavior
VLAN translation Tagged packets Only accepts VLAN tagged The Ethernet switch converts
traffic that matches the the network VLAN ID to the
network VLAN ID configured user side VLAN ID and
using the ENT-SERVICE-HSI forwards the packet to the
TL1 command. All non appropriate port.
matching VLAN IDs are
dropped.
Only one service is allowed
per VLAN.
Ethertype classification and Ethertype with VLAN translation

Ethertype classification is used to classify traffic in the upstream direction based on
the Ethernet type (IPoE or PPPoE). Ethertype classification operates as normal
except that the received C-VLAN must match the default C-VLAN configured at the
ONT or the packet is dropped.
Ethertype classification may also be used in conjunction with VLAN translation. All
the considerations described in the VLAN translation section apply with the
additional that the received C-VLAN and Ethertype must match the default NW
C-VLAN an Ethertype or the packet is dropped.
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual for more information on
Ethertype classification.



18.1 Identification
Table 18-1 provides identification information about the I-211M-D ONT.
Table 18-1 Identification information about I-211M-D ONT

(1) code
3FE 51307 AA I-211M-D GPON I-series ONT unit, version D, 2 POTS BVM5W00CRA 211340 454724
(customer-spec interfaces, 1 10/100/1000 BASE-T Gigabit
ific logo on Ethernet interface, 1 RF video, and 1 MoCA
door) interface.
The 3FE 51307 AA has an OptiTap connector
3FE 51307 BA while the 3FE 51307 BA variant has a — — —
(without SC/APC connector. The 3FE 51307 CA
customer-speci variant is installed mounted in wall.
fic logo on The 3FE 51307 BA comes equipped with a
door) fiber strength member clamp.
3FE 51307 CA — — —
(customer-spec
ific logo on
door)
UPS (included — The Delta 38 W, 12 V dc OPSU/BBU is a — — —

with the ONTs power supply equipped with a backup
listed above battery. The OPSU/BBU is located at a
and not subscriber location and converts ac input
orderable (90 to 135 V ac, 47 to 63Hz) to a dc output
separately) (47.5 to 52 V dc). The backup battery
provides up to 8 hours of temporary power
in the event of power loss.
The 3FE 51307 AA comes equipped with an
extra amount of OPSU to BBU cable for
remote OPSU installations while the 3FE
51307 BA does not.
PX12072 — Batteries supplied by GS Yuasa International — — —
PXL12072 Ltd. approved for use with the I-211M-D
ONT.
PWL12V7
Note
Type III).
The I-211M-D ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as determined
by the Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA).


layers
interface
Table 18-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-211M-D ONT.
Table 18-2 Hardware features (I-211M-D)

SoC ONTs with MoCA subsystem

I-211M-D connections and components

POTS interface specifications
• Coaxial connectivity in the home
and design guidelines
Physical description (height, width, ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-211M-D)
depth, weight)

Location and installation options ONT equipment layout Location options
Temperature and humidity range ONT technical specifications Temperature and humidity range
(1 of 2)

SLID entry via craft interface ONT software and security features SLID entry via craft terminal
SLID entry via POTS interface ONT software and security features SLID entry via first POTS port
SLID entry via Ethernet interface — —
(2 of 2)
Table 18-3 describes software based features for the I-211M-D ONT.
Table 18-3 ONT management and security features (I-211M-D)

button or EMS
None.


19.1 Identification
Table 19-1 Identification of indoor ONTs

code
3FE 51296 AA I-211M-E GPON I-series ONT unit, version E, 2 BVM5N00CRA 211040 454318
POTS, 1 Ethernet interface, 1 RF video,
and MoCA interface
3EM 22496 AA — See Delta OPSU/BBU unit data sheet BVM6C10FRA N70988 456475
(This variant
provides a
customer
specific logo.)
3EM 22495 AA — BVM6D10FRA N70988 456479

(This variant
provides no
logo.)
Note
Type III).
The I-211M-E ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as determined
layers
interface

Table 19-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-211M-E ONT.

I-211M-E connections and components

guidelines
Physical description ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-211M-E)
weight)


options
range
compartment

interface

interface
SLID entry via Ethernet — —

interface
Table 19-3 describes software based features for the I-211M-E ONT.


button or EMS
None.


20.1 Identification
Table 20-1 provides identification information about the I-211M-G ONT.

(1) code
3FE 51307 AB I-211M-G GPON I-series ONT unit, version G, 2 POTS BVM5200CRA 211742 456782
(customer-spec interfaces, 1 10/100/1000 BASE-T Gigabit
ific logo on Ethernet interface, 1 RF video, and 1 MoCA
door) interface.
The 3FE 51307 BB comes equipped with a
3FE 51307 BB fiber strength member clamp. N/A N/A N/A
(without This part number provides an installation kit
customer-speci that includes an skirt, 20 feet (6.1 m)
fic logo on cabling, and fiber slack storage tray,
door) suitable for an ‘on wall’ installation.
All variants use a later release of MoCA.
3EM 22705 AA ‘in wall’ Installation kit required for the I-211M-G N/A N/A N/A
installation ONT to be mounted inside a cabinet, which
kit can then be mounted between the studs in
a SFU, also known as an ‘in wall’
installation.
This installation kit provides an OptiTap to
SC adaptor connector and push rivets for
installation inside a Suttle cabinet.
UPS (included — The Delta 38 W, 12 V dc OPSU/BBU, see N/A N/A N/A

with the ONTs the Delta OPSU/BBU unit data sheet.
listed above
and not
orderable
separately)
PX12072 — Batteries supplied by GS Yuasa International N/A N/A N/A

PXL12072 Ltd. approved for use with the I-211M-D
ONT.
PWL12V7
Note
Type III).
The I-211M-G ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as determined


layers
interface
Table 20-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-211M-G ONT.


I-211M-G connections and
components
Physical description (height, width, ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-211M-G)
depth, weight)

(1 of 2)

Supported UPS Delta OPSU/BBU unit data sheet Delta OPSU/BBU unit data sheet
(2 of 2)
Table 20-3 describes software based features for the I-211M-G ONT.

button or EMS
None.


21.1 Identification

code
3FE 50754 AA I-221E-A GPON I-series ONT, version A, asymmetric, BVM3L00CRA 209112 449280
2 POTS, 2 Ethernet, and 1 RF video
3FE 50754 AD BVM4P10DRA 210858 453967
3FE 50754 AB I-220E-A GPON I-series ONT, version A, asymmetric, BVM3M00CRA 209113 449281
2 POTS, 2 Ethernet
3FE 50754 AE BVM4R10DRA 210860 453971


Note
Type III).
layers
interface

Table 21-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-220E-A and the
I-221E-A.

I-221E-A and I-220E-A connections and components

guidelines
Physical description ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-221E-A and I-220E-A)
weight)
Power consumption ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-220E-A and I-221E-A)
options
range
compartment

interface
interface
interface
Supported UPS I-221E-A and I-220E-A unit data sheet 12 v AC/DC power converter and cable, as listed in
and Ordering Guide.

Table 21-3 describes software based features for the I-220E-A and the I-221E-A.
button or EMS
Note
(1) The 3FE 50754 AA and 3FE 50754 AB do not support AES.
None.

22 — I-241G-A and I-240G-A unit data
sheet

22.1 Identification
Table 22-1 provides identification information about the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A
indoor ONTs.

code
3FE 60344 AA I-241G-A I-241G-AGPON I-series ONT, version A, — — —

asymmetric, 2 POTS, 4 Ethernet
10/100/1000Base-T, and 1 RF video
3FE 60344 AB I-240G-A 3FE 60397 AAI-240G-AGPON I-series ONT, — — —

version A, asymmetric, 2 POTS, and 4
Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T


0009 connector, 3-conductor, 10 A, 250 V ac,
Type III).
• FSAN GPON standards compliant
• Network management support
• IP video with multistage IGMPv3 or IGMPv2 for channel change
• network demarcation for all services in an open business model
layers
interface

Table 22-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-241G-A and the
I-240G-A.
SoC ONTs with four 10/100/1000Base-T
Ethernet ports
I-241G-A and I-240G-A connections and
components

• Coaxial connectivity in the home and
design guidelines
Physical description (height, ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-241G-A and I-240G-A)
width, depth, weight)

Power consumption ONT technical specifications Indoor ONT (I-240G-A and I-241G-A)

options
range

SLID entry via craft interface — —
interface
Supported UPS I-241G-A and I-240G-A unit data sheet 12 v AC/DC power converter and cable, as
listed in Table 22-1 or in the 7342 ISAM FTTU
ONT Planning and Ordering Guide.

Table 22-3 describes software based features for the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A

button or EMS
In order to provide four GE ports on the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A, an Ethernet
switch has been added between the SoC and the Ethernet ports; See Figure 22-1. The
Ethernet switch provides the following features:
• IGMP packet replication for multicast channels
• internal VLAN tagging to direct traffic to appropriate ports and priority queues
Figure 22-1 Ethernet switch
Power
Converter
POTS RJ-11
GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet
switch RJ-45
Video amplifier F
19394


IGMP packet replication allows the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A to support IPTV on
all four Ethernet channels at the same time. Internal VLAN tagging allows traffic to
be routed and prioritized between the two Ethernet MACs on the SoC and the
Ethernet switch and the appropriate subscriber RJ-45 ports.
Downstream multicast traffic received on a user side C-VLAN tagged port will use
VLAN ID 4094 and have a P-bit value of 6.
The new Ethernet switch functional block and the additional Ethernet switch features
have modified certain VLAN tagging and priority queuing behaviors. The following
sections describe these modifications.
Note 1 — Due to certain Ethernet switch restrictions, the I-241G-A
and the I-240G-A provides up to 4 IP, 4 MAC, or 2 pairs of MAC/IP
based anti-spoofing (static only). MAC, IP, and MAC/IP
anti-spoofing only works on both IPoE packets.
Note 2 — Congestion may occur if Ethernet ports 1 and 2 or ports 3
and 4 are each set to 1000Base-T and are being used simultaneously.
See the ONT Customer Release Notes for this product for throughput
details.
VLAN tagging behavior

Before traffic can be routed to and from the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A, the
following conditions must be met:
• A default C-VLAN must be created for each Ethernet port. The VLAN must be
unique for Ethernet port 1 and 2 or 3 and 4 on the ONT. The C-VLAN packet
received at the ONT must be the same as the default C-VLAN or the packet is
dropped.
The default VLAN can be configured using the CVLANDEF parameter of the
ENT-ONTENETTL1 command described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations
and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and CLI. A null value will not be
accepted.
• The CVLAN ID of any HSI service cannot be 0.
• Default P-bits must be configured on each Ethernet port.
This can be configured using the ENT-QOS-MARKPROF command described
in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using
TL1 and CLI.
• DSCP to 1P mapping rules are reduced from 64 to 8 with only the highest 3 bits
of the DSCP area used to determine P-bit value; see Table 22-4.
This can be configured using the ENT-PROFILE-DSCPBITMAP command
described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures
Guide using TL1 and CLI.

Table 22-4 Default DSCP to P-bit mapping
DSCP P-bit (1)
0 to 7 x
8 to 15 x
16 to 23 x
24 to 32 x
33 to 40 x
41 to 47 x
48 to 55 x
56 to 63 x
Note
(1) Where x is a number from 0 to 7.
All VLAN tagging behavior operates as described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product
Information Manual except as indicated in the following sections.
Upstream traffic handling (trusted and untrusted)

Table 22-5 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation from trusted and
untrusted traffic.
Table 22-5 Upstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic source Traffic type Ethernet switch behavior
Untrusted Untagged packets Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.
P-bit tagged packets Default C-VLAN is added to the packets. P-bits are
overwritten.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged Received C-VLAN and P-bits are overwritten.
packets
Trusted Untagged packets Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.If the
packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used.
P-bit tagged packets Received P-bits are overwritten with default C-VLAN. P-bits
are unchanged.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged Received C-VLAN must match default VLAN or the packet is
packets dropped. P-bits are unchanged.
Downstream traffic handling (strip tag and tag through)

Table 22-6 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for strip tag and tag
through modes.

Table 22-6 Downstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic mode Traffic type Transmitted to ONT port as
Strip tag Untagged packets Untagged packet.
P-bit tagged packets Untagged packet.
C-VLAN tagged packets Untagged packet.
Tag through Untagged packets Untagged packet.
P-bit tagged packets Default C-VLAN is added and the

maximum number of P-bits will be
accepted.
C-VLAN tagged packets Default C-VLAN overwrites the received

C-VLAN and the maximum number of
P-bits will be accepted.
VLAN translation traffic handling

VLAN translation is a feature that allows that ONT to translate a C-VLAN into
another C-VLAN. A network (NW) C-VLAN is used when data is sent over the
GPON network, and a user network interface (UNI) side C-VLAN is used when data
is sent to customer equipment.
When using VLAN translation, the use the following configuration rules:
• Only a single UNI/NW C-VLAN pair is allowed per service.
• Overlapping P-bits can be used for difference services on UNI. However, in
VLAN pass-tru mode, the same P-bits as other services cannot be used on the
UNI. Overlapping P-bits are allowed only for non-default services.
Table 22-7 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation in VLAN
translation mode.
Table 22-7 Upstream VLAN translation mode
Traffic mode Traffic type Ethernet switch behavior
VLAN translation Untagged packets Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.If the
packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used. The C-VLAN
and derived P-bits are now considered the UNI side C-VLAN.
Received UNI C-VLAN and P-bits must match NW C-VLAN
configure P-bits or the packet is dropped.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged Received UNI C-VLAN and P-bits must match NW C-VLAN
packets configure P-bits or the packet is dropped.
Table 22-8 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for VLAN translation.

Table 22-8 DownstreamVLAN translation behavior
Traffic mode Traffic type GPON behavior Ethernet switch behavior
VLAN translation Tagged packets Only accepts VLAN tagged The Ethernet switch converts
traffic that matches the the network VLAN ID to the
network VLAN ID configured user side VLAN ID and
using the ENT-SERVICE-HSI forwards the packet to the
TL1 command. All non appropriate port.
matching VLAN IDs are
dropped.
Only one service is allowed
per VLAN.
Ethertype classification and Ethertype with VLAN translation

Ethertype classification is used to classify traffic in the upstream direction based on
the Ethernet type (IPoE or PPPoE). Ethertype classification operates as normal
except that the received C-VLAN must match the default C-VLAN configured at the
ONT or the packet is dropped.
Ethertype classification may also be used in conjunction with VLAN translation. All
the considerations described in the VLAN translation section apply with the
additional that the received C-VLAN and Ethertype must match the default NW
C-VLAN an Ethertype or the packet is dropped.
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual for more information on
Ethertype classification.

23 — M-300-A and S-840V-A unit data
sheet

23.1 Identification
Table 23-1 provides identification information about the modular ONTs.
Table 23-1 Identification of modular ONTs

(1) code
3FE 50533 AA M-300-A GPON M-series ONT unit, version AA, up to BVM2W10DRA 208814 448715
24 POTS, up to 12 VDSL2 ports, up to 3
S-840V-As, standard SC connector type.
3FE 50533 AB M-300-A GPON M-series ONT unit, version AB, up to BVM2X10DRA 208815 448716
24 POTS, up to 12 VDSL2 ports, up to 3
S-840V-As, OptiTap connector type.
3FE 50537 AA S-840V-A Service plug-in unit BVL2MR0BAA 070AZF 138487
Note
Note — Currently the M-300-A and the S-840V-A are only

supported in the ANSI market and DELT is not supported on the
M-300-A ONT.
The modular ONT provides the subscriber interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The
connect to subscriber devices. The modular ONT is compatible with all existing
subscriber equipment, including analog phones with both tone and rotary dial
capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I,
Type II, and Type III).
The modular ONT provides the following functions:
• voice interworking function from the POTS lines to the VoIP/Ethernet layers
• interworking functions between the VDSL2 layer and Ethernet layer
Table 23-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the M-300-A and the
S-840V-A.

Functional description ONT overview Modular ONT and service plug-in units
Functional blocks LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT Modular ONT and plug-in unit functional blocks

Modular ONT and plug-in unit connections and
components
Service interface ONT technical specifications POTS interface specifications
specifications VDSL2 interface specifications
Physical description ONT technical specifications Modular ONTs

weight)
LEDs ONT LEDs Modular ONT and service unit LEDs
Data flow characteristics ONT overview Modular ONT and service plug-in units
GPON wavelength ONT overview Modular ONT and service plug-in units
Power consumption ONT technical specifications Modular ONT and plug in unit

options
range
compartment
interface
interface

interface
Supported UPS UPS unit data sheets APC 150 W 48 V dc UPS unit data sheet
Table 23-3 describes software based features for the M-300-A and the S-840V-A
(1 of 2)


button or EMS
(2 of 2)
None.

24 — O-210E-B and O-211E-B unit data
sheet
24.3 ONT hardware and software feature 24-3

24.1 Identification
Table 24-1 provides identification information about the outdoor ONTs.
Table 24-1 Identification of outdoor ONTs

code
3FE 50683 AF O-210E-B GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 2 POTS, BVM3J00CRA 209106 449273
3FE 50683 AP 1 Ethernet interface for both data and IP BVM4510DRA 210867 453984
video, craft interface, and SC/APC
interface
3FE 50683 AB O-210E-B GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 2 POTS, BVM3E00CRA 209102 449269
3FE 50683 AK 1 Ethernet interface for both data and IP BVM4110DRA 210862 453979
video, and SC/APC interface. The AU
3FE 50683 AU variant has optics that support RSSI. — — —
3FE 50683 AH O-210E-B GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 2 POTS, — — —

3FE 50683 AS 1 Ethernet interface for both data and IP BVM4710DRA 210869 453986
video, craft interface, and OptiTap
interface
3FE 50683 AC O-211E-B GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 2 POTS, BVM3F00CRA 209103 449270
3FE 50683 AL 1 Ethernet interface for both data and IP BVM4210DRA 210864 453981
video, RF video, EPC jumper for +12V PoE,
craft interfaces, and SC/APC interface
3FE 50683 AG O-211E-B GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 2 POTS, BVM3K00CRA 209107 449274
3FE 50683 AR 1 Ethernet interface for both data and IP BVM4610DRA 210868 453985
video, RF video, EPC jumper for +12V PoE,
craft interface, and OptiTap interface
Note
The outdoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The
Type III).
The outdoor ONT provides the following functions:
layers
interface

24.3 ONT hardware and software feature
Table 24-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-210E-B and the
O-211E-B.
Table 24-2 ONT hardware features
Functional description ONT overview Outdoor ONT

Outdoor ONT connections and components

SWRD interface specifications
guidelines
Physical description ONT technical specifications Outdoor ONT

weight)
LEDs ONT LEDs Outdoor ONT LEDs
Data flow characteristics ONT overview Outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength ONT overview Outdoor ONT


options

range
Fiber storage ONT equipment layout 3EM 17661 AB compartment

compartment 3EM 17661 AC compartment
interface
interface
(1 of 2)


interface
APC UPS cable assembly with beeper unit data
sheet
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS unit data sheet
(2 of 2)
Table 24-3 describes software based features for the O-210E-B and the O-211E-B.

button or EMS
Note
(1) The following outdoor ONTs do not support AES: 3FE 50683 AF, 3FE 50683 AH, 3FE 50683 AC, and 3FE 50683 AG.
None.

25 — O-211M-C, O-211M-E, and O-211M-G
unit data sheet

25.1 Identification
Table 25-1 Identification of outdoor ONT

code
3FE 50762 BA O-211M-C GPON O-series ONT unit, version C, 2 POTS, — — —

1 Ethernet interface, 1 RF video and MoCA
interface, and SC/APC interface
3FE 50762 AC O-211M-E GPON O-series ONT unit, version E, 2 POTS, BVM4S00DRA 210013 452789
1 10/100/1000 BASE-T Ethernet interface, 1
RF video and MoCA interface, and OptiTap
interface
3FE 50762 BB O-211M-E GPON O-series ONT unit, version E, 2 POTS, — — —

1 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet interface, 1
RF video and MoCA interface, SC/APC
interface, no vendor-specific logo
3FE 50762 AE O-211M-G GPON O-series ONT unit, version G, 2 POTS, BVM6L10FRA N70AAR 456705
RF video and later release MoCA interface,
OptiTap interface, vendor-specific logo
3FE 50762 BE O-211M-G GPON O-series ONT unit, version G, 2 POTS, — — —
RF video and later release MoCA interface,
SC/APC interface, no vendor-specific logo
Note
Type III).
The O-211M-C, O-211M-E, and O-211M-G ONTs meet or exceed the specifications
of MoCA 1.0 as determined by the Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA).


layers
interface
Table 25-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-211M-C, O-211M-E,
and O-211M-G ONTs.



guidelines

weight)

options
(1 of 2)


range

3EM 20293 AA compartment (only compartment
used by the O-211M-E and O-211M-G)
interface
interface

interface
Supported UPS UPS unit data sheets CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS unit data sheet
CyberPower CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU unit data
sheet (O-211M-G ONT only)
(2 of 2)
Table 25-3 describes software based features for the O-211M-C, O-211M-E, and the
O-211M-G.

button or EMS
None.


26.1 Identification
Table 26-1 provides identification information about the O-211M-R outdoor ONTs.
Table 26-1 Identification of outdoor ONT

code
3FE 51886 AA O-211M-R GPON O-series ONT unit, version R, 2 POTS, — — —

1 Gigabit Ethernet interface, 1 RF video and
MoCA interface, and SC/APC interface
Note
Type III).
The O-211M-R ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as
determined by the Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA).
layers
interface
Table 26-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-211M-R outdoor
ONT.



guidelines

weight)


options
range

SLID entry via craft ONT software and security features —

interface
interface

interface
Table 26-3 describes software based features for the O-211M-R outdoor ONT.


button or EMS
None.

27 — O-420E-B and O-421E-B unit data
sheet

27.1 Identification
Table 27-1 Identification of outdoor ONTs

code
3FE 50683 AA O-421E-B GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 4 POTS, BVM3D00CRA 209101 449268
3FE 50683 AJ 2 Ethernet interfaces for both data and IP BVM4T10DRA 210861 453976
video, EPC jumper for +12V EPC, RF video,
craft interfaces, and SC/APC interface
3FE 50683 AE GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 4 POTS, BVM3H00CRA 209105 449272
2 Ethernet interfaces for both data and IP BVM4410DRA 210866 453983
video supporting PLL, EPC jumper for +12V
EPC, RF video, craft interfaces, and SC/APC
interface
3EM 23162 AA — Gemtek dongle for use with the O-421E-B — — —

ONT. This device uses HPNA 3.1 technology
to provide a RF return path and contains 2
RF coax ports and 2 10/100BASE-T Ethernet
RJ-45 output ports. Power is supplied by a
12 V dc 500 mA cable connected to the first
Ethernet RJ-45 port.
3EM 23161 AA — Power injector is an optional device for use — — —

with the O-421E-B and Gemtek dongle.
Contains 1 Ethernet Power Connection
(EPC)/Data port and 1 10/100BASE-T
Ethernet RJ-45 output port. The power
injector connects to the first Ethernet RJ-45
port and is used only if power to the ONT is
not supplied by the 12 V dc 500 mA cable.
3FE 50683 AD O-420E-B GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 4 POTS, BVM3G00CRA 209104 449271
3FE 50683 AM 2 Ethernet interfaces for both data and IP BVM4310DRA 210865 453982
video, craft interface, and SC/APC
interface
3FE 50683 AT GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 4 POTS, — — —

2 Ethernet interfaces for both data and IP
video, craft interface, and OptiTap
interface
Note
Type III).


layers
interface
Table 27-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-420E-B and the
O-421E-B.


SWRD interface specifications
guidelines

weight)


options
(1 of 2)


range

interface
interface

interface
APC UPS cable assembly with beeper unit data
sheet
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS unit data sheet
(2 of 2)
Table 27-3 describes software based features for the O-420E-B and the O-421E-B.


button or EMS
Note
(1) The following outdoor ONTs do not support AES: 3FE 50683 AA and 3FE 50683 AD.

The VLANs between the ONT and the dongle are fixed:
• VLAN ID 35 carries the IP multicast stream from the ONT to the subscriber.
• VLAN ID 38 carries the RF return path from the subscriber to the ONT.
To ensure the proper mapping of the VLANs from the subscriber-side to the
network-side, the following configurations are required:
• Two HSI services are needed: one to carry the IP multicast stream from the PON
to the subscriber, and the other to carry the RF return path from the subscriber to
the IPTV service provider.
• The ONT UNI ports that support the HSI services must be configured for VLAN
translation mode in the QoS marker profile.
• The HSI services must be properly configured so that:
• VLAN ID 35 maps to the IPTV C-VLAN on the PON
• VLAN ID 38 maps to the RF return path (AMR) C-VLAN on the PON
• The AMR PON C-VLAN must be configured in pass-through mode.
Figure 27-1 illustrates the mapping of dongle VLANs in the upstream direction.
Figure 27-1 Mapping of dongle VLANs
ONT
OLT
HSI VLAN = 101
IPTV iB IPTV CVLAN HPNA
1 Ethernet PON Translator 100 BT 100 BT Dongle
AMR iB AMR CVLAN
2 AMR VLAN = 4038
1 IPTV SVLAN = MC VLAN

2 AMR SVLAN = NW CVLAN
19828


28 — O-820G-D and O-821G-D unit data
sheet

28.1 Identification
Table 28-1 provides identification information about the SOHO outdoor ONTs.
Table 28-1 Identification of SOHO outdoor ONTs

code
3FE 50774 AC O-820G-D GPON O-series small office home office BVM4W00DRA 210084 452885
(SOHO) ONT with 8 POTS, 2
3FE 50774 AG 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet, and one BVM5J00CRA 211014 454266
GPON OptiTap interface and PLL.
3FE 50774 AD O-821G-D GPON O-series small office home office BVM4X00DRA 210085 452886
3FE 50774 AH 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet, 1 RF video, BVM5K00CRA 211015 454269
and one GPON OptiTap interface and PLL.
3FE 50774 AJ BVM5L00CRA 211016 454270
The AJ variant uses an SC/APC connector.
Note
The SOHO outdoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the
7342 ISAM FTTU. The ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user
all existing subscriber equipment, including analog phones with both tone and rotary
dial capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type
I, Type II, and Type III).
The SOHO outdoor ONT provides the following functions:
layers
interface
Table 28-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-820G-D and the
O-821G-D.


components
guidelines

weight)


options
range

compartment
interface
interface

interface
FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data sheet
Table 28-3 describes software based features for the O-811G-D and the O-810G-D.


button or EMS
Note
(1) The following SOHO ONTs do not support AES: 3FE 50744 AC and 3FE 50744 AG.
None.


29.1 Identification
Table 29-1 provides identification information about the SOHO outdoor ONTs.
Table 29-1 Identification of SOHO outdoor ONT

code
3FE 51369 AA O-821M-E GPON O-series small office home office BVM5R00CRA 211158 454493
3FE 51369 AC 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet, 1 RF video — — —
and MoCA interface, one GPON OptiTap
3FE 51369 AD interface and PLL. — — —
The AA and AC variants have a

customer-specific logo on the cover. The AD
variant does not have a specific logo.
The AC and AD variants use and support a
later release of MoCA functionality.
Note
The SOHO outdoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the
7342 ISAM FTTU. The ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user
all existing subscriber equipment, including analog phones with both tone and rotary
dial capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type
I, Type II, and Type III).
The O-821M-E ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as
determined by the Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA).
The SOHO outdoor ONT provides the following functions:
layers
interface
Table 29-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-821M-E.


components
guidelines

weight)


options
range

compartment
interface
interface

interface
Supported UPS UPS unit data sheets FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data sheet
Table 29-3 describes software based features for the O-821M-E.


button or EMS
None.

30 — O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A unit
data sheet
30.3 Features and application notes 30-5

30.1 Identification
Table 30-1 provides identification information about the O-24121G-A and

O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONTs.
Table 30-1 Identification of O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONT

code
3FE 51185 AA O-24121G-A GPON O-series ONT unit, version AA, up to BVM4Z00DRA 210924 454087
24 POTS, up to 12 10/100/1000BASE-T
Ethernet ports, 1 RF video connector, and 1
SC/APC connector type
3FE 51185 BA O-24121G-A GPON O-series ONT unit, version BA with — — —
customer-specific logo, up to 24 POTS, up
to 12 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet ports, 1
RF video connector, and 1 SC/APC
connector type
3FE 51185 AB O-24120G-A GPON O-series ONT unit, version AB, up to BVM5F00CRA 210923 454088
24 POTS, up to 12 10/100/1000BASE-T
Ethernet ports, and 1 SC/APC connector
type
Contact your SWRD The SWRD has two 10/100 Ethernet ports — — —
Alcatel-Lucent and 2 RF ports. The SWRD is powered from
sales the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the
representative SWRD is installed and an Ethernet UNI is
provisioned.
The SWRD is separately orderable, and is
not included with the 3EM 21550 xx LP MDU
with outdoor enclosure.
Enclosures
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5Z10CRA N70ABJ 457124
21550 BA the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU
variant outdoor ONT. The variant determines the
type of POTS connector, fiber connector,
SWRD support (SWRD is separately
orderable), and door alarm and security
option. MRJ-21 cables are sold separately.
This BA variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
• rear fiber storage
• OptiTap fiber connector
• IDC POTS connectors
(1 of 3)


code
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5110CRA N70ABK 457125
21550 BB the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU
This BB variant supports the no RF variant
LP MDU and provides:
• SC fiber connector
• IDC POTS connectors
• Door switch alarm capability
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5D10CRA N70ABC 457078
21550 BC the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU
This BC variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
• SWRD and SWRD cables
• screw down POTS connectors
• Squeeze box cable conduits
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5310CRA N70ABL 457126
21550 BD the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU
This BD variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
• punchdown POTS connectors
(2 of 3)


code
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5610CRA N70ABM 457127
21550 BE the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU
This BE variant supports the no RF variant
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5710CRA N70ABN 457128
21550 BF the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU
This BF variant supports the no RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
(3 of 3)
Note
The O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONT provides the subscriber
interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The ONT terminates the PON interface and
converts it to user interfaces that directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is
compatible with all existing subscriber equipment, including analog phones with
both tone and rotary dial capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and
caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and Type III).
The O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONT provides the following
functions:
layers
• available to be installed in a rack or in an enclosure (outdoors or indoors)

30.3 Features and application notes
Table 30-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-24121G-A and
O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONT.
Functional description ONT overview LP MDU outdoor ONT
Functional blocks LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT LP MDU ONT functional blocks

O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A

Physical description (height, width, ONT technical specifications LP MDU ONT

depth, weight)
Data flow characteristics ONT overview LP MDU outdoor ONT

GPON wavelength ONT overview LP MDU outdoor ONT

Supported UPS UPS unit data sheets FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data
sheet
Table 30-3 describes software based features for the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A
MDU outdoor ONT.


button or EMS
None.

31 — O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A unit
data sheet

31.1 Identification
Table 31-1 provides identification information about the O-24121V-A and

O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONTs.
Table 31-1 Identification of O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONTs

code
3FE 51063 AA O-24121V-A GPON O-series ONT unit, version AA, up to BVM4Y00DRA 210181 453072
24 POTS, up to 12 VDSL2 ports, 1 RF video
connector, and SC/APC connector type
3FE 51063 BA O-24121V-A GPON O-series ONT unit, version BA with — — —

customer specific logo, up to 24 POTS, up to
12 VDSL2 ports, 1 RF video connector, and
3FE 51063 AB O-24120V-A GPON O-series ONT unit, version AB, up to BVM4Z00DRA 21082 453073
24 POTS, up to 12 VDSL2 ports, and SC/APC
connector type
Contact your SWRD The SWRD has two 10/100 Ethernet ports — — —
Alcatel-Lucent and 2 RF ports. The SWRD is powered from
sales the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the
representative SWRD is installed and an Ethernet UNI is
provisioned.
The SWRD is separately orderable, and is
not included with the 3EM 21550 xx LP MDU
with outdoor enclosure.
Enclosures
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5P10CRA N70ABD 457119
21550 AA the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU
type of VDSL2/POTS connector, fiber
connector, SWRD support (SWRD is
separately orderable), and door alarm and
security option.
This AA variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
• IDC VDSL2/POTS connectors
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5S10CRA N70ABE 457120
21550 AB the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU
security option.
This AB variant supports the no RF variant
• IDC VDSL2/POTS connectors
(1 of 3)


code
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5T10CRA N70ABF 457121
21550 AC the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU
security option.
This AC variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
• screw down VDSL2/POTS connectors
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5U10CRA N70ABG 457122
21550 AD the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU
security option.
This AD variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
• punchdown VDSL2/POTS connectors
(2 of 3)


code
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5C10CRA N70ABB 457076
21550 AE the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU
security option.
This AE variant supports the no RF variant
LP MDU 3EM — The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for BVM5V10CRA N70ABH 457123
21550 AF the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU
security option.
This AF variant supports the no RF variant
(3 of 3)
Note
The O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONT provides the subscriber
interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The ONT terminates the PON interface and
converts it to user interfaces that directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is
compatible with all existing subscriber equipment, including analog phones with
both tone and rotary dial capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and
caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and Type III).
The O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONT provides the following
functions:
layers

Table 31-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-24121V-A and
O-24120V-A ONT.
Functional description ONT overview LP MDU outdoor ONT
Functional blocks LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT LP MDU ONT functional blocks
Connections ONT equipment layout LP MDU ONT
Service interface specifications ONT technical specifications POTS interface specifications

VDSL2 interface specifications
Physical description (height, width, ONT technical specifications Connections

depth, weight) O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A
Data flow characteristics ONT overview LP MDU outdoor ONT

GPON wavelength ONT overview LP MDU outdoor ONT

Supported UPS UPS unit data sheets FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data
sheet
Table 31-3 describes software based features for the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A
ONT.


button or EMS
None.


32.1 Identification
Table 32-1 provides identification information about the 7352 ISAM FTTB ONT.
Table 32-1 Identification of the 7352 ISAM FTTB ONT

code
3FE 51469 AA O-00240V-A GPON O-series ONT unit, version AA, up to BVM5400CRA 211738 456763
24 VDSL2 ports, 1 Ethernet interface, and
Note
The O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT provides the VDSL2 interface with VDSL2
modems at the subscriber’s premises. The VDSL2 modem interfaces directly with
the subscriber devices such as phones and fax machines.
This outdoor ONT provides the following functions:
Table 32-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-00240V-A MDU
outdoor ONT.
Functional description ONT overview O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT
Functional blocks LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional
hardware functional blocks blocks
Connections ONT equipment layout O-00240V-A ONT connections and

components
Service interface specifications ONT technical specifications VDSL2 interface specifications
Physical description (height, width, ONT technical specifications Physical specifications

depth, weight) O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT
Physical security features — —
(1 of 2)

Data flow characteristics ONT overview O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength ONT overview O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT

SLID entry via POTS interface — —
SLID entry via Ethernet interface ONT software and security features SLID entry via Ethernet port
Supported UPS UPS unit data sheets —
(2 of 2)
Table 32-3 describes software based features for the O-00240V-A MDU outdoor
ONT.
Retrievable ONT repair and return ONT software and security features Software architecture levels
button or EMS
Since there are no individual LEDs on the O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT for the
line status of each VDSL2 port, a craft command is used to retrieve port status from
the local craft interface.

After logging in to the craft port, check the VDSL2 port status by typing:
vdsl_test linstat
Example of the output when port 1 is enabled and up:

TEST_MDU_NO1# vdsl_test linstat system response
Followed by the system response described in Table 32-4.
Table 32-4 Line status summary
Line Admin State Oper State
01 enabled up
02 enabled down
03 enabled down
04 enabled down
05 enabled down
06 enabled down
07 enabled down
08 enabled down
09 enabled down
10 enabled down
11 enabled down
12 enabled down
13 enabled down
14 enabled down
15 enabled down
16 enabled down
17 enabled down
18 enabled down
19 enabled down
20 enabled down
21 enabled down
22 enabled down
23 enabled down
24 enabled down

UPS unit data sheets
33 — Index of unit data sheets for UPSs
34 — APC 24 W 12 V dc UPS unit data sheet
36 — APC UPS cable assembly with beeper unit data sheet
37 — CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS unit data sheet
38 — CyberPower CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU unit data sheet
40 — Delta OPSU/BBU unit data sheet
41 — Delta DUPS-1232A UPS unit data sheet
42 — FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data sheet
43 — PowerShield CP50B48 UPS unit data sheet

33.1 Overview 33-2
33.2 Unit data sheet overview 33-2
33.3 UPS functional comparison 33-2

33.1 Overview
Table 33-1 lists the sections in this chapter that provide overview information about
unit data sheets for the UPSs used with the ONTs produced by Alcatel-Lucent.
Table 33-1 Overview of unit data sheets for the UPS
Description Section
Unit data sheet overview 33.2
UPS functional comparison 33.3
33.2 Unit data sheet overview
Unit data sheets provide detailed information about the UPSs used with the ONTS
produced by Alcatel-Lucent. The unit data sheets supplement the information
provided elsewhere in the documentation.
Unit data sheets typically provide the following types of information:
• identification
• features and application notes
• general description
• physical description
• alarm LEDs
• interfaces and connections
• power
Many of the UPS units are used in more than one Alcatel-Lucent ONT product. For
information about the UPS units see the information .
33.3 UPS functional comparison
Table 33-2 lists and compares 24 and 38 W UPS specifications for ONTs.
Table 33-2 24 and 38 W UPS specifications
Item APC UPS ONTs (24 W) CyberShield CS UPS Delta OPSU/BBU

(24 W) (38 W)
UPS input 120 V ac 85 V ac to 264 V ac 90 V ac to 135 V ac at

voltage OPSU
UPS output 12 V dc 12 V dc 11 V dc to 20 V cd from

voltage (10.7 V dc to 15 V dc) BBU to the ONT
(range) (9.5 V dc to 18 V dc) (1) (10.7 V dc to 15 V
dc) (1)
(1 of 2)

Item APC UPS ONTs (24 W) CyberShield CS UPS Delta OPSU/BBU

(24 W) (38 W)
Backup battery Commercially sealed Commercially sealed Commercially sealed

type lead acid battery lead acid battery lead acid battery
Battery backup 8h (2) 14 h (2) 8h (2) at 8 W

time
Visual battery Yes Yes Yes

status indicators
Battery status Yes Yes Yes

monitoring and
alarm
Current 2.5 A fuse — 3.0

limited (3)
Certified to UL Yes Yes Yes

60950-1
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) Output voltage range for the O-211M-C outdoor ONT.
(2) Depending upon external conditions and load.
(3) Current limited using a 2.5 A fuse installed inside the ONT.
Table 33-3 lists the 50 and 150 W UPS specifications for ONTs.
Table 33-3 50 and 150 W UPS specifications
Item APC UPS ONTs CyberShield CS UPS FlexNet FMPS UPS

(150 W) (50 W) (150 W)
UPS input voltage 87 V ac to 264 V ac 85 V ac to 264 V ac 90 V ac to 320 V ac
UPS output voltage 46 V dc 48 V dc 48 V dc

(range) (46 V dc to 52 V dc) (42 V dc to 58 V ac)
Backup battery type Commercially sealed Sealed, 7.2 Ah valve regulated
lead acid battery maintenance-free, lead acid (VRLA)
lead acid battery
Battery backup time at 25 W: 33.37 h 8h (1) 8h (1)
at 100 W: 10.68 h
at 150 W: 5.35 h
Visual battery status Yes Yes Yes

indicators
Battery status Yes Yes Yes

monitoring and alarm
Current limited (2) — — 2.5 A fuse
Certified to UL Yes Yes —

60950-1
Listed by an NRTL — — Yes
Notes
(1) Depending upon external conditions and load.
(2) Current limited using a 2.5 A fuse installed inside the ONT.


34.4 Operating modes and LEDs 34-3
34.5 Alarms 34-5
34.6 Connectors 34-5
34.7 Environmental requirements 34-6
34.8 Physical measurements 34-6

34.1 Identification
Table 34-1 provides identification information about the APC UPS for the outdoor
ONT.
Table 34-1 Identification of the APC UPS
Part Number Mnemonic Description
3EM 07427 AB UPS-HB APC ac/dc power converter

with battery replacement label
3EM 07427 AD UPS-HD APC ac/dc power converter

with choice of battery
3EM 07427 AH UPS-HH APC ac/dc power converter

with 3-prong pass-through
power cord
3EM 07427 AG UPS-HG APC ac/dc power converter

with 2-prong pass-through
power cord
The APC UPS for the outdoor ONT provides:

• nominal 12 V dc, 24 W output using 100/240 V ac input power
• extended battery run time with backup times of up to 8 h
• easy replacement of battery by the subscriber
• battery diagnostics, self-testing, and communication capability with an alarm
output to provider networks from the subscriber equipment
• battery life of 4 to 6 years
• automatic battery replacement program through the Internet
Note — If the plug is not the correct type, please contact

Alcatel-Lucent support for a recommended adapter.
The APC UPS is mounted inside the subscriber residence. The UPS provides 4 to 8 h
of backup battery power for lifeline POTS service, depending on environmental
conditions and load. The UPS converts 100 to 240 V ac to 12 V dc and serves as a
temporary backup in case of residential power loss for the outdoor ONT.
Alarm outputs are available on the UPS to monitor the status of the backup battery
(On/Low/Faulty/Missing). The UPS indicates its status to the subscriber with LEDs
and to the outdoor ONT via a signal return connection. The outdoor ONT can
communicate this status upstream to the P-OLT.

The ANSI UPS offers a 12 V dc uninterruptible power supply with 100 to 240 V ac
input, 12 V dc output.
34.4 Operating modes and LEDs
The operating indicators changed for the ANSI UPS models delivered with FGH
1.0.5 and later. This section describes the operating modes and indicators for the
current UPS models and the UPS models delivered before FGH 1.0.5.
Current UPS model (ANSI)

For the current UPS model, there are four operating modes:
• Normal: Under normal operating conditions, both green lights are on and the red
light is off. The load receives its power from the utility and battery charge is
maintained.
• On-Battery: During a commercial utility outage, the UPS supplies the load from
battery power. The green DC Output LED light is on and the AC Present LED
light is yellow.
• Low-Battery: When the UPS operates on battery power for extended periods, the
battery charge is depleted and the UPS shuts down. In this case, all lights are off.
The UPS remains off until utility power is restored.
• Overload: When the UPS shuts down due to an overload, the green DC Output
LED light is off and the AC Present LED light is green. After 6 s, the UPS
automatically restarts.
Note — The battery recharges to at least 90% of full capacity in 24 h.
The UPS has three LEDs on the front panel. The operating mode can be determined
by the state of these LEDs; see Table 34-2. Each light is labeled with an icon.
Figure 34-1 shows the icons and the associated descriptions.
Table 34-2 UPS LEDs for current UPS model
LED name Status
Operating on ac Operating on Low battery Overload Bad battery (3)

power battery power shutdown (1) condition (2)
AC Present Green Yellow Off Green Green or yellow
DC Output Green Green Off Off Green
Battery Bad Off Off Off Off Red
Notes
(1) Occurs when operating on battery for an extended period.
(2) If the UPS shuts down due to overload, it automatically restarts after 6 s.
(3) Replace battery. If the outdoor ONT power cable with beeper assembly is installed, an audible alarm sounds.

Figure 34-1 UPS icons and description
UPS model prior to FGH 1.0.5 (ANSI)

For the UPS model before FGH1.0.5, there are four operating modes:
• Normal: Under normal operating conditions, both green lights are on and the red
light is off. The load receives its power from the utility. The battery charge is
maintained.
battery power. The green DC Output LED light is on and the green AC Present
LED light is off.
• Low-Battery: When the UPS operates on battery for extended periods, the battery
charge is depleted, and the UPS shuts down. In this case, all lights are off. The
UPS remains off until utility power is restored.
• Overload: When the UPS shuts down due to an overload, the green DC Output
LED light is off. After 30 s, the UPS automatically restarts.
Note — The battery recharges to at least 90% of full capacity in 24 h.
The UPS has three LEDs on the front panel. The operating mode can be determined
by the state of these LEDs; see Table 34-3.
Table 34-3 UPS LEDs for model prior to FGH 1.0.5
LED name Status OFF Status ON

AC Present (green) No ac power present Operating on ac power
DC Output (green) The UPS has overloaded. If both AC 12 V output is present. If the AC Present
Present and Battery Bad LED lights are off, LED light is off, the UPS battery is in use.
the UPS battery has shut down.
Battery Bad (red) Battery and/or ac power is in use. If both Battery needs to be replaced.
AC Present and DC Output LED lights are
off, the UPS battery has shut down.

34.5 Alarms
The UPS is equipped with intelligent internal diagnostics that provide power supply
alarm signals. These signals can be monitored by the service provider so that
corrective actions can be taken. Proper escalation of alarms can dramatically
improve QoS. The alarms are:
• On-Battery: The outdoor ONT is being powered by the UPS battery.
• Replace Battery: The battery failed a periodic test. It should be replaced because
system availability has been compromised (BATTFAIL).
• Battery Missing: The battery is disconnected. The load will not be supported if
the commercial power fails (BATTMISS).
• Low Battery: The battery has been reduced to the point that roughly 20% of the
available runtime is available (BATTLOW).
• Loss of external power: The ac power is not available (PWR).
34.6 Connectors
The UPS has the following input or output connectors:

• input connector: IEC320/C7, 2-wire
• (ETSI) input power cable: 3-conductor Schuko European, CEE 7/7, 2.44 m
• (ANSI) input cord: 5/15 three-prong power cord with a right-angle, pass-through,
8 ft (2.44 m)
• output connector: 3.5 mm removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector (accepts 16
to 26 AWG)
The output connector is a 3.5-mm, removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector that
provides the interface between the UPS and the outdoor ONT. The connector accepts
16 to 26 A. Table 34-4 defines the pinouts.
Table 34-4 UPS output pinouts
Pin number Signal Wire color
1 12 V dc Red (RED)
2 Common (12 V dc Return) Black (BLK)
3 Signal Return Green (GRN)
4 On-Battery Slate (SLT)
5 Replace Battery Brown (BRN)
6 Battery Missing Orange (ORN)
7 Low Battery Blue (BLU)

34.7 Environmental requirements
The environmental conditions within which the UPS operates are:

• temperature range: –4°F to 113°F (–20°C to 45°C)
• elevation range: 0 ft to 10 000 ft (0 to 3048 m)
• humidity range: 0% RH to 95% RH
34.8 Physical measurements
Table 34-5 provides the physical measurements of the UPS.
Table 34-5 UPS physical measurements
Description Measurement
Width 9.5 in. (24.1 cm)
Weight 7.0 lb. (3.2 kg)

35 — APC 150 W 48 V dc UPS unit data
sheet
35.4 Operating modes 35-3
35.5 Status LEDs 35-3
35.6 Alarms 35-4
35.7 Connections 35-4
35.8 Specifications 35-5

35.1 Identification
Table 35-1 provides identification information about the modular ONT APC UPS.
Table 35-1 Identification of the APC UPS for the modular ONT
Part Number Description
1AF 03877 AHAA APC 150 W 48 V dc UPS for the modular ONT
The APC UPS for the modular ONT provides:

• 150 W 48 V dc UPS for the modular ONT located at a multi-dwelling residence,
such as a condominium or apartment building
• 150 VA, 150 W output using universal input voltage range of 87 V ac to 264 V ac
input power
• broadband gel cell type battery (P/N 1AF 05327 AAAA)
• extended backup battery run time
• battery diagnostics, self-testing, and communication capability by alarm output to
the service provider network using the customer premises electronics
• battery life of 5 to 10 years
• UL 1950, IEC 60950, EN60950, FCC Part 15, EN55022 (CISPR 22) Class B
compliance
• easy replacement of the battery by a craft person while the unit is powered
Note — If the plug is not the right type, please contact Alcatel-Lucent
support for a recommended adapter.
The APC UPS is mounted either inside or outside a customer premises. It provides
backup battery power for lifeline POTS service in the modular ONT, depending on
environmental conditions and load. It converts 87 V ac to 264 V ac input (50/60 Hz)
to 46 V dc to 52 V dc (150 W) output and serves as a temporary backup in case of
power loss.
Alarm outputs are available on the UPS to monitor the operational status of the
backup battery. The UPS indicates its status to the craft person with LEDs and to the
modular ONT by a signal return connection. The modular ONT can communicate the
UPS status upstream to the P-OLT.

35.4 Operating modes
There are four operating modes as follows:

• Normal: Under normal operating conditions, the green LED light is on and the red
LED light is off. The load receives its power from the utility and battery charge
is maintained.
battery power. When operating in On-Battery mode, the AC Present LED light is
yellow.
• Low-Battery Shutdown: When the UPS operates on battery power for extended
periods, the battery charge is depleted and the UPS shuts down. In this case, all
LED lights are off. The UPS remains in the Off condition until utility power is
restored and no battery current is drawn.
• Overload Condition: When the unit shuts down due to an overload, the unit
automatically restarts after 5 s.
Note — The battery recharges to at least 90% of full capacity in 48

hours.
35.5 Status LEDs
Three indicator LEDs are present on the front of the UPS. Each LED is labeled with
an icon. These icons, with their meanings, are shown in Figure 35-1. The operating
mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs; see Table 35-2.
Figure 35-1 UPS icons and meanings
Table 35-2 LEDs
AC Present Green Operating on ac power
Green Flashing High-charge mode
DC Output On Green DC output present
Battery Bad Red Battery missing or needs replacement

35.6 Alarms
alarm signals. The service provider can monitor these signals in order to isolate
problems and take corrective action. The alarms are as follows:
• On-Battery: The modular ONT is being powered by the UPS battery.
• Battery Missing: The battery is disconnected. The load will not be supported if
35.7 Connections
The output connector is a 3.5 mm, removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector
(ANSI: accepts 16 to 26 AWG) that provides the interface between the UPS and the
modular ONT.
The UPS has the following input/output connectors:
• input connector: IEC320/C5 3-wire inlet
• cord length: 6.5 ft (1.98 m)
• number of power cords: 1
• output connector: 3.5 mm removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector (ANSI:
accepts 16 to 26 AWG)
Table 35-3 shows the UPS output pinouts.
1 Vo+ (1) Red (RED)
2 Vo– (2) Black (BLK)
3 Signal Return Green (GRN)

6 Battery Missing Orange (ORN)
7 Low Battery Blue (BLU)
Notes
(1) Tied to earth ground.
(2) –48 V reference to pin 1.
Figure 35-2 shows the output connectors.

Figure 35-2 APC UPS connector
UPS Connector
1/4 in.
(.64 cm)
Red Black Green Slate Brown Orange Blue

18205
35.8 Specifications
The following specifications apply to the UPS.
Physical description
The UPS has the following physical description:
• height: 16.21 in. (41.17 cm)
• width: 16.87 in. (42.85 cm)
• depth without bracket: 9.39 in. (23.85 cm)
• depth including bracket: 12 in. (30.63 cm)
• enclosure only weight: 18.20 lb. (8.25 kg)
• enclosure with battery weight: approximately 100 lb (45.36 kg)
Power
The UPS has the following input frequency/voltages:
• input frequency: 47 Hz to 63 Hz (auto sensing)
• input voltage: 87 V ac to 264 V ac
The UPS has the following output specifications:
• output voltages: 50
• output power capacity: 150 VA, 150 W
• maximum configurable power: 150 VA, 150 W

Environmental
The runtime specifications at 25°C using one 12 V dc, 96 AH Broadband Gel Cell
type battery are defined as follows:
• load, 25 W: 33.37 h
• load, 100 W: 10.68 h
• load, 150 W: 5.35 h
The operating conditions are defined as follows:
• temperature range 1, without battery heater: −5°F to 122°F (−15°C to 50°C)
• temperature range 2, with battery heater: −40°F to 122°F (−40°C to 50°C)
• elevation: 0 to 10 000 ft above sea level (0 to 3000 m)
• humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95% RH

36 — APC UPS cable assembly with beeper
unit data sheet
36.4 Output connections on the PowerShield 36-3
36.5 Alarm descriptions 36-3
36.6 Interface details 36-4

36.1 Identification
Table 36-1 provides identification information about the APC UPS cable assembly
with beeper unit.
Table 36-1 Identification of cable beeper assembly
Part number Description
3EM 11078 AC Cable beeper assembly
The APC UPS cable assembly with beeper provides:

• a local power connection from the PowerShield to the subscriber equipment
• fast and simple connections reducing installation time
• audible beeper assembly for alarms
• alarm disable push button that silences the Battery Missing alarm
• maximum voltage of 30 V
• maximum current of 5 mA
The cable assembly with beeper as shown in Figure 36-1 is optional. The beeper
assembly attaches to the UPS and has an audible beeper, which sounds when an
alarm is detected. See Table 36-2 for a description of the alarms and their associated
beeps. The beeper also has an alarm disable function for the Battery Missing alarm
that is activated when the alarm disable push button, as shown in Figure 36-2, is
pushed. Its status is acknowledged only when the system has flagged a REPLACE
BATT signal. When acknowledged, the alarm disable function silences the
REPLACE BATT beep sound for 24 h. If the battery has not been replaced after 24
h, the REPLACE BATT beep sound resumes.
Figure 36-1 APC cable assembly with beeper
18341

Table 36-2 Audible alarms for cable beeper
Alarm Description
ON BATTERY Four beeps at 1-s intervals, no repeating.
LOW BATTERY Four beeps at 1-s intervals, repeating every 5 min.
REPLACE BATTERY One 0.5-s beep, repeating every 5 min.
Figure 36-2 Alarm disable push button for cable beeper
Alarm disable
push button
18494
36.4 Output connections on the PowerShield
The UPS is equipped with intelligent internal diagnostics, which provide power
supply alarm signals. These signals can be monitored by the service provider so that
corrective actions can be taken. Proper escalation of alarms can dramatically
improve QoS. Table 36-3 describes the alarm connector pinouts and their associated
states.
Table 36-3 Alarm connector pinouts
Signal Pin number Normal state Alarm state Wire color
12 V dc 1 — — Red
Common 12 V dc Return 2 — — Black
Signal Return 3 — — Green
On-Battery 4 Closed Open Slate
Replace Battery 5 Closed Open Brown
Battery Missing 6 Closed Open Orange
Low Battery 7 Closed Open Blue
36.5 Alarm descriptions
Table 36-4 describes the status alarms received from the UPS.

Table 36-4 Alarm descriptions
Signal name Description
On-Battery Alarm indicates that the load is receiving power from battery.
Replace Battery Alarm indicates that the battery has failed its periodic test. The battery
should be replaced as system availability has been compromised.
Battery Missing Alarm indicates that the battery is disconnected. Backup power will not be
available if the commercial power fails.
Low Battery Alarm indicates that the battery has been reduced to roughly 20% of the total
runtime available.
36.6 Interface details
The PowerShield status signals are isolated from its internal circuitry using
opto-couplers; see Figure 36-3. The connection labeled SIGNAL RETURN is a
common return point for all status signals.
Figure 36-3 Schematic for typical PowerShield alarm signal
In the typical application, the digital ground on attached equipment attaches to the
signal return, and pull-up resistors are used to turn the open collector signals into
TTL levels.
The 10 Ω resistor and capacitor on each output signal provide ESD protection.

37 — CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS
unit data sheet
37.5 Alarms 37-3

37.1 Identification
Table 37-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply with
battery backup from CyberPower Systems, Inc.
Table 37-1 Identification of the UPS
1AF 03877 BR CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc UPS (outdoor ONTs)
1AF 03877 BZ CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc SC3 UPS (outdoor ONTs,

Germany, Austria)
1AF 03877 BY CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc NA3-G UPS (indoor ONTs,

grounded for ANSI market)
1AF 03877 CB CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc AZ3 UPS (outdoor ONTs,

Australia, New Zealand)
1AF 03877 CD CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc UK3 UPS (outdoor ONTs,
U.K., Pakistan, Kuwait)
1AF 03877 CC CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc UK3 UPS (indoor ONTs,

Australia, New Zealand)
1AF 03877 CE CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc UK3-G UPS (indoor ONTs,

U.K., Pakistan, Kuwait)
1AF 03877 CA CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc SC3-G UPS (indoor ONTs,

generic ETSI power cord)
The UPS provides:

• 24 W power capability with 12 V dc on battery output voltage
• input voltage range of 85 to 264 V ac at 47 to 70 Hz frequency range
• commercially sealed lead-acid battery (12 V 7.2 Ah)
• battery diagnostic LEDs, and battery status outputs
The UPS meets:

• UL 605950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, NEBS Level 1 and 3 (GR1089 and
GR63), FCC Part 15 Class B
Note — If the plug is not the correct type, please contact the local
Alcatel-Lucent support group for a recommended adapter.

The UPS converts ac input power (85 to 264 V ac) to dc power (24 W, 12 V dc). The
battery provides up to 14 h of backup power for the lifeline POTS service, depending
on environmental conditions and load.
An audible alarm is available on the UPS to monitor the operational status of the
backup battery. LED status indicators also provide the service personnel with
information on the status of the ac input, dc output, and battery.
37.4 Status LEDs
an icon. The LEDs and the icons, with their meanings, are shown in Table 37-2. The
operating mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs.

37.5 Alarms
alarm information. Open collector opto-isolators isolate the alarm signals which are
present on the power and alarm connector. The service provider can monitor these
alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 37-3 describes the UPS alarm signals and output levels.
Table 37-3 Alarm signal and output levels
Signal Description
ON BATTERY The on-battery alarm indicates that the BBU is operating

using the backup battery.
REPLACE BATTERY The replace-battery alarm indicates that the battery is

either discharged, or has failed the self test.
Replace the battery if there is a failure.
(1 of 2)

Signal Description
BATTERY MISSING The battery-missing alarm indicates that no battery is

detected.
LOW BATTERY The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery charger
has fallen below 45% capacity when operating from the
battery.
(2 of 2)
The UPS is also equipped with a switch, located on the back of the unit, that when
activated emits an alarm under certain conditions. If you want to enable the switch,
insert a paper clip or other object with a narrow point into the hole and press the
button.
Table 37-4 describes the function of the Buzzer On/Off switch.
Table 37-4 Buzzer On/Off switch
Setting Description
ON The alarm buzzer emits a long beep in response to a utility

failure or short beep when the battery is low on power.
OFF The alarm will not sound.

The default setting.
37.6 Connections
The UPS has the following:

• input connector: NEMA 1-15P plug
• output connector: Phoenix QC 0.5/2-ST-3.81 LC RD/BK IDC connector
Table 37-5 describes the UPS output pinouts.
Table 37-5 CyberShield CS 24 power wiring chart
Wire color Signal
Red (RED) + 12 V
Black (BLK) - 12 V RTN
Green (GRN) SIG RTN
Slate (SLT) ON BATTERY
Brown (BRN) REPLACE BATTERY
Blue (BLU) BATTERY MISSING
Orange (ORN) LOW BATTERY

37.7 Specifications
The following specifications apply to the CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS.
• height: 6.6 in. (167 mm)
• width: 9.4 in. (240 mm)
• depth: 3.2 in. (81 mm)
• weight: 7.3 lb (3.3 kg)
Power
The UPS has the following input specifications:
• input frequency: 47 to 70 Hz
• input voltage: 85 to 264 V ac
• output voltages: 12 V dc
• output current: 2 A maximum
• output power: 24 W
• efficiency: > 75% (at 75% maximum load)
The battery has the following specifications:

• battery type: commercially sealed lead free battery
• numbers of battery: 7.2 AH/12 V x 1
• typical recharge time: 18 hours
• replaceable: yes, hot swappable
Note — The backup battery supports ONT operations for a minimum

of 8 h with the loading profile defined in GR-1089.
Environmental
Table 37-6 lists the environmental conditions for the CyberShield CS 24 UPS.

Table 37-6 CyberShield CS 24 UPS environmental conditions
Temperature range and humidity Altitude
Operating temperature: Maximum operating altitude 10 000 ft (3 000 m)

32°F to 104°F (32°C to 40°C)
Operating with battery heater:
–40°F to 115°F (–40°C to 46°C) ambient temperature
Operating humidity:
0% to 100% non-condensing within enclosure
Storage: Maximum storage altitude is 50 000 ft (15 000 m)

–5°F to 113°F (–40°C to 45°C)

38 — CyberPower CyberShield CS 36
PSU/BBU unit data sheet
38.4 Status LEDs and user controls 38-3
38.5 Alarms 38-4

38.1 Identification
Table 38-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply
unit/battery backup unit (PSU/BBU) from CyberPower Systems, Inc.
Table 38-1 Identification of the OPSU/BBU
3EM 22937 AA CyberShield CS 36 PSU 50 W, 48 V dc.

(customer-specific logo) CyberShield CS 36 BBU 36 W, 12 V dc.
3EM 22889 AA (no logo)
The PSU provides:

• 50 W, 47.5 to 56 V dc power supply for the BBU
• input voltage range of 90 to 135 V ac at 60 Hz frequency range
• surge protection of 660 joules
The BBU provides:
• 36 W, output voltages of 10.5 to 20 V dc while discharging, 13.1 V to 14.6 V dc
normally
• commerically sealed lead-acid backup battery (12 V 7.2 Ah)
• battery diagnostics, self-tests, and BBU status alarm outputs
• battery and alarm control functions
The PSU/BBU meets:

The PSU converts ac power (50W, 48 V dc) to dc power (36 W, 12 V dc) to supply
the BBU. The BBU provides up to 8 h of backup battery power depending on
environmental conditions and load. The BBU charges the battery and sends the 36 W
of power (12.5 to 20 V dc) to the ONT. The BBU also provides an auxiliary power
connection that supplies 13.1 to 14.6 V dc in the event of a power outage that
depletes the backup battery. The auxiliary power connection supplies power to the
ONT but does not charge the battery. The BBU also supplies power and alarm
connections to the ONT.
Alarm outputs are available on the BBU to monitor the operational status of the
backup battery. The BBU indicates its status to the service personnel with LEDs and
to the ONT by a signal return connection. The ONT can communicate the BBU status
upstream to the P-OLT.
38.4 Status LEDs and user controls
Four indicator LEDs are present on the front of the BBU and one on the PSU. The
LEDs and with their meanings, are shown in Figure 38-1. The operating mode can
be determined by the state of these LEDs; see Table 38-2.
Figure 38-1 PSU/BBU LEDs and user control buttons
Alarm Silence
Alarm
Silence
Battery emergency use
Battery
Emergency Use
Auxiliary Auxiliary power source

Power Source
Replace Battery
Replace battery
Battery Power
Battery power
System Status
System status
Power OK
Protected
Power Protected
OK LED
19143
Table 38-2 LEDs and audible alarms
PSU LED
Power OK Green Normal operation —

Protected Green Protected from surge voltage —
(1 of 2)

BBU LEDs
Auxiliary Green Auxiliary power source is connected —

Power
Source
Replace Red Battery missing or failed self test and —

Battery needs replacement
Battery Green On Battery —

Power
Flashing green Low capacity —
System Green Normal operation —

Status
(2 of 2)
Two user controls buttons are present on the front of the BBU; see Figure 38-1 and
Table 38-3.
Table 38-3 BBU user controls
Alarm Silence Push button Audible alarms are silenced for 24 hours.
Battery Push button The remaining 50% battery power will be used. (1)
Emergency Use
Note
38.5 Alarms
The BBU is equipped with intelligent internal diagnostics that provide power supply
alarm information. Open collector opto-isolators isolate the alarm signals, which are
present on the 9-pin power and alarm connector. The service provider can monitor
these alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 38-4 describes the BBU alarms and identifies the power and alarm connector
pins.
Signal Pin Description
ON BATTERY 6 The on-battery alarm indicates ac power interrupt

meaning that the BBU is operating using the backup
battery.
REPLACE BATTERY 7 The replace-battery alarm indicates that the battery is
(1 of 2)

MISSING BATTERY 8 The battery-missing alarm indicates that no battery is

detected or battery is incorrectly connected.
LOW BATTERY 9 The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery charger
battery.
(2 of 2)
38.6 Connections
The voltage output connector at the BBU is a removable, 9-position IDC connector.
A 9-position Phoenix IDC connector is also used at the ONT.
The PSU has the following:
• input connector: NEMA 6-15 plug
Table 38-5 describes the PSU output pinouts.
Table 38-5 PSU output pinouts
1 +48 V (V dc) Red (RED)

2 –48 V (Vo dc) Black (BLK)
The BBU has the following input/output connectors:

• input connector: Phoenix QC 0.5/2-ST-3.81 LC RD/BK IDC connector
• output connector: Phoenix QC 1.5/7-ST-5.00 COD FTTH IDC connector
Table 38-6 describes the BBU output pinouts.
Table 38-6 BBU output pinouts
Wire color Pin number Signal
Red (RED) 1 48 V in +
Black (BLK) 2 48 V in –
Red (RED) 3 12 V out +
(1 of 2)

Wire color Pin number Signal
Black (BLK) 4 12 V out –
Green (GRN) 5 Signal Return
Slate (SLT) 6 On Battery

Brown (BRN) 7 Replace Battery
Blue (BLU) 8 Missing Battery
Orange (ORN) 9 Low Battery
(2 of 2)
38.7 Specifications
The following specifications apply to the PSU/BBU.
The PSU has the following physical description:
• height: 5.5 in. (14 cm)
• width: 2.65 in. (6.72 cm)
• depth: 1.8 in. (4.55 cm)
• weight: 0.95 lb (0.43 kg)
The BBU has the following physical description:

• height: 6.89 in. (17.5 cm)
• width: 6.75 in. (17.2 cm)
• depth: 3.47 in. (8.8 cm)
• weight: 1.51 lb (0.68 kg)
Power
The PSU has the following input specifications:
• input frequency: 60 Hz
The PSU has the following output specifications:
• output voltages: 47.5 to 56 V dc
• output current: 1000 mA continuous, 1200 mA maximum
• output power: 50 W maximum (1.0Amp)
• efficiency: > 80% at full load by specification
The BBU has 12.5 to 20 V dc auxiliary input voltage.

The BBU has the following output specifications when powered by the PSU:
• output voltages: 13.1 to 14.5 V dc normally
• output current: 2A continuous, 3A maximum
• output power capacity: 36 W
The BBU has the following output specifications when using the backup battery or
auxiliary power:
• output voltages for battery backup: 10.5 to 20 V dc while discharging
• output voltages for auxiliary power: 12.5 to 20 V dc (1.3 mm coax power jack)

Environmental
Table 38-7 lists the environmental conditions for the CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU.
Table 38-7 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU environmental conditions
Temperature range and humidity Altitude range

Operating: Operating altitude:
–4°F to 115°F (–20°C to 50°C) plus solar loading 0 to 10 000 ft (0 to 3 000 m)
Operating humidity:
Storage: Storage altitude:

–40°F to 115°F (–40°C to 50°C) 0 to 10 000 ft (0 to 3 000 m)
Humidity:


39 — CyberPower CyberShield CS 50 UPS
unit data sheet
39.5 Alarms 39-3

39.1 Identification
Table 39-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply with
battery backup from CyberPower Systems, Inc.
Table 39-1 Identification of the UPS
— CyberPower CyberShield CS 50 50 W, 48V ac UPS.
The UPS provides:

• 50 W power capability with 48 V dc on battery output voltage
• sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid battery (12 V 20 Ah)
• battery diagnostic LEDs, and battery status outputs
The UPS meets:

The UPS converts ac input power (87 to 264 V ac) to dc power (50 W, 48 V dc). The
battery provides up to 8 h of backup power for the lifeline POTS service, depending
on environmental conditions and load.
An audible alarm is available on the UPS to monitor the operational status of the
backup battery. LED status indicators also provide the service personnel with
information on the status of the ac input, dc output, and battery.
39.4 Status LEDs
an icon. The LEDs and the icons, with their meanings, are shown in Table 39-2. The
operating mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs.

39.5 Alarms
alarm information. Open collector opto-isolators isolate the alarm signals which are
present on the power and alarm connector. The service provider can monitor these
alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 39-3 describes the UPS alarm signal and output levels.
Signal Description
ON BATTERY The on-battery alarm indicates that the BBU is operating
REPLACE BATTERY The replace-battery alarm indicates that the battery is

BATTERY MISSING The battery-missing alarm indicates that no battery is

detected.
LOW BATTERY The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery charge
battery.
The UPS is also equipped with a switch, located on the back of the unit, that when
activated emits an alarm under certain conditions. If you want to enable the switch,
insert a paper clip or other object with a narrow point into the hole and press the
button.
Table 39-4 describes the function of the Buzzer On/Off switch.

Table 39-4 Buzzer On/Off switch
Setting Description
ON The alarm buzzer emits a long beep in response to a utility

failure or short beep when the battery is low on power.
OFF The alarm will not sound.

The default setting.
39.6 Connections
The UPS has the following:

• output connector: supplied with UPS
Table 39-5 describes the UPS output pinouts.
Table 39-5 CyberShield CS 50 power wiring chart
Wire color Signal

Red (RED) 48 V
Black (BLK) 48 V RTN
Green (GRN) SIG RTN

Slate (SLT) ON BATTERY
Brown (BRN) REPLACE BATTERY
Blue (BLU) BATTERY MISSING

Orange (ORN) LOW BATTERY
39.7 Specifications
The following specifications apply to the CyberPower CyberShield CS 50 UPS.
• height: 11.75 in. (298 mm)
• width: 11 in. (279 mm)
• depth: 4 in. (101 mm)
• weight: 17.5 lb (7.9 kg)

Power
• output voltages: 48 V dc
• efficiency: > 76% (at maximum load)
The battery has the following specifications:

• battery type: sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid battery
• numbers of battery: 20 AH/12 V x 1
• typical recharge time: 18 hours
• replaceable: yes, hot swappable
Environmental
Table 39-6 lists the environmental conditions for the CyberShield CS 50 UPS.
Table 39-6 CyberShield CS 50 UPS environmental conditions
Temperature range and humidity Altitude
Operating temperature: Maximum operating altitude 10 000 ft (3 000 m)

32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)
Operating humidity:
Storage: Maximum storage altitude is 50 000 ft (15 000 m)
5°F to 113°F (–15°C to 45°C)


40.6 Alarms 40-5

40.1 Identification
Table 40-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply/battery
backup unit (OPSU/BBU) from Delta Electronics Inc.
Table 40-1 Identification of the OPSU/BBU
Part Number Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

code
Delta OPSU/BBU 38 W, 12 V dc with lead acid backup BVM6C10FRA N70988 456475

battery.
3EM 22495 AA The 3EM 22495 AA variant has no logo on the unit. This BVM6D10FRA N70988 456479
variant is available in the ANSI market only.
The OPSU provides:

• 50 W, 47.5 to 52 V dc power supply for the BBU
• OPSU status alarm output
The BBU provides:
• 38 W, 11 to 20 V dc power and battery backup for the ONT
• input voltage range of 44 to 52 V dc
• valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) backup battery 12 V 7.2 Ah
• battery diagnostics, self-tests, and BBU status alarm outputs
• battery and alarm control functions
The OPSU/BBU meets:

• operating temperature: –20 ° to 46°C (–4 ° to 115 °F) plus solar loading
The OPSU converts ac power to dc power to supply the BBU. The BBU provides 4
to 8 h of backup battery power for the lifeline POTS service, depending on
environmental conditions and load. The BBU also supplies power and alarm
connections to the ONT.

The OPSU converts ac input power (90 to 135 V ac) to 50 W dc output power (47.5
to 52 V dc) for the BBU. The BBU charges the battery and sends the 38 W of power
(11 to 20 V dc) to the ONT. The BBU also provides an auxiliary power connection
that supplies 38 W (11 to 20 V dc) in the event of a power outage that depletes the
backup battery. The auxiliary power connection supplies power to the ONT but does
not charge the battery.
Alarm outputs are available on the BBU to monitor the operational status of the
backup battery. The BBU indicates its status to the service personnel with LEDs and
to the ONT by a signal return connection. The ONT can communicate the BBU status
upstream to the P-OLT.

• Normal: Under normal operating conditions, the green SYSTEM STATUS LED
light is on. The BBU receives power from the OPSU and battery charge is
maintained.
• Battery power: During a commercial utility outage, the BBU supplies the load
from battery power. When operating in battery mode, the BATTERY POWER
LED light is green.
• Low-Battery Shutdown: When the BBU battery charge is 40% depleted, the BBU
shuts down. In this case, the BATTERY POWER LED flashes green and the
alarm beeps four times every minute. The battery remains in the Off condition
until utility power is restored and no battery current is drawn, or the BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE button is pressed. The BATTERY EMERGENCY USE
button allows the BBU to use the remaining 40% power.
• Auxiliary power: If the BBU battery is depleted, an auxiliary battery can be
connected to the BBU. In this case, the green AUXILIARY POWER LED will
light.
Note — The battery recharges to at least 80% of full capacity in

18 hours with a normal 48 V dc input from the OPSU.
Four indicator LEDs are present on the front of the BBU and one on the OPSU. Each
LED is labeled with an icon. The LEDs and the icons, with their meanings, are shown
in Figure 40-1. The operating mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs;
see Table 40-2.

Figure 40-1 OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
OK
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
19040
Table 40-2 LEDs and audible alarms

STATUS
four times every
minute.
minutes.

POWER
Two user controls blue buttons are present on the front of the BBU; see Figure 40-1
and Table 40-3.

Table 40-3 BBU user controls
ALARM SILENCE Push button Audible alarms are silenced for 24 hours.
BATTERY Push button The remaining 50% battery power will be used. (1)
EMERGENCY USE
Note
40.6 Alarms
The BBU is equipped with intelligent internal diagnostics that provide power supply
alarm information. Open collector opto-coupled transistors isolate the alarm signals,
which are present on the 7-pin power and alarm connector. The service provider can
monitor these alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 40-4 describes the BBU alarms and identifies the power and alarm connector
pins; see Figure 40-2.
Figure 40-2 BBU power and alarm connections
Vo +
Vo -
SIGNAL
RETURN
Power and ON BATTERY 48V
alarm connection REPLACE + -
BATTERY
BATTERY
MISSING OPSU to BBU and
LOW BATTERY power connector
19041

ON BATTERY 4 The on-battery alarm indicates that the BBU is operating

When the BBU is in maintenance mode, the ONBATT status
is not sent to the ONT. However, the ON BATT LED is lit
green to show that the BBU is in maintenance testing
mode. See Table 40-2 for a list of BBU LEDs.
REPLACE BATTERY 5 The replace-battery alarm indicates that the battery is

BATTERY MISSING 6 The battery-missing alarm indicates that no battery is

detected.
LOW BATTERY 7 The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery charger
battery.
40.7 Connections
The voltage output connector at the BBU is a removable, 7-position IDC connector.
A 7-position Phoenix IDC connector is also used at the ONT.
The OPSU has the following:
Table 40-5 describes the OPSU output pinouts.
Table 40-5 OPSU output pinouts
1 +48 V (V dc) Red (RED)
2 –48 V (Vo dc) Black (BLK)
The BBU has the following input/output connectors:

• input connector: Phoenix QC 0.5/2-ST-3.81 LC RD/BK IDC connector
• output connector: Phoenix QC 1.5/7-ST-5.00 COD FTTH IDC connector
Table 40-6 describes the BBU output pinouts.

Table 40-6 BBU output pinouts
1 Positive return (Vo+) Red (RED)
2 –12 V dc (Vo–) Black (BLK)
3 Alarm Signal Return Green (GRN)
4 On Battery Slate (SLT)
6 Battery Missing Blue (BLU)

7 Low Battery Orange (ORN)
Figure 40-3 shows the BBU output power and alarm connector.
Figure 40-3 BBU output power and alarm connector
Red
Black
Green
Slate
Brown Blue Orange
18800
40.8 Specifications
The following specifications apply to the OPSU/BBU.
The OPSU has the following physical description:
• height: 1.8 in. (46 mm)
• width: 2.8 in. (70.5 mm)
• depth: 5.2 in. (132.5 mm)
• weight: 0.93 lb (0.42 kg)

The BBU has the following physical description:

• height: 3.1 in. (77.5 mm)
• width: 8.2 in. (208.0 mm)
• depth: 6.9 in. (174.0 mm)
• weight: 7.76 lb (3.52 kg without battery)
Power
The OPSU has the following input specifications:
The OPSU has the following output specifications:
• output voltages: 47.5 to 52 V dc
• efficiency: > 85%
• ripple: 200 mV RMS maximum
• noise: 250 mV peak-to-peak maximum
The BBU has 44 to 52 V dc input voltage.

The BBU has the following output specifications when powered by the OPSU:
• output voltages: 11.8 to 14.2 V dc during typical loading
• efficiency: > 80% with battery fully charged
The BBU has the following output specifications when using the backup battery or
auxiliary power:
• output voltages for battery backup: 10 to 14.2 V dc
• output voltages for auxiliary power: 10.5 to 20 V dc
• efficiency: > 92% at 12 V dc battery voltage


Environmental
The runtime specifications at 25°C while operating from the battery are defined in
Table 40-7.
Table 40-7 Constant power runtime
Constant power 6W 8W 10 W
Pre-emergency reserve 9 h 16 min 6 h 34 min 5 h 32 min
Emergency reserve 3 h 5 min 2 h 22 min 1 h 26 min

Total time 12 h 21 min 8 h 59 min 6 h 58 min
The operating conditions are:

• temperature range: –4 ° to 115 °F (–20° to 46°C)
• relative humidity (non-condensing) within enclosure: 0% to 95%


41 — Delta DUPS-1232A UPS unit data
sheet
41.6 Alarms 41-5

41.1 Identification
Table 41-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply from
Delta Electronics Inc.
Table 41-1 Identification of the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS
Part Number Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

code
For ordering Delta DUPS-1232A 32 W, 12 V dc UPS with lead-acid — — —

information, battery backup.
contact your A variant that provides a customer-specific logo on the
Alcatel-Lucent unit.
sales
representative.
For ordering A variant that has no logo on the unit. — — —

information,
contact your
Alcatel-Lucent
sales
representative.
The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS provides:

• 32 W, 12.5 to 14.5 V dc power supply for the battery
• valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery backup 12 V 7.2 Ah
• battery diagnostics, self-tests, and status alarm outputs
In battery backup operation mode, the UPS provides:

• 32 W, 9.5 to 13.2 V dc power and battery backup for the ONT
• input voltage range of 11 to 20 V dc
The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS meets:
• UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2, and NEBS Level 1 and 3 (GR1089 and GR63)

The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS converts ac power to dc power to supply the battery.
The battery provides up to 8 h of backup power for the lifeline POTS service,
depending on environmental conditions and load. The UPS also supplies power and
alarm connections to the ONT.
The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS converts ac input power (85 to 264 V ac) to 32 W dc
output power (12.5 to 14.5 V dc) for the battery. The battery is charged and sends the
32 W of power (12.5 to 14.5 V dc) to the ONT. The UPS also provides an auxiliary
power connection that supplies 32 W in the event of a power outage that depletes the
battery backup. The auxiliary power connection supplies power to the ONT but does
not charge the battery.
Alarm outputs are available to monitor the operational status of the battery backup.
The battery backup indicates its status to the service personnel with alarms and to the
ONT by a signal return connection. The ONT can communicate the battery backup
status upstream to the P-OLT.

• Normal: Under normal operating conditions, the green AC Power LED light is
on. The battery receives power from the UPS and battery charge is maintained.
• Battery power: During a commercial utility outage, the battery power supplies the
load. When operating in battery mode, the ON BATTERY LED light is solid
green.
• Low battery: When the battery charge is more than 45% depleted, the UPS
switches to low-battery mode. In this case, the LOW BATTERY LED flashes
green and the alarm beeps four times every minute.
• Auxiliary power: If the battery backup is depleted, an auxiliary battery can be
connected to the UPS.

18 hours with a normal input.
Four indicator LEDs and one user control button are present on the front of the UPS.
Each LED is labeled with an icon as well as the user control button as shown in
Figure 41-1. For descriptions of these LEDs and the user control button, see
Tables 41-2 and 41-3.

Figure 41-1 Delta DUPS-1232A LEDs and user control button
AC
POWER
LOW
BATTERY
REPLACE
BETTERY
MISSING
BATTERY ?
ALARM
SILENCE
19817
Table 41-2 describes the status LED indicators for the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS.
Table 41-2 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LED indicators
LED name LED color and status
AC Power Green solid — OK
Green flashing — Fail
Low Battery Green solid — Backup mode
Green flashing — Low battery
Replace Battery Red solid — Battery failed self-test
Missing Battery Green solid — Open circuit
Table 41-3 describes the user control button for the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS.
Table 41-3 User control button
ALARM SILENCE (1) Push button (2) Audible alarms are silenced for 24 hours.
Notes
(1) The alarm silence button disables an audible alarm for 24 hours. After 24 hours, the alarm will
recommence if the underlying fault condition has not be corrected.

(2) To restore the alarm, press the button and hold down for 3 to 5 seconds.
41.6 Alarms
Audible alarms alert the user of abnormal or service-effecting conditions on the

Delta DUPS-1232A UPS.
Table 41-4 describes battery backup audio alarms and signal information.
Table 41-4 Battery backup audio alarm and condition
Alarm Condition Alarm audio
ON BATTERY (or AC The on-battery alarm indicates that the UPS is operating One beep at time of
Fail) using the battery backup. power loss
REPLACE BATTERY The replace-battery alarm indicates that the battery has One beep every 15
failed the self test. minutes
BATTERY MISSING The battery-missing alarm indicates that the battery is None
missing or there is an open circuit.
BATTERY LOW The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery charger Four beeps every
has fallen below 45% capacity when operating from the minute
battery.
41.7 Connections
The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS has the following connections:

• input connector/plug: IEC 320/C5, NEMA 1-15P, 3-prong plug/pass thru
• output connector: 3.5 mm (0.14 inch) 7-position screw terminal connectors
• auxiliary input power connector: DC jack, 3.5 mm (0.14 inch) OD return, 1.3 mm
(0.05 inch) ID positive center
Figure 41-2 shows the UPS output power and alarm connector.

Figure 41-2 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS output power and alarm connector
Vo + Low
Vo - Missing Battery
Signal Replace Battery
Return On Battery
Battery
19819
Figure 41-3 shows the location of the auxiliary power connector.
Figure 41-3 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS auxiliary power connector
AUXILARY
19818
41.8 Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS.
• height: 3.07 in. (78 mm)
• width: 8.58 in. (218 mm)
• depth: 7.05 in. (179 mm)
• weight: 7.78 lb (3.53 kg with battery)

Power
• input surge protection: NEBS GR1089 section 4.7 @ 6KV
• output voltages: 12.5 to 14.5 V dc
• output current: 2.7 A maximum
• efficiency: > 75% with battery fully charged
In battery backup operation mode, the UPS has the following output specifications:
• output voltages: 9.5 to 13.2 V dc
• output current: 2.7 A maximum
• efficiency at full load: > 90% with 12 V battery voltage
Note — The battery backup supports ONT operations for a minimum

Environmental
The operating conditions for the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS are:
• temperature range: –4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
• relative humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95%
The storage conditions are:
• temperature range: –4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
• relative humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95%


42 — FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data
sheet
42.6 Alarms 42-4

42.1 Identification
Table 42-1 provides identification information about the FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS
from Alpha Technologies, Inc. that is used with the small office home office (SOHO)
ONT, business ONT, and LP multi dwelling unit (MDU) outdoor ONT.
Table 42-1 Identification of the FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS
1AF 14373 AB FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS with heater. Has

customer specific logo.
1AF 14373 AC FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS without heater.
1AF 14373 AD FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS with heater.
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Planning and Batteries for the FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS.
Ordering Guide
The FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS provides:

• 48 V dc to 58 V dc output when operating on ac power, or 42 V dc to 58 V dc
when using batteries
• simple power connections from the + dc lead on the Alpha FMPS to the + input
terminal on the ONT or MDU, and from the – dc lead on the Alpha FMPS to the
– input terminal on the ONT or MDU
• 150 W output using universal input voltage range of 90 V ac to 320 V ac input
power, 45 Hz to 66 Hz
• support for two strings of four 7.2 Ah valve regulated lead acid (VRLA) batteries
provide up to 8 h of backup battery power, depending upon conditions
• battery diagnostics, self-testing, and communication capability by alarm output to
the service provider network using the customer premises electronics
• surge protection compliant to ANSI/IEEE Std. C62.41 to Category A, B, or C
requirements, using a ring wave or combination waveform at a level of 6 kV
• CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1/UL 60950-1 1st Edition, EN 60950-1:2001
The FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS can be mounted inside the customer’s premises. It
powers the SOHO, business ONT, and LP MDU and provides up to 8 h of backup
power for lifeline POTS services, depending on environmental conditions and load.
The UPS converts 90 V ac to 320 V ac input (45/66 Hz autosensing) to 150 W
continuous output of 48 V dc to 58 V dc. You can install up to two FMPS-150W UPS
units on a single dedicated 15 A circuit.

backup battery. The UPS indicates its status using LEDs and to the ONT by a
5-conductor alarm signal return connection. The ONT can communicate the UPS
status upstream to the P-OLT.
Two dc output and alarm connectors are provided on the UPS; however,
Alcatel-Lucent recommends the use of only one dc and alarm connection per UPS
for an ONT installation. As well, Alcatel-Lucent recommends running the power
wires in a separate conduit from the alarm wires.
There are three operating modes as follows:

is maintained. Three exception states can occur during normal operation:
• Replace battery: This state is entered when the charge control circuit determines the
battery is not holding a charge, or is incapable of being charged. The replace battery
alarm is raised when the battery capacity falls to less than 70% of capacity.
• Battery missing: This is a critical condition in which the UPS is unable to provide
adequate back up power should the main ac supply fail. A battery missing alarm is
sent to the ONT if one or more of the eight batteries are missing.
• Overcurrent: This state occurs if the external load current drawn exceeds the
capacity of the UPS, for example, the output power leads are inadvertently shorted.
An overcurrent condition could damage the UPS.
• Battery backup: In the event of an AC power outage, the UPS supplies the load
from the backup batteries. The Battery LED lights when in battery backup mode.
The UPS remains in battery backup mode until the AC power is restored or the
batteries reach the low-voltage shutdown level of 42 V dc. When AC power is
restored, backup batteries are recharged at a maximum current of 1.8 A per string
of batteries.
• Charging: A float charge maintains the batteries at 100% capacity during normal
operation and ceases charging if the ac input power fails. Battery charging
automatically resumes after ac power is restored if the unit was operating in
battery backup mode. Charging continues until:
• Battery has reached 100% capacity.
• Another ac power failure occurs.
• Additional power is required by the ONT, causing power from the batteries to be
diverted to the ONT (charging resumes when the additional ONT power demand
ends).
• The backup battery is depleted.
42.5 Status LEDs
Three indicator LEDs are present on the front of the UPS. These same LEDs also
appear inside the unit cover. Each LED is labeled with an icon. These icons, with
their meanings, are shown in Figure 42-1. The LED states are described in
Table 42-2.

Normal Backup battery Replace

operation is in use battery
18919
Table 42-2 LEDs
System Green Normal mode of operation
Battery Yellow Power supply is operating from the battery pack
Replace battery Red DC output present
42.6 Alarms
alarm signals. The service provider can monitor these signals in order to isolate
problems and take corrective action. The alarms are as follows:
• AC Fail: There is insufficient ac supply line voltage to maintain battery charge.
This alarm is only set when the batteries are discharging to avoid nuisance alarms
and clears when the battery begins receiving a consistent charge.
• Missing Battery: The battery is disconnected. The load will not be supported if
• Audible alarm: You can enable the audible alarm using the switch located above
the 5-position IDC alarm connectors inside the unit.
When enabled, the audible alarm gives a low battery warning of four short beeps
once an hour if the battery string voltage reaches 46.8 V ac. An externally accessible
silence alarm button is located beneath the status LEDs on the front panel. Press and
hold down the button once for 0.5 s to silence the audible alarm for 24 h. A second
silence alarm button is located inside the unit, directly below the internal status
LEDs. For more information about alarms, consult the manufacturer’s
documentation accompanying the unit.
You can install one string of four batteries or two strings of eight batteries in the UPS.
Alcatel-Lucent recommends installing both strings. If only one string of backup
batteries are installed, a battery missing alarm is sent to the ONT.

42.7 Connections
A 5-position IDC alarm output connector located inside the UPS accepts five
24 AWG alarm wires from the ONT. Two screw down terminals for output power
are located inside the UPS and accepts 2 x 16 AWG wire per class 1 NEC wiring
requirements. Use 16 AWG wires for the power output leads to the ONT.
Figure 42-2 shows the 5-position alarm IDC connector and screw-down power
terminals on the UPS.
Figure 42-2 FlexNet FMPS-150 W UPS alarm IDC connector and power terminals
Audible
Alarm
ON/OFF
OUTPUT
CONNECTIONS
Replace Battery
Replace Battery
Missing Battery
Missing Battery
Alarm Return
Alarm Return
Battery Low
Battery Low
RED
RED
BLK
BLK
AC Fail
AC Fail
48VDC 48VDC
OUTPUT 1 OUTPUT 2
19576
Table 42-3 lists the pin assignments for the 5-position IDC alarm connector on the
UPS.
Table 42-3 UPS alarm connector pin assignments
Pin number Signal
1 Alarm Return
2 AC Fail
3 Replace Battery
4 Missing Battery
5 Battery Low

Two dc output and alarm connectors are provided; however, Alcatel-Lucent

recommends the use of only one dc and alarm connection per UPS for an ONT
installation. As well, Alcatel-Lucent recommends running the power wires in a
separate conduit from the alarm wires.
The UPS comes with an 8 ft line cord for connection to the main ac power supply.
The UPS can also be hard wired to the ac supply. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions in the documentation accompanying the unit for more information about
connecting the UPS to the main ac power source.
42.8 Specifications
• height: 23.75 in. (60.3 cm)
• width: 14 in. (35.6 cm)
• depth: 5.5 in. (14 cm)
• enclosure only weight: 25 lb (11.3 kg)
• weight of enclosure with both battery strings: 44.128 lb (20 kg)
Power
• ac input frequency: 45 Hz to 66 Hz (auto sensing)
• nominal input: 90 V ac to 320 V ac
• maximum ac current draw: 2.5 A at 120 V ac (with maximum dc output, plus
charger and heater)

• output voltage (nominal): 55 Vdc
• output current: 3.1 A typical
Environmental
The runtime specifications at 25°C using two battery strings:
• load, 30 W: 23 h
• load, 40 W: 17.22 h
• load, 50 W: 13.68 h
• load, 60 W: 11.23 h

Battery recharge to 90% efficiency using two battery strings are defined as follows:
• load, 25 W: 13.6 h
• load, 100 W: 25.2 h
• load, 150 W: no recharge
• temperature range 1, with heater: −40°F to 115°F (−40°C to 46°C)
• temperature range 2, without heater: 14°F to 115°F (−10°C to 46°C)
• humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95% RH
The storage conditions are defined as follows:

• temperature range: −5°F to 185°F (−15°C to 85°C)
• humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95% humidity


43 — PowerShield CP50B48 UPS unit data
sheet
43.6 Alarms 43-4

43.1 Identification
Table 43-1 provides identification information about the PowerShield CP50B48

50 W –48 V dc to -52 V dc UPS from American Power Conversion Corporation, that
is used with the small office home office (SOHO) outdoor ONT and the business
ONT.
Table 43-1 Identification of the APC UPS
3EM 13372 AA PowerShield CP50B48 (1) 50 W, –48 V dc UPS with spill-proof,

maintenance-free sealed lead acid backup battery and a 6.5 ft (1.98 m)
long three-conductor power cable with a with three-prong North
American plug.
1AF 03877 BF PowerShield CP50B48 (1) 50 W, –48 V dc UPS with spill-proof,

long three-conductor F-Gnd Schuko power cord.
1AF 03877 BG PowerShield CP50B48 (1) 50 W, –48 V dc UPS with spill-proof,

long power cord with European plug.
1AF 03877 BH PowerShield CP50B48 (1) 50 W, –48 V dc UPS with spill-proof,

long power cord with an Australian/New Zealand plug.
Note
(1) The CP50B48 UPS is manufacturer discontinued. Contact your Alcatel-Lucent representative for
details.
The PowerShield CP50B48 provides:

• 50 W –48 V dc UPS for the ONT
• 50 W output using universal input voltage range of 87 V ac to 264 V ac input
power
• 20 Ah spill-proof, maintenance-free sealed lead acid backup battery
• battery diagnostics, self-tests, and UPS status alarm outputs
• cUL Listed, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN 55022 Class B, EN 60950, FCC Part
15 Class B, UL Listed, VDE compliance
• operating temperature: –20 °C (–4 °F) to 45°C (113 °F), 0% to 95% relative
humidity, 0 to 10 000 ft (0 to 3000 m) elevation
Note — If the plug is not the right type, please contact Alcatel-Lucent
support for a recommended adapter.

The APC UPS is mounted either inside or outside a customer premises. It provides
backup battery power for lifeline POTS service in the business ONT, depending on
environmental conditions and load. It converts 87 V ac to 264 V ac input (50/60 Hz)
to 46 V dc to 52 V dc (50 W) output and serves as a temporary backup in case of
power loss.
backup battery. The UPS indicates its status to the craft person with LEDs and to the
business ONT by a signal return connection. The business ONT can communicate
the UPS status upstream to the P-OLT.

is maintained.
battery power. When operating in On-Battery mode, the AC Present LED light is
yellow.
• Low-Battery Shutdown: When the UPS operates on battery power for extended
periods, the battery charge is depleted and the UPS shuts down. In this case, all
LED lights are off. The UPS remains in the Off condition until utility power is
restored and no battery current is drawn.
• Overload Condition: When the unit shuts down due to an overload, the unit
automatically restarts after 5 s.

48 hours.
43.5 Status LEDs
an icon. These icons, with their meanings, are shown in Figure 43-1. The operating
mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs; see Table 43-2.

Table 43-2 LEDs
AC Present Green Operating on ac power
Green Flashing High-charge mode
DC Output On Green DC output present
Battery Bad Red Battery missing or needs replacement
43.6 Alarms
alarm information. Open collector opto-coupled transistors isolate the alarm signals,
which are present on the 7-pin power and alarm connector. The service provider can
monitor these alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 43-3 describes the UPS alarms, as well as provides the output signal levels at
the power and alarm connector pins.
Signal Pin Description Level
ON BATT 4 The on-battery alarm indicates if the UPS Low = operating from
is operating using the main AC power main AC power source
source or backup battery. Open = operating from
backup battery
REPLACE BATT 5 The replace-battery alarm indicates that Low = battery is charged
the battery is either charged, or has Open = battery failed
failed the self test.
Replace the battery if this alarm indicates
a failure. Availability has been
compromised.
BATT MISSING 6 The battery-missing alarm indicates Low = battery is present

whether or not the battery is detected. Open = battery is missing
LOW BATT 7 The low-battery alarm indicates that the Low = battery is nearly
battery charge is either near full fully charged
capacity, or has fallen below 20% capacity Open = battery charge is
when operating from the battery. below 20% capacity
43.7 Connections
The voltage output connector at the UPS is a 3.5 mm, removable, 7-pin screw
terminal connector (ANSI: accepts 16 to 26 AWG). A 7-position Phoenix IDC
connector is used at the ONT.

The UPS has the following input/output connectors:

• input connector: IEC320/C5 3-wire inlet
• number of power cords: 1
• output connector: 3.5 mm removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector (ANSI:
accepts 16 to 26 AWG)
Table 43-4 shows the UPS output pinouts.
1 Positive return (Vo+) (1) Red (RED)
2 –48 V dc (Vo–) (2) Black (BLK)

3 Alarm Signal Return Green (GRN)
6 Battery Missing Blue (BLU)
7 Low Battery Orange (ORN)
Notes
(1) Tied to earth ground.
(2) –48 V dc reference to pin 1 positive return (Vo+).
Figure 43-2 shows the output power and alarm connector.
Figure 43-2 APC UPS connector
UPS Connector
1/4 in.
(.64 cm)
Red Black Green Slate Brown Blue Orange

18977
43.8 Specifications

• height: 11.60 in. (29.5 cm)
• width: 11 in. (27.9 cm)
• depth: 3.7 in. (9.4 cm)
• weight: 18.50 lb (8.41 kg)
Power
• input frequency: 47 Hz to 63 Hz (auto sensing)
• input voltage: 87 V ac to 264 V ac
• output voltages: –48 V dc
• maximum configurable power: 50 W
Environmental
The runtime specifications at 25°C while operating off of the battery are defined as
follows:
• load, 8 W: 24 h
• load, 15 W: 13 h
• load, 25 W: 8 h
• load, 50 W: 4 h

• temperature range: –4 °F to 113 °F (–20°C to 45°C)
• operating elevation: 0 to 10 000 ft above sea level (0 to 3000 m)
• storage elevation: 0 to 50 000 ft above sea level (0 to 15 000 m)
• relative humidity (non-condensing) within enclosure: 0% to 95%

Glossary
1000Base-LX An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for 1000 Mb/s gigabit Ethernet
(GE) using Long Wavelength (LX) laser transmitters over fiber-optic cable.
1000Base-SX An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for 1000 Mb/s gigabit Ethernet
(GE) using Short Wavelength (SX) laser transmitters over fiber-optic cable.
10/100Base-T 10- to 100-Mb/s LAN
An IEEE standard for 10/100 Mb/s twisted-pair Ethernet wiring.
10Base-T An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for Ethernet. 10Base-T carries
data at 10 Mb/s to a maximum distance of 328 ft (100 m) over unshielded
twisted-pair cabling.
5526 AMS The Alcatel-Lucent 5526 Access Management System
The Alcatel-Lucent UNIX-based, client-server architecture controller for
7342 ISAM FTTU systems.
5528 WAM 5528 Web-based Access Manager
The Alcatel-Lucent 5528 Web-based Access Manager is a web server-based
network manager software. The 5528 WAM allows registered users to
connect to the NE through the Internet or craft port, providing a uniform and
simplified method of monitoring, provisioning, and configuring NEs.
AAA server Authentication, Authorization, Accounting server
AACU-C Alarm Control Unit, Version C
A card that performs alarm control functions and provides connectivity for
a craft terminal and Ethernet 10Base-T connectivity for maintenance access.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 GL-1

Glossary
AAI Access-to-Access Interface

The interface that the line termination (LT) card uses to subtend to the
passive optical network (PON).
ACK Acknowledgement
ACO Alarm Cut Off
ACO is a push button that allows the audible alarms to be extinguished
without affecting the visual alarms. The audible alarms can be toggled as
enabled or disabled.
ACU Alarm Control Unit
A component located on the optical line termination (OLT) shelf that
collects rack alarms, controls top rack unit alarm displays, and provides an
alarm interface to the central office alarm system
AFAN Fan
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (OLT)
shelf.
AFAN-H Fan, version H
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (ALTS-N)
shelf. AFAN-H is only used in the ETSI market.
AFAN-P Fan, version P
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (OLTS-K)
shelf. AFAN-P is only used in the ANSI market.
AFAN-R Fan, version R
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (OLTS-L)
shelf. AFAN-R is only used in the ANSI market.
AFAN-S Fan, version S
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (OLTS-M)
shelf. AFAN-S is only used in the ETSI market.
AFE Analog Front End
AGC Automatic Gain Control
An electronic device that controls the gain of a signal to ensure some level
of performance over changing conditions.
AID Access Identifier
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALM Alarm
GL-2 July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Glossary
ALTS-N ADSL Line Termination Shelf, version N

The ASAM shelf that provides mounting locations and slide-in rails for unit
insertion into backplane-mounted connectors. The ALTS-N is only used in
the ETSI market.
ANSI American National Standards Institute
A nonprofit, nongovernmental body supported by over 1000 trade
organizations, professional societies, and companies; ANSI was established
for the creation of voluntary industry standards.
APC American Power Conversion
APS Automatic Protection Switching
The capability of a transmission system to detect a failure on a working
facility and switch to a protection facility to recover the traffic, thus
increasing overall system availability
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
A protocol within TCP/IP that maps IP addresses to Ethernet
MAC addresses. TCP/IP requires ARP for use with Ethernet
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
Coding method used to convert letters, numbers, punctuation, and control
codes into digital form
AU Automatically Out-of-Service
An alarm signal that indicates that the unit failed and is automatically taken
out-of-service
AUMA Automatically and Manually Out-of-Service
An alarm signal that indicates that the unit failed and the user has manually
(administratively) taken it out of service.
AWG American Wire Gauge
AWG is a standard measuring gauge for non-ferrous conductors.
BAC Buffer Acceptance Control
BATA Battery A
BATB Battery B
BATRET Battery Return
BER Bit Error Rate
Measure of transmission quality expressed as the percentage of received bits
in error compared to the total number of bits received.
BITS Building Integrated Timing Supply

Glossary
BITS-A BITS backplane adapter, version A

BITS-A is only used in the ANSI market.
BITS-B BITS backplane adapter, version B
BITS-B is only used in the ETSI market.
BMLD Burst Mode Laser Driver
BOOTP Bootstrap Protocol
Application layer configuration protocol that allows a host to configure itself
dynamically at boot time. This protocol provides 3 services:
• IP address assignment
• Detection of the IP address for a serving machine
• The name of a file to be loaded and executed by the client machine
BRAS Broadband Remote Access Server
CAC Connection Admission Control
CAC is an algorithm that evaluates whether a new service can be added to a
VLAN on a PON, and whether a new VLAN can be added to a gigabit
Ethernet port or LAG on the EHNT.
CB Circuit Breaker
CDE Component Development Environment
Development discipline based on the reuse of components to ease rapid
time-to-market.
CDR Clock Data Recovery
CDRH Center for Devices and Radiological Health (U.S.)
CEMT Cable Entry Management Tray
CES Circuit Emulation Service
CEV Controlled Environment Vault
CFR Code of Federal Regulation (U.S.)
CRoHS China Restriction of Hazardous Substances
The CRoHS regulations provide information about the installation and
operation of ONT systems with regards to the use of hazardous substances
in products and subassemblies.
CID Channel Identifier or Consecutive Identical Digit
CLEC Competitive Local Exchange Carrier
CLEI Common Language Equipment Identifier

Glossary
CLI Command Line Interface

A workstation access method interface that uses CLI commands to
communicate to any network element in the 7342 ISAM FTTU network.
CO Central Office
Telephone switching center that connects subscribers within a telephone
network.
CODEC Coder Decoder
CoS Class of Service
a method of managing traffic in a network by grouping similar types of
traffic together and treating each type as a class with its own level of service
priority.
CPE Customer Premises Equipment
Customer-owned telecommunications equipment at customer premises used
to terminate or process information from the public network
CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
CPU Central Processing Unit
The part of a computer that performs the logic computational and
decision-making functions
CSA Carrier Serving Area
A type of trunk-loop architecture that typically includes a T1 carrier, a
cluster of subscribers, and a serving area
CSMA/CD Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
A data communications mode in a shared medium in which access
contention problems are solved by denying access to one of the contenders
CTAG Correlation Tag
C-VLAN Customer VLAN
DBA Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation
The capacity of subdividing large high-capacity network transmission
resources among multiple applications almost instantaneously and providing
each application only the share of bandwidth each application requires
dBm Decibel referenced to one millivolt across 75 ohms
DCE Data Circuit Terminating Equipment

Glossary
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DHCP is a client/server service that is an extension of the BOOTP protocol.
DHCP simplifies the configuration of a client workstation since no IP
addresses, subnet masks, default gateways, domain names, or DNSs must be
programmed. With DHCP, this information is dynamically leased from the
DHCP server for a predefined amount of time. Because the information is
stored on a server, it centralizes IP address management, reduces the number
of IP addresses to be used, and simplifies maintenance. RFC 2131 defines
DHCP.
DLP Detailed Level Procedure
DPE Drum Plate Enlarger
DS1 Digital Service Level-1
A digital circuit with a total bandwidth or transmission speed of 1.5444
million bits per second. The trunk level-1 standard of 1.5444 is in support of
24-voice conversations each encoded at 64 Kb per second.
DSCP Differentiated Services Code Point
A six-bit value encoded in the type of service field of an IP packet header. It
identifies the CoS that the packet should receive.
DSL Digital Subscriber Line
A DSL is a single twisted-pair that supports full-duplex transmission at a bit
rate of 160 kb/s (144 kb/s for 2B+D data, 12 kb/s for framing and error
correction, and 4 kb/s for the embedded operations channel).
DSP Digital Signaling Processing
DSS Digital Satellite Service
DTE Data Terminal Equipment
A definition of hardware specifications provided for data communications.
EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol
EC Echo Cancellation
A technique to stop a received signal from being transmitted back to its
origin by constructing a signal closely approximating the echo component
and subtracting this from the locally transmitted signal
ECT Enhanced Craft Terminal
EDFA Erdium-Doped Fiber Amplifier
A form of fiber optical amplification in which the transmittal light signal
passes through a section of erbium-doped fiber and is amplified by means of
a laser pump diode. EDFA is used in transmitter booster amplifiers, in-line
repeating amplifiers, and receiver preamplifiers.
EE Equipment Engineering

Glossary
EFT Electrical Fast Transient

eHCL Ethernet-based High Capacity Link
EHNT Ethernet-based High-capacity Network Termination
EIA Electronic Industries Association
Group that specifies electrical transmission standards. The EIA and TIA
have developed numerous well-known communications standards,
including EIA/TIA-232 and EIA/TIA-449.
EM Element Manager
E-MAN Ethernet Metropolitan Area Network
EMC ElectroMagnetic Compatibility
EMC designates the ability of commodities to function normally in the
electromagnetic environment (this ability is termed Electromagnetic
Susceptibility [EMS]), and the ability not to generate unbearable
electromagnetic interference to other devices and equipment in the same
environment (this ability is termed Electromagnetic Interference [EMI].
These two abilities are collectively named EMC.
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
EMS Element Management System
EPC Ethernet Power Connection
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
The capability of physical equipment to detect a failure on a working facility
and switch to a protection facility to recover the traffic, thus increasing
overall system availability.
ES Error Second
ESD Electrostatic discharge
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
The European counterpart to ANSI. Established to produce
telecommunication standards integration in the European community for
users, manufacturers, suppliers, and Post Telephone and Telegraph
administration.
FCC Federal Communications Commission (U.S.)
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FDA Food and Drug Agency (U.S.)
FDB Forwarding Database
FEC Forward Error Correction
FGND Frame Ground

Glossary
FGU Feature Group Fiber to the User

FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
An integrated chip with functions that can be programmed by software
FSST Fiber Slack Storage Tray
A tray used in the Video Coupler shelf for excess PON fiber storage
FTP File Transfer Protocol
A protocol by which clients can transfer files to a server. Commonly used to
transfer files to a web server for websites or to download files from the web
to install.
FTTU Fiber To The User
A high-speed fiber-optic cable technology for delivery of broadband
services to home or office over and Ethernet passive optical network (PON).
GE Gigabit Ethernet
Ethernet interface that runs at 1000 Mb/s
GEM GPON encapsulated module
GLOB GPON Line-termination Optical Block
GLT2 GPON Line Termination with 2 PONs
GLT4 GPON Line Termination with 4 PONs
GMII Gigabit Ethernet Media Independent Interface
GMQ General Membership Query
GND Ground
GNDF Ground Frame
GPON Gigabit Passive Optical Network
GUI Graphical User Interface
A user screen that includes menus, tables, or icons to query or change data;
usually distinguished from the command line interface.
HD High Density
HS hazardous substance
HSI High Speed Internet
HST hazardous substance table
The HST lists the hazardous substances present in products and
subassemblies, as required by CRoHS legislation.

Glossary
HTRU High-density Top Rack Unit

An FTTU component that provides redundant power distribution, as well as
fuse and alarm functions, for an equipment rack housing OLTS units.
IDC Insulation Displacement Connector
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
The IEEE is a worldwide engineering publishing and standards-making
body. It is the organization responsible for defining many of the standards
used in the computer, electrical, and electronics industries.
IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol
A protocol used between hosts and multicast routers on a single physical
network to establish hosts’ membership in particular multicast groups.
Version 2 of IGMP is described in RFC 2236.
IGS IGMP system on the SHub
ILEC Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier
IOCM Input-Output Channel Manager
IP Internet Protocol
Connectionless packet-switching protocol that works together with TCP.
IPoE Internet Protocol over Ethernet
IPTV IP Television
The delivery of video services over an end-to-end IP infrastructure. IPTV
can include various classes of video services, such as video on demand,
broadcast TV, video conferencing, and mobile video.
IS In Service
ISAM Intelligent Services Access Manager
The Intelligent Service Access Manager is a DSL access multiplexer that
operates in a packet aggregation network. The ISAM enables deployment of
triple-play services, such as video on demand, high-definition TV and
broadcast TV services for all subscribers simultaneously.
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
An internationally accepted standard for voice, data, and signaling. There
are two basic types of ISDN service: Basic Rate Interface (BRI) and Primary
Rate Interface (PRI).
ISP Internet Service Provider
A regional network-providing Internet service

Glossary
ITU International Telecommunication Union

Standards organization that develops international telecommunications
recommendations.
IXL Index List
LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol
An IEEE specification (802.3ad) that allows you to bundle several physical
ports together to form a single logical channel.
LAN Local Area Network
Type of network that sends and receives communications over a small area,
such as within an office or group of buildings.
LED Light Emitting Diode
A semiconductor diode that emits light when a current is passed through it.
LGX LightGuide Cross-connect
LIM Line Interface Module
LLC Logical Link Control
The common data link protocol in Layer 2 of the OSI model that multiplexes
one or more data links to and from separate service access points.
LLID Loopback Location IDentifier
During a fault investigation by a network operator, the point to which
loopback cells return from a central location in the network.
LOP Loss of Pointer
LOS Loss of Signal
A condition at the receiver or a maintenance signal transmitted in the
physical overhead, indicating that the receiving equipment has lost the
received signal.
LT Line Termination
MAC Media Access Control
The IEEE sublayer in a local area network that controls access to the shared
medium by local area network attached devices.
MAU Media Attachment Unit
Ethernet connector.
MBS Maximum Burst Size

Glossary
MCR Minimum Cell Rate

An available bit-rate service traffic descriptor in cells/sec. The rate at which
the source is always allowed to send.
MD MD is expanded in two ways:
• Mixed Density
• Monitor Diode
MD5 Message Digit algorithm 5
MDF Main Distribution Frame
MDI Medium Dependent Interface
MDI is a type of Ethernet port for use with twisted-pair cabling.
MDIX Medium Dependent Interface Crossover
The MDIX version of MDI enables the connection of like devices using
straight-through twisted-pair for MDI port to MDIX port connections and
crossover twisted-pair for MDI-to-MDI or MDIX-to-MDIX connections.
MIB Management Information Base
A database of network performance information that is stored on a network
agent for access by a network management station.
MII Media Independent Interface
MLT Mechanized Loop Test
MMF Multimode Fiber
An optical fiber with a core diameter from 50 to 100 microns. Most
commonly used in short distance LANs. The larger core diameter allows
broader light sources such as LEDs. Modal dispersion is a problem over
longer distances.
MoCA Multimedia over Coax Alliance
MOS Mean Opinion Scores
MPI Message Passing Interface
MPOE Minimum Point of Entry
MTTR Mean Time To Repair
NAT Network Address Translation
NB Narrow Band
NE Network Element
Hardware or combined hardware-software that is designed to perform within
a telecommunications system.

Glossary
NEBS Network Equipment Building Standards

Performance, quality, environmental, and safety standards set by Bellcore
for telecommunications equipment.
NEC U.S. National Electrical Code
Nm One billionth (10-9) of a meter
NNI Network-to-Node Interface
NR Normal
NSP Network Service Provider
NT Network Termination
A card that provides a link to an Ethernet-based network. The
7342 ISAM FTTU uses the EHNT-A.
NTP Non-Trouble Procedure
NTP Network Time Protocol
NTR Network Timing Reference
OAM Operations, Administration, and Maintenance
Broad categories of functions found in a communications network and/or the
business processes found in network service provider companies.
OATD Optical Access Termination Daughterboard
OBC On-Board Controller
OFDF Optical Fiber Distribution Frame
The interface between optical fiber and the optical transmission equipment.
OLT Optical Line Termination
OLTS Optical Line Termination Shelf
The FTTU shelf (also called FTTU Line Termination Shelf) that provides
mounting locations and slide-in rails for unit insertion into
backplane-mounted connectors.
OLTS-K Optical Line Termination Shelf, version K
backplane-mounted connectors. The OLTS-K is only used in the ANSI
market.

Glossary
OLTS-L Optical Line Termination Shelf, version L

backplane-mounted connectors. The OLTS-L is only used in the ANSI
market.
OLTS-M Optical Line Termination Shelf, version M
backplane-mounted connectors. The OLTS-M is only used in the ETSI
market.
OMCI ONT Management Control Interface
ONT Optical Network Terminal
Equipment that provides voice, data, and video services and terminates the
7342 ISAM FTTU network at a subscriber location. ONTs provide services
to a single family home, a business location, or a multidwelling residence,
such as an apartment complex or condominium. Services can include POTS,
high-speed Ethernet, IPTV, and RF video.
OOS Out Of Service
The status of a primary rate link when it is out of service.
OOS-MA Out of Service—Maintenance
OS Operations System
Standalone software system that supports network-related operations
functions.
OSI Open Systems Interconnection
The only internationally accepted framework of standards for
communication between different systems made by various vendors.
OSMINE Operation Systems Modification for the Integration of Network Elements
OSP Outside Plant
OSPF Open Shortest Path First
Dynamic routing protocol that responds quickly to network topology
changes. As a successor to RIP, it uses an algorithm that builds and
calculates the shortest path to all known destinations.
OSS Operations Support System
OSWP Overall Software Package
PADI PPPoE Active Discovery Initiation
PBA Printed Board Assembly
PC Personal Computer

Glossary
PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect

PCM Pulse Code Modulation
A form or modulation used to sample a voice signal and convert the sample
into a digital code. A digital modulation method that converts a pulse
amplitude modulated signal into a digital signal.
PCR Peak Cell Rate
The Peak Cell Rate in cells/sec; the cell rate that the source may never
exceed.
PDF Power Distribution Frame
PE Protective Earth
PHY Physical (Medium independent)
PID Protocol Identifier
A part of the SNAP header that identifies the protocol to be encapsulated.
PLID Physical Location Identification
PLOAM Physical Layer Operation Administration and Maintenance
PM Performance Monitoring
A type of transport measurement that provides the continuous collection of
performance data.
PoE Power over Ethernet
A technology that enables the transmission of electrical power, along with
data, to remote devices over unshielded twisted-pair wiring in an Ethernet
network.
P-OLT Packet Optical Line Termination
The fully assembled shelf in the 7342 ISAM FTTU system. The P-OLT
consists of two NT cards (for redundancy), one AACU card, and 18 LT
cards.
PON Passive Optical Network
A fiber-based network that uses passive splitters to deliver signals to
multiple users.
POTS Plain Old Telephone Service
Term used to describe narrowband, voice-only telephone service.
PPP Point-to-Point Protocol
A protocol that allows a computer to use TCP/IP with a standard telephone
line and a high-speed modem to establish a link between two terminal
installations

Glossary
PPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet

A specification for connecting multiple computer users on an Ethernet local
area network to a remote site through common customer premises
equipment. PPPoE allows users to share a common xDSL, cable modem, or
wireless connection to the Internet. PPPoE combines the PPP protocol,
commonly used in dialup connections, with the Ethernet protocol, which
supports multiple users in a local area network. The PPP protocol
information is encapsulated within an Ethernet frame.
PRI Primary Rate Interface
One type of interface for the ISDN product. The equivalent of a T-1 circuit.
The PRI delivered to the customer premises provides a 23B+D channel
running at 1.544 Mbit/s.
PST Primary State; PON Section Trace
PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network
Telephone network based on normal telephone signaling and ordinary
switched long distance telephone circuits.
PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit
A connection set up by service order instead of on-demand signaling.
PW pseudo-wire
QoS Quality of Service
Measure of the quality of a data communications link provided to a
subscriber.
RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial in User Service
A standardized method of information exchange between a device that
provides network access to users (RADIUS client) and a device that contains
authentication and profile information for the users (RADIUS server).
RAL Restricted Access Location
RAM Remote Access Multiplexer
RDI Remote Defect Indication
RDM Relay Detection Mechanism
RED Random Early Detection
RF Radio Frequency
RG Routing Gateway
RGW Residential Gateway
RH Relative Humidity

Glossary
RIP Routing Information Protocol

An interior gateway protocol defined by the IETF (RIPv1 - RFC 1058 and
RIPv2 - 2453) that specifies how routers exchange routing table information.
RIP is a routing protocol based on the distance vector algorithm. With RIP,
routers periodically exchange entire tables.
RJ-45 The RJ-45 is a single-line jack for digital transmission over ordinary phone
wire, either untwisted or twisted. It is the interface for Ethernet standards
10Base-T and 100Base-T.
RMON Remote Monitoring
RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
RSTP is specified in IEEE802.1w. It replaces the spanning tree protocol
specified by IEEE 802.1d. RSTP is targeted at switched networks with
point-to-point interconnections, and allows for much quicker
reconfiguration time (approximately 1 s) by allowing a rapid change in port
roles.
RT Real Time
RTCP Real-Time Control Protocol
RTL Routine Task List
RTP Real-time Transport Protocol
RTU Remote Test Unit
RU Rack Unit
A rack unit is a unit of vertical space in a standard 19-inch equipment rack.
One RU is 1.75 in.
Rx Receive (Rx) is the downstream direction on the ONT side. Receive (Rx) is
the upstream direction on the LT side.
SCR Sustainable Cell Rate
SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SEC Secondary
SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage
A circuit which has no direct connection to a primary power source, but
derives its power from either a transformer, converter or equivalent isolation
device, or from a battery. It is designed and protected so that under normal
and single fault conditions, its voltages do not exceed a safe value.
SES Severely Errored Second
SFF Small Form Factor
A physically compact connector design that has been developed for use in
fiber optic systems. These connectors are about half the size of conventional
connectors.

Glossary
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable

SFP is a specification for a new generation of optical modular transceivers.
The devices are designed for use with small form factor connectors, and
offer high speed and physical compactness. They are hot-swappable.
SHub Service Hub
SID System Identifier
A string up to 20 characters in length specifies a unique name for each NE
in a system.
SIP Session Initiation Protocol
SIP is an application-layer control (signaling) protocol for creating,
modifying, and terminating sessions with one or more participants. These
sessions include Internet telephone calls, multimedia distribution and
multimedia conferences.
SLIC Subscriber’s Line Interface Circuit
A component in the optical network terminal (ONT) that confers operating
states and other functionality.
SLID Subscriber Location Identification
A 10-character string set in the network element manager on a GSFU to
allow Enhanced Automated Service Turn-Up.
SMF Single Mode Fiber
Optical fiber with a core diameter of less than 10 microns that is used for
high-bandwidth transmission over long distances.
SMII Serial Media Independent Interface
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
Protocol used by network management to retrieve information about
connection status, configuration, and performance.
SNR Signal-to-Noise Ratio
The ratio of the value of the signal to that of the noise; often expressed in
decibels (dB).
SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol
A method of synchronizing network nodes. An SNTP server can be used by
multiple nodes to synchronize themselves.
SoC System-on-a-Chip
SOHO Small Office Home Office
SP Strict Priority
SPI Serial Peripheral Interface

Glossary
SSH Secure Shell

STB Set-Top Box
The electronic box connected to a television set. This STB receives the
incoming CATV signal and is connected to the television’s coaxial cable.
STP Spanning Tree Protocol
STP is a technique based on an IEEE 802.1d standard that detects and
eliminates forwarding loops in a bridged network. When multiple paths
exist, STP selects the most efficient path for the bridge to use. If that path
fails, STP automatically reconfigures the network to activate another path.
This protocol is used mostly by local bridges.
S-VLAN Service VLAN
SWRD Single Wire Return Device
A unit that provides the ONTs with an Ethernet connection for upstream
connectivity. The SWRD unit functions as a data conversion device with two
10/100 Ethernet ports and 2 RF ports.
TAP Test Access Port
or
Trouble Analysis Procedure
TB Terminal Block
T-CONT Transmission Container, Traffic Container
TCP Transmission Control Protocol
Protocol for establishing a duplex connection between end systems for the
reliable delivery of data.
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
A networking protocol that provides communication across interconnected
networks, between computers with different hardware architectures and
various operating companies
TDM Time Division Multiplex
A transmission technique used to transmit several signals across a single
channel or bus by interleaving the signals in successive time slots. A specific
time slot or interval is assigned to each signal source
TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol
TIA Telecommunications Industries Association
The group responsible for setting telecommunications standards in the
United States.

Glossary
TID Target Identifier

The parameter in a TL1 command that identifies the NE which is the target
for the execution of the command.
TL1 Transaction Language 1
Human-machine language standard for controlling network elements.
TLS Transport Layer Security
TNG Training Document
TNV Telecom Network Voltage
TRU Top Rack Unit
TWP Twisted Pair
Tx Transmit
Tx is in the upstream direction on the optical network terminal (ONT) side
and in the downstream direction on the line termination (LT) side.
UAI User-to-Access Interface
The link between the subscriber and the FTTU.
UART Universal Synchronous Receiver Transmitter
UAS UAS is expanded in two ways:
• Unavailable seconds
A calculation derived by counting the number of seconds that the
interface is unavailable.
• Universal Access Server
UDP User Datagram Protocol
UDS Unit data sheet
UID User Identifier
UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
UNI User-to-Network Interface
UPC Usage Parameter Control
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
An FTTU component that provides emergency backup power for lifeline
POTS at a subscriber’s location.
upstream Transmission from the customer location to the network. On the network
termination (NT) side, transmit (Tx) indicates the upstream direction of the
transmission to the network. On the line termination (LT) side, receive (Rx)
indicates the upstream direction of the transmission to the OLT.

Glossary
UTC Coordinated Universal Time

A time scale that couples Greenwich Mean Time, which is based solely on
the Earth's inconsistent rotation rate, with highly accurate atomic time.
V ac Volts alternating current
VCL Virtual Channel Link
VCSL Video Coupler Shelf, LGX compatible
VCW2 Video Coupler WDM Cassette, 2 PON
A unit that is installed into the Video Coupler Shelf-LGX (VCSL) of an
FTTU system. Each VCW2 contains two WDM units, which allows each
line termination (LT) card installed in the packet optical line termination
(P-OLT) to connect to a single VCW2.
V dc Volts direct current
VDSL Very-high-bit-rate Digital Subscriber Line
A technology that enables very high speed asymmetric data transmission
rates over a single twisted-pair copper telephone wire, but at shorter ranges
than other xDSL types. VDSL consists of two versions: VDSL1, which is the
original VDSL, and VDSL2. The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports VDSL2.
VDSL1 is converted to VDSL2 on migration to release FGU 04.05.05 and
higher.
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
A VLAN divides a physical LAN into multiple virtual LANs whose
members are not necessarily based on location. VLAN specifications are
contained in IEEE 802.1Q.
VOD Video On Demand
A service that allows many users to request the same videos at the same time.
Requires a high-end video server with hundreds of gigabytes of storage.
VoIP Voice over IP
VoIP carries voice transmissions in packets and uses Internet Protocols (IP)
instead of using legacy public switched telephone network (PSTN)
circuit-switched technologies and protocols. VoIP avoids the tolls charged
for POTS.
V-OLT Video Optical Line Termination
VP/VC Virtual Path/Virtual Channel
VRF Virtual Routing and Forwarding
A logical or virtual routing function with associated routing table that can be
instantiated in a router capable of supporting IP VPN services.
W Watt

Glossary
WAN Wide Area Network

A type of network that sends and receives communications over a national
area.
WDM Wavelength Division Multiplexing
A means of increasing the data-carrying capacity of an optical fiber by
simultaneously operating at more than one wavelength.
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XAUI 10 GE Attachment Unit Interface
A standard for connecting 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports to each other and to
other electronic devices on a printed circuit board.
xDSL x Digital Subscriber Line
A general term that is used to refer to more than one type of unspecified DSL
(for example, ADSL, ADSL2, READSL, SHDSL, VDSL2).
XFP 10-gigabit Ethernet (GE) small form-factor pluggable

Glossary

Index
Numbers application notes, 3-1

ONT 04.04.xx, 3-2
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT 2.0, 3-3
ANSI electrical guidelines, x ONT 4.3.5, 3-2
ANSI laser safety guidelines, xi
ANSI safety standards, ix B
electrical cabling, xi, xix
environmental requirements, xiv, xxiii business ONT
ETSI electrical guidelines, xviii features, 1-9
ETSI laser safety guidelines, xix LEDs, 9-21
ETSI safety standards, xviii physical description, 10-7
laser classification, xiii, xx power, 10-28, 10-30
laser output level, xiv, xxii
protective earth, xi, xix C
safety guidelines, vii, xv cables
unit data sheet, 12-2, 33-2 electrical guidelines, xi, xix
802.1x authentication, 4-7 optical cable restraints, xiv, xxii
assumptions, 4-8 CES DS1/E1 subsystems
port-based, 4-8 SoC based, 5-10
re-authentication, 4-9 counters, 11-4
user session disconnection by system, 4-9 restrictions, 11-4
A D
AES, 4-4 data subsystems
anti-spoofing SoC based over Ethernet, 5-4
gratuitous ARP anti-spoofing, 4-10 SoC based over MoCA, 5-6
source address anti-spoofing, 4-10 with additional 10/100/100Base-T
hardware, 5-9
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 IN-1

Index
diagnostic data — Modular ONT
diagnostic data, 11-12 I

E I-020G-G ONT
identification, 16-2
electrical I-211M-G ONT
cabling, xi, xix identification, 20-2
safety guidelines, x, xviii indoor ONT
electrostatic discharge, xi, xix dimensions, 10-4, 10-4, 10-5, 10-5
EMC/EMI compliance, x, xviii features, 1-4
environmental requirements, xiv, xxiii I-020E-B dimensions, 10-4, 10-4, 10-5,
environmental standards compliance, x, xviii 10-5
equipment safety standard compliance, x, xviii installation options, 17-4, 22-4
Ethernet indoor ONTs
layer 1 performance monitoring, 11-9 LEDs, 9-11
layer 2 performance monitoring, 11-9
L
F
laser
Feature description, 2-1 ANSI standards compliance, x
ONT 04.03.05 features, 2-9 classification, xiii, xx
ONT 1.0 features, 2-13 ETSI standards compliance, xviii
ONT 2.0 features, 2-12 optical cable restraints, xiv, xxii
ONT 3.0 features, 2-11 output level, xiv, xxii
ONT 4.3.5 features, 2-10 safe operation, xiv, xxii
ONT 4.4.0 features, 2-7 safety guidelines, xi, xix
ONT 4.4.10 features, 2-6 LEDs
ONT 4.5.00 features, 2-5 business ONTs, 9-21
ONT 4.5.01 features, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4 indoor ONTs, 9-11
FEC, 4-3 modular ONTs, 9-18
fragmentation, 4-4 ONTs, 8-1, 9-1
functional description outdoor ONTs, 9-3
modular ONT functional blocks, 6-13 service unit ONTs, 9-18
connections, 6-18 UPS, 8-2
control and management functions, LP MDU ONT
6-15 functional blocks, 6-2, 6-10
local switching, 6-14 RF video service, 6-9
network synchronization, 6-17
plug-in service units, 6-16 M
G MoCA
performance monitoring, 11-9
GPON transmission, 4-3 MoCA subsystem
gratuitous ARP requests SoC based, 5-6
anti-spoofing, 4-10 Modular ONT
TCA, 11-10
VDSL performance monitoring, 11-10
IN-2 July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Index
modular ONT — outdoor ONT
modular ONT Ethernet layer 1 monitoring, 11-9

features, 1-8 Ethernet layer 2 monitoring, 11-9
local switching, 6-17 ETSI electrical guidelines, xviii
power and environmental, 10-32 ETSI laser safety guidelines, xix
voice subsystem, 6-17 ETSI safety guidelines, xv
modular ONTs ETSI safety labels, xvi
LEDs, 9-18 ETSI safety standards, xviii
laser classification, xiii, xx
N laser output level, xiv, xxii
MoCA performance monitoring, 11-9
NTP server authentication, 4-5 performance monitoring, 11-9, 11-10
protective earth, xi, xix
O
VDSL performance monitoring, 11-9
ONT ONT functions, 1-2
performance reporting, 11-9 ONT overview
RF video, 10-14 business ONT, 1-9
ONT 04.04.xx release indoor ONT, 1-4
application notes, 3-2 modular ONT, 1-8
ONT 1.0 release ONT functional description, 1-2
features, 2-13 ONT product identification, 1-10
ONT 2.0 release outdoor ONT, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7
application notes, 3-3 ONT product identification, 1-10
features, 2-12 ONT software and security
ONT 3.0 release 802.1x authentication, 4-7
features, 2-11 AES, 4-4
ONT 4.3.5 release FEC, 4-3
application notes, 3-2 fragmentation, 4-4
features, 2-10 GPON transmission, 4-3
ONT 4.4.0 release NTP server authentication, 4-5
features, 2-7 ONT activation methods, 4-4
ONT 4.4.10 release physical ONT security, 4-5
features, 2-6 rogue ONT defence, 4-5
ONT 4.5.00 release software architecture levels, 4-2
features, 2-5 outdoor ONT
ONT 4.5.01 release features, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7
features, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4 features and application notes, 13-2, 14-2,
ONT activation methods, 4-4 15-2, 16-2, 17-2, 18-3, 19-3, 20-3, 21-3,
ONT equipment 22-3, 23-2, 24-3, 25-3, 26-2, 27-3, 28-2,
ANSI electrical guidelines, x 29-2, 30-5, 31-5, 32-2
ANSI laser safety guidelines, xi general description, 13-2, 14-2, 15-2, 16-2,
ANSI safety guidelines, vii 17-2, 18-2, 19-2, 20-2, 21-2, 22-2, 23-2,
ANSI safety labels, viii 24-2, 25-2, 26-2, 27-2, 28-2, 29-2, 30-4,
ANSI safety standards, ix 31-4, 32-2
electrostatic discharge, xi, xix
environmental requirements, xiv, xxiii

Index
outdoor ONT (continued) — service unit ONTs
identification, 13-2, 14-2, 15-2, 17-2, 18-2, RF video subsystems

19-2, 21-2, 22-2, 23-2, 24-2, 25-2, 26-2, SoC based, 5-5
27-2, 28-2, 29-2, 30-2, 31-2, 32-2 rogue ONT defence, 4-5
O-210E-B power, 10-25 duplicate serial numbers, 4-7
O-420E-B power, 10-24 laser stuck on, 4-6, 4-7
physical description, 10-4, 10-5
power, 10-23, 10-25, 10-25, 10-26, 10-26, S
10-26, 10-27
outdoor ONTs Safety guidelines
LEDs, 9-3 ANSI, viii
ANSI electrical guidelines, x
P ANSI EMC/EMI compliance, x
ANSI environmental standards
performance monitoring, 11-2 compliance, x
Ethernet layer 1, 11-9 ANSI equipment safety standard, x
Ethernet layer 2, 11-9 ANSI laser product standards, x
functions, 11-2 ANSI laser safety guidelines, xi
MoCA, 11-9 ANSI safety instructions, vii
ONT, 11-9, 11-10 ANSI safety standards, ix
statistics, 11-3 environmental requirements, xiv, xxiii
TC-layer, 11-9 ESD safety guidelines, xi, xix
VDSL, 11-9, 11-10 ETSI electrical guidelines, xviii
performance reporting, 11-9 ETSI EMC/EMI compliance, xviii
ONT, 11-9 ETSI environmental standards compliance,
physical ONT security, 4-5 xviii
planning ETSI equipment safety standard, xviii
business ONT connections, 7-36, 7-38 ETSI laser product standards, xviii
connections, 7-2 ETSI laser safety guidelines, xix
environmental requirements, 10-8 ETSI safety instructions, xv
equipment options, 7-2 ETSI safety labels, xvi
I-020E-B indoor ONT connections, 7-4, ETSI safety standards, xviii
7-8 laser operation, xiv, xxii
indoor ONT connections, 7-5 optical cable restraints, xiv, xxii
location options, 7-44 symbols, vii, xv
modular ONT connections, 7-29 telecommunication equipment resistibility,
outdoor ONT connections, 7-14, 7-24, x, xviii
7-26, 7-28 warnings, vii, xv
protective earth, xi, xix safety labels, viii, xvi
security
R anti-spoofing, 4-10
service unit ONTs
Raman reduction, 6-17 LEDs, 9-18
RF video
coaxial, 10-14
configuration recommendations, 10-16
Raman reduction, 6-17

Index
SLID entry — warnings
SLID entry W
via craft terminal, 4-4
via Ethernet port, 4-5 warnings, vii, xv
via first POTS port, 4-5
SoC based ONT
SoC functional blocks, 5-3
SoC technology, 5-2
with CES DS1/E1 hardware, 5-10
with MoCA hardware, 5-6
with RF video hardware, 5-5, 5-9, 5-9
software architecture levels, 4-2
source address anti-spoofing, 4-10
statistics, 11-3
15-min counters, 11-3
performance monitoring counters, 11-3
restrictions, 11-4
rolling counters, 11-3
status reports, 11-11
status reports, 11-11
symbols, vii, xv
T
TCA, 11-10
telecommunication equipment resistibility, x,
xviii
time calibration
SoC based, 5-5
U
unit data sheet
overview, 12-2, 33-2
UPS
LEDs, 8-2
V
VDSL
performance monitoring, 11-9, 11-10
visual indicators, 8-1, 9-1
voice subsystem
SoC based, 5-4
voice subsystems
with additional POTS hardware, 5-9

Index

Customer documentation and product support
Customer documentation
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/osds
Product manuals and documentation updates are available through the Alcatel-Lucent Support
Documentation and Software Download service at alcatel-lucent.com. If you are a new user
and require access to this service, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
Technical support
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support
Customer documentation feedback

documentation.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com
© 2008 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
3FE 51892 AAAA TCZZA Edition 01

I-240G-U Manual

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

I-240G-U Manual

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Alcatel-Lucent 7342

INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE USER

3FE 51892 AAAA TCZZA Edition 01

Copyright 2008 Alcatel-Lucent.

When printed by Alcatel-Lucent, this document is printed on recycled paper.

Acronyms and initialisms

Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 iii

Assistance and ordering phone numbers

Alcatel-Lucent quality processes

Danger — Danger indicates that the described activity or situation

Warning — Warning indicates that the described activity or situation

Caution — Caution indicates that the described activity or situation

iv July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Note — A note provides information that is, or may be, of special

Procedures with options or substeps

Procedure 1 Example of options in a procedure

a This is one option.

b This is another option.

2 You must perform this step.

Procedure 2 Example of required substeps in a procedure

i This is the first substep.

ii This is the second substep.

iii This is the third substep.

2 You must perform this step.

Multiple PDF document search

Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 v

Procedure 3 To search multiple PDF files for a common term

3 Enter the search criteria.

4 Click on the All PDF Documents In radio button.

5 Select the folder in which to search using the drop-down menu.

6 Click on the Search button.

vi July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Safety instruction boxes

Danger — Possibility of personal injury.

Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 vii

Warning 1 — Possibility of equipment damage.

Warning 2 — Possibility of data loss.

Caution 2 — Service interruption.

Note — Information of special interest.

Table 1 Safety labels

Description Label text

UL compliance Communication service equipment US listed. Type 3R enclosure -

TUV compliance Type 3R enclosure - Rainproof.

ESD warning Caution: This assembly contains electrostatic sensitive device.

viii July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

Description Label text

Laser classification Class 1 laser product

CE marking There are various CE symbols for CE compliance.

Figure 1 shows a sample safety label on the ONT equipment.

Figure 1 Safety label on the ONT equipment

FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE

Safety standards compliance

Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 ix

EMC, EMI, and ESD standards compliance

Equipment safety standard compliance

Environmental standards compliance

Laser product standards compliance

Resistibility requirements compliance

Electrical safety guidelines

x July 2008 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06

ESD safety guidelines

Laser safety guidelines

Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.05.06 July 2008 xi